Prepared and filed by St Ives Burrups

Back to Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal period ended December 31, 2003

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from October 1, 2002 to December 31, 2003

Commission file number: 1-10409

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

67 Alma Road,
Windsor, Berkshire SL4 3HD
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Name of each exchange
on which registered
 
 
 
American Depositary Shares
New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares of £1 each
New York Stock Exchange*
   

 
*
Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

 
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

Ordinary Shares of £1 each                     739,364,254

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:

Yes   No  

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:

Item 17   Item 18  

Back to Contents

This page has been intentionally left blank.

2


Back to Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

        Page
Introduction   5
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements   6
         
PART I
  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers   8
  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable   8
  Key Information   8
    Selected Consolidated Financial Information   8
    Risk Factors   13
  Information on the Company   17
    Summary   17
    Segmental Information   19
    Hotels   22
    Soft Drinks   36
    Trademarks   37
    Organizational Structure   38
    Property, Plants and Equipment   38
    Environment   39
  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects   39
    Introduction   39
    Critical Accounting Policies Under UK GAAP and US GAAP   40
    Operating Results   42
    Liquidity and Capital Resources   55
  Directors, Senior Management and Employees   58
    Directors and Senior Management   58
    Compensation   60
    Board Practices   61
    Employees   63
    Share Ownership   64
  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions   64
    Major Shareholders   64
    Related Party Transactions   65
  Financial Information   66
    Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information   66
    Significant Changes   66
  The Offer and Listing   66
    Plan of Distribution   68
    Selling Shareholders   68
    Dilution   68
    Expenses of the Issue   68
  Additional Information   68
    Memorandum and Articles of Association   68
    Material Contracts   70
    Exchange Controls   72
    Taxation   72
    Documents on Display   75
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   75
  Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities   77

3


Back to Contents

        Page
PART II
  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies   78
  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds   78
  Controls and Procedures   78
  [Reserved]   78
  Audit Committee Financial Expert   78
  Code of Ethics   78
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   78
  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees   79
  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers   79
       
 
PART III
  Financial Statements   79
  Financial Statements   79
  Exhibits   79

4


Back to Contents

INTRODUCTION

As used in this document, except as the context otherwise requires, the terms:

“board” refers to the board of directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC or, where appropriate, the board of Six Continents PLC;
   
“Britvic” refers to Britannia Soft Drinks Limited;
   
“Company” refers to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC or Six Continents PLC or their respective board of directors as the context requires;
   
“Group” refers to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and its subsidiaries or Six Continents PLC and its subsidiaries as the context requires;
   
“Hotels” or “IHG Hotels” refers to the hotels business of Six Continents or InterContinental Hotels Group PLC as the context requires;
   
“IHG” refers to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC or, where appropriate, its board of directors;
   
“MAB” or “Mitchells and Butlers” refers to Mitchells & Butlers plc;
   
“ordinary share” or “share” refer to the ordinary shares of 28p each of Six Continents PLC or the ordinary shares of £1 each of the Company;
   
“Separation transaction” or “Separation” refers to the transaction that separated Six Continents PLC’s hotels and soft drinks businesses from its retail business, completed on April 15, 2003. The Separation resulted in two separately listed holding companies: (i) Mitchells & Butlers plc, which is the holding company of the retail business and Standard Commercial Property Developments Limited; and (ii) InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, which is the holding company for the hotels and soft drinks businesses;
   
“Six Continents” refers to Six Continents PLC;
   
“Soft Drinks” and “Britvic Group” refer to the soft drinks business of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, which the Company has through its controlling interest in Britvic; and
   
“VAT” refers to UK value added tax levied by HM Customs & Excise on certain goods and services.

References in this document to the “Companies Act” mean the Companies Act 1985, as amended, of Great Britain; references to the “EU” mean the European Union. References in this document to “UK” refer to the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

The Company publishes its Consolidated Financial Statements expressed in UK pounds sterling. In this document, references to “US dollars”, “US$”, “$” or “¢” are to United States (“US”) currency, references to “euro” or “€” are to the euro, the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union and references to “pounds sterling”, “sterling”, “£”, “pence” or “p” are to UK currency. Solely for convenience, this Annual Report on Form 20-F contains translations of certain pound sterling amounts into US dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the pound sterling amounts actually represent such US dollar amounts or could be converted into US dollars at the rates indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, the translations of pounds sterling into US dollars have been made at the rate of £1.00 = $1.78, the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers in pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) on December 31, 2003. On March 26, 2004 the Noon Buying Rate was £1.00 = $1.81. For information regarding rates of exchange between pounds sterling and US dollars from fiscal 1999 to the present, see “Item 3. Key Information – Exchange Rates”.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31. This reflects a change from September 30, implemented following Separation. The December 31 fiscal year end is in line with the calendar accounting year ends of the majority of comparable US and European hotel companies. IHG will continue to report on a December 31 fiscal year end basis, as the Group believes this will facilitate more meaningful comparisons with other key participants in the industry. References in this document to a particular year are to the fiscal year unless otherwise indicated. For example, references to the fiscal period ended December 31, 2003 are shown as 2003 and represent the

5


Back to Contents

15 months from October 1, 2002 to December 31, 2003, unless otherwise specified, references to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2002 are shown as 2002 and references to other fiscal years are shown in a similar manner.

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom (“UK GAAP”) which differ from those generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”). The significant differences applicable to the Group are explained in Note 33 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

During 2003, the Company changed its fiscal year end to December 31 and thus its financial statements for its last fiscal period are presented for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 as permitted by the Companies Act 1985. In accordance with the transition period reporting requirements of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, an unaudited analysis of the financial statements and notes thereto for this 15 month period showing the three month period ended December 31, 2002 and the 12 month period ended December 31, 2003 is presented in Note 32 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

IHG believes that the reporting of profit and earnings measures before exceptional items provides additional meaningful information on underlying returns and trends to shareholders. The Group’s key performance indicators used in budgets, monthly reporting, forecasts, long- term planning and incentive plans for internal financial reporting focus primarily on profit and earnings measures before exceptional items. For this purpose, exceptional items comprises operating exceptional items, in addition to those non-operating exceptional items disclosed below operating profit as required by UK GAAP. Throughout this document earnings per share is also calculated excluding the effect of all exceptional items and the related tax effect and is referred to as adjusted earnings per share.

The Company furnishes The Bank of New York, as Depositary, with annual reports containing Consolidated Financial Statements and an independent auditor’s opinion thereon. These Financial Statements are prepared on the basis of UK GAAP. The annual reports contain reconciliations to US GAAP of net income and shareholders’ equity. The Company also furnishes the Depositary with semi-annual reports prepared in conformity with UK GAAP, which contain unaudited interim consolidated financial information. Upon receipt thereof, the Depositary mails all such reports to recorded holders of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) evidencing American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”). The Company also furnishes to the Depositary all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports and communications that are made generally available to shareholders of the Company. The Depositary makes such notices, reports and communications available for inspection by recorded holders of ADRs and mails to all recorded holders of ADRs notices of shareholders’ meetings received by the Depositary. The Company is not required to report quarterly financial information. However, during 2003, the Company reported interim financial information at March 31, 2003 and September 30, 2003 in accordance with the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority. In addition, it provided a trading update at June 30, 2003 and intends to continue to provide quarterly financial information during fiscal 2004, although it has not made any decision with respect to reporting quarterly financial information after 2004.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 20-F contains certain forward-looking statements as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of the Group and certain of the plans and objectives of the board of directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC with respect thereto. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use such words as “anticipate”, “target”, “expect”, “estimate”, “intend”, “plan”, “goal”, “believe” or other words of similar meanings. Such statements in the Form 20-F include, but are not limited to, statements under the following headings: (i) “Item 4. Information on the Company”; (ii) “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”; (iii) “Item 8. Financial Information”; and (iv) “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”. Specific risks faced by the Company are described under “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors” commencing on page 13. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty, and the factors described in the context of such forward-looking statements in this Form 20-F could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the effect of economic recession, events that adversely impact domestic or international travel, including terrorist incidents and epidemics such as Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (“SARS”), increased use of intermediary reservation channels, the risks involved with the Group’s reliance on brands and protection of intellectual property rights and the reliance on consumer perception of its brands, the future balance between supply and demand for the Group’s hotels, political and economic developments and currency exchange rate fluctuations (including the effect of fluctuations in the US dollar/UK pound sterling exchange rate on the Group’s revenue and

6


Back to Contents

on the price of Company ADSs and the US dollar value of dividends), the ability to recruit and retain key personnel, possible regulatory and legislative changes or action, the risks involved with developing and employing new technologies, the inability to sustain its organizational structure or meet cost saving strategies, the effects of being unable to make disposals of hotel assets, the risks of litigation, the Group’s ability to purchase adequate insurance, risks associated with funding the defined benefits under its pension schemes, the significant levels of indebtedness for the Group, the ability to access the capital markets for future capital needs, the availability of properties to be acquired or operated by franchisees or by the Group under management contracts, the risks of reliance on suppliers in the soft drinks business, possible contamination and the effect of adverse weather conditions on the demand in the soft drinks business.

7


Back to Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Summary

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 are derived from Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group, which have been audited by its independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, restated where appropriate to accord with the Group’s current accounting policies and presentation. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

The selected consolidated financial data for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 and for the three months ended December 31, 2002 are derived from the unaudited analysis of the 15 month period ended December 31, 2003 in the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. See Note 32 of Notes to the Financial Statements. Segmental information has been restated for the year ended September 30, 2002 to reflect the new organizational structure of the Group following the fundamental reorganization of the Hotels business (see “Organization Review” on page 29). It has not been practicable to restate segmental information for the year ended September 30, 2001.

The Group prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with UK GAAP which differ in certain respects from US GAAP. The US GAAP selected financial data as of and for the years ended September 30, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 have been restated for the effects of an under provision for deferred taxation with a consequential change to goodwill arising on acquisitions of £145 million, identified in fiscal 2003, following a review of historical tax basis and unrealized gains in respect of the Group’s properties. The overall effect on deferred tax was an underprovision of £53 million for the year ended September 30, 2002 (2001: £3 million, 2000: £30 million, 1999: £30 million). A description of the significant differences and reconciliations of net income and shareholders’ equity are set forth in Note 33 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

8


Back to Contents

Consolidated Profit and Loss Account Data
 
    15 months ended
December 31
(1)
 
12 months
ended
December 31
 
Three months
ended
December 31
  Year ended September 30 (1)  
   
 
 
 
 
   
2003 (2)
  2003
2003
2002
2002
2001
2000
1999
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
$
£
£
£
£
£
£
£
 
    (In millions, except per share and ADS amounts)  
Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP (3)
                                                 
Turnover:
                                                 
Continuing operations
    4,788     2,690     2,161     529     2,134     2,473     2,092     1,675  
Discontinued operations
    1,412     793     451     342     1,481     1,560     3,066     3,011  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
      6,200     3,483     2,612     871     3,615     4,033     5,158     4,686  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total operating profit before operating exceptional items:
                                                 
Continuing operations
    616     346     286     60     329     486     428     365  
Discontinued operations
    244     137     85     52     289     306     477     459  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
      860     483     371     112     618     792     905     824  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating exceptional items:
                                                 
Continuing operations
    (91 )   (51 )   (51 )       (77 )   (43 )        
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
      (91 )   (51 )   (51 )       (77 )   (43 )        
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total operating profit:
                                                 
Continuing operations
    525     295     235     60     252     443     428     365  
Discontinued operations
    244     137     85     52     289     306     477     459  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
      769     432     320     112     541     749     905     824  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Non-operating exceptional items:
                                                 
Continuing operations
    (303 )   (170 )   (167 )   (3 )   (2 )   (2 )   2     (112 )
Discontinued operations
    (76 )   (43 )   (43 )       55     2     1,294      
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
      (379 )   (213 )   (210 )   (3 )   53         1,296     (112 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
    390     219     110     109     594     749     2,201     712  
Interest receivable
    185     104     77     27     116     165     57     48  
Interest payable and similar charges
    (269 )   (151 )   (112 )   (39 )   (176 )   (224 )   (209 )   (188 )
Premium on early settlement of debt
    (242 )   (136 )   (136 )                    
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Profit before taxation
    64     36     (61 )   97     534     690     2,049     572  
Taxation
    30     17     46     (29 )   (52 )   (223 )   (342 )   (190 )
Minority equity interests
    (60 )   (34 )   (30 )   (4 )   (25 )   (24 )   (16 )   (8)  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Earnings
    34     19     (45 )   64     457     443     1,691     374  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Per ordinary share:
                                                 
Basic
    4.6¢     2.6p     (6.1)p     8.7p     62.5p     60.6p     228.5p     55.3p  
Diluted
    4.6¢     2.6p     (6.1)p     8.7p     62.3p     60.2p     227.0p     54.9p  
Adjusted: pre-FRS 15 (4)
    n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     71.7p  
post-FRS 15 (4)
    86.2¢     48.4p     39.3p     9.1p     51.4p     66.6p     68.8p     66.6p  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Dividends (5)
    37.7¢     21.2p     21.2p         41.7p     40.5p     39.3p     38.1p  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
See page 11 for footnotes.

9


Back to Contents

Consolidated Profit and Loss Account Data
 
 
 
15 months ended
December 31
(1)
 
 
12 months
ended
December 31
 
 
Three months
ended
December 31
 
Year ended September 30 (1)
 
 
 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
2003 (2)
 
 
2003
 
 
2003
 
 
2002
 
 
2002
 
 
2001
 
 
2000
 
 
1999
 
 
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 
 
 
 
$
 
 
£
 
 
£
 
 
£
 
 
£
 
 
£
 
 
£
 
 
£
 
    (In millions, except per share and ADS amounts)  
Amounts in accordance with US
GAAP (6)
                                                 
Income/(loss) before cumulative effect on prior years of change in accounting principle:
                                                 
Continuing operations before effect of restatement
    51     29     (1 )   30     110     191     142     (28 )
Effect of restatement for the period
                    56              
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Continuing operations as restated
    51     29     (1 )   30     166     191     142     (28 )
Income from discontinued operations before effect of restatement
    107     60     30     30     172     491     313     303  
Effect of restatement for the period
                    (10 )   (31 )   142      
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Income from discontinued operations as restated
    107     60     30     30     162     460     455     303  
Surplus on disposal
                    171     25     1,242      
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total discontinued operations as restated
    107     60     30     30     333     485     1,697     303  
Cumulative effect on prior years
     of adoption of FAS 142
    (1,267 )   (712 )       (712 )                
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net (loss)/income
    (1,109 )   (623 )   29     (652 )   499     676     1,839     275  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Per ordinary share and American Depositary Share (7)
Basic
                                                 
Income/(loss) before cumulative effect on prior years of change in accounting principle:
                                                 
Continuing operations before effect of restatement
    7.0 ¢   4.0 p   (0.1 )p   4.1 p   15.0 p   26.1 p   19.2 p   (4.3 )p
Effect of restatement for the period
                    7.7 p            
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Continuing operations as restated
    7.0 ¢   4.0 p   (0.1 )p   4.1 p   22.7 p   26.1 p   19.2 p   (4.3 )p
Discontinued operations before effect of restatement
    14.6 ¢   8.2 p   4.1 p   4.1 p   46.9 p   70.6 p   210.1 p   45.0 p
Effect of restatement for the period
                    (1.3 )p   (4.3 )p   19.2 p    
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total discontinued operations as restated
    14.6 ¢   8.2 p   4.1 p   4.1 p   45.6 p   66.3 p   229.3 p   45.0 p
Cumulative effect on prior years
     of adoption of FAS 142
    (172.9) ¢   (97.1 )p       (97.1 )p                
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net (loss)/income
    (151.3) ¢   (84.9 )p   4.0 p   (88.9 )p   68.3 p   92.4 p   248.5 p   40.7 p
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Diluted
                                                 
Income/(loss) before cumulative effect on prior years of change in accounting principle:
                                                 
Continuing operations before effect of restatement
    7.0¢     4.0 p   (0.1 )p   4.1 p   14.9 p   26.0 p   19.1 p   (4.3 )p
Effect of restatement for the period
                    7.7 p            
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Continuing operations as restated
    7.0¢     4.0 p   (0.1 )p   4.1 p   22.6 p   26.0 p   19.1 p   (4.3 )p
Discontinued operations before effect of restatement
    14.6¢     8.2 p   4.1 p   4.1 p   46.7 p   70.2 p   208.7 p   44.6 p
Effect of restatement for the period
                    (1.3 )p   (4.3 )p   19.1 p    
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total discontinued operations as restated
    14.6¢     8.2 p   4.1 p   4.1 p   45.4 p   65.9 p   227.8 p   44.6 p
Cumulative effect on prior years
     of adoption of FAS 142
    (172.9)¢     (97.1 )p       (97.1 )p                
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net (loss)/income
    (151.3)¢     (84.9 )p   4.0 p   (88.9 )p   68.0 p   91.9 p   246.9 p   40.3 p
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Footnotes on the following page.

 

10


Back to Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
 
    December 31

  September 30

 
   
2003 (2)
  2003   2002   2001   2000   1999  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $   £   £   £   £   £  
    (In millions)  
Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP (restated) (3)
                         
Intangible assets
  281   158   173   174   189   13  
Tangible assets
  7,033   3,951   7,641   7,558   6,683   5,794  
Investments
  306   172   218   234   217   505  
Current assets
  1,778   999   1,022   1,107   1,684   1,405  
Total assets
  9,398   5,280   9,054   9,073   8,773   7,717  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities (8)
  1,931   1,085   2,273   2,009   1,604   1,803  
Long-term debt (8)
  1,759   988   631   1,019   1,213   2,101  
Share capital
  1,315   739   734   734   745   694  
Shareholders’ funds
  4,546   2,554   5,335   5,153   5,099   3,053  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP (restated) (6)
                         
Intangible assets
  2,825   1,587   2,702   2,902   2,960   2,594  
Tangible assets
  6,970   3,916   6,552   6,343   5,130   4,211  
Investments
  310   174   189   205   254   505  
Current assets
  1,741   978   983   1,209   1,796   1,438  
Total assets
  11,846   6,655   10,426   10,659   10,140   8,748  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities (8)
  2,663   1,496   2,109   2,033   1,461   2,595  
Long-term debt (8)
  931   523   622   779   1,152   1,111  
Redeemable preference share capital
            18  
Share capital
  1,315   739   243   242   246   223  
Shareholders’ equity
  6,016   3,380   6,221   6,381   6,147   3,755  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(1)
Other than the results for fiscal 1999 which include 53 weeks’ trading (Hotels 12 months), all other fiscal years include 52 weeks’ trading (Hotels 12 months). Fiscal 2003 reflects 15 months’ trading (Soft Drinks 64 weeks).
(2)
US dollar amounts have been translated at the Noon Buying Rate on December 31, 2003 of £1.00 = $1.78 solely for convenience.
(3)
Fiscal 2002, 2001, 2000, and 1999 amounts have been restated on the adoption of UITF 38 and the reclassification of pension balances within provisions in fiscal 2002 and 2001 (see Note 1 of Notes to the Financial Statements).
(4)
Adjusted earnings per share are disclosed in order to show performance undistorted by exceptional items or, in respect of Financial Reporting Standard 15, the impact of adopting this Standard.
(5)
Dividend per share amounts have been restated to reflect the Separation.
(6)
US GAAP amounts for fiscal 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 have been restated to reflect adjustments to goodwill and deferred taxation following a review of historical tax basis and unrealized gains in respect of the Group’s properties (see Note 33 of Notes to the Financial Statements).
(7)
Each American Depositary Share represents one ordinary share.
(8)
Long-term debt under UK GAAP includes amounts supported by long-term facilities, which are classified as current liabilities under US GAAP.

11


Back to Contents

Dividends

Six Continents PLC paid an interim dividend of 6.6p per ordinary share on April 9, 2003 for the period prior to the Separation.

Following Separation, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC paid an interim dividend of 4.05p per share on October 14, 2003. The IHG board has proposed a final dividend of 9.45p per share, payable on June 7, 2004, if approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on June 1, 2004, bringing the total IHG dividend for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 to 13.50p per share.

IHG has adopted a progressive dividend policy that it believes is appropriate to the strategies of the Group and that seeks to build dividends in real terms from the base of 13.50p and to build cover over time. However, the payment of any further dividends will depend upon the earnings and financial condition of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

The table below sets forth the amounts of interim, final and total dividends on each ordinary share in respect of each fiscal year indicated. Comparative dividends per share have been restated using the aggregate of the weighted average number of shares of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and Six Continents PLC, adjusted to equivalent shares of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC. For the purposes of showing the dollar amounts per ADS, such amounts are before deduction of UK withholding tax (as described under “Item 10. Additional Information — Taxation”) and are translated into US dollars per ADS at the Noon Buying Rate on each of the respective UK payment dates. However, dividends paid in US dollars by the Depositary may be based on a market exchange rate other than the Noon Buying Rate.

    Pence per ordinary share

  $ per ADS

 
    Interim   Final   Total   Interim   Final   Total  
Year ended September 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1999 (1)
  11.56   26.55   38.11   0.188   0.427   0.615  
2000 (1)
  11.92   27.37   39.29   0.178   0.402   0.580  
2001 (1)
  12.27   28.20   40.47   0.177   0.406   0.583  
2002 (1)
  12.58   29.14   41.72   0.205   0.474   0.679  
                           
Period ended December 31, 2003
                         
Six Continents (1)
  7.65     7.65   0.119     0.119  
IHG
  4.05   9.45   13.50   0.068   0.171 (2) 0.239  
                           

 
(1)
Restated to reflect an equivalent number of shares in InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.
(2)
The 2003 final dividend has been translated at the Noon Buying Rate on March 26, 2004 of £1.00=$1.81.

Dividends will be paid in pounds sterling and exchange rate fluctuations will affect the US dollar amount received by holders of ADRs on conversion of such dividends. Moreover, fluctuations in the exchange rates between pounds sterling and the US dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the pounds sterling price of the ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange and, as a result, are likely to affect the market price of ADSs which are evidenced by ADRs in the United States.

12


Back to Contents

Exchange Rates

The following tables show, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information regarding the exchange rate for pounds sterling, based on the Noon Buying Rate for pounds sterling expressed in US dollars per £1.00. The exchange rate on March 26, 2004 was £1.00 = $1.81.

Month
  Month’s
Highest
Exchange
Rate
  Month’s
Lowest
Exchange
Rate
 

 
 
 
September 2003
  1.66   1.57  
October 2003
  1.70   1.66  
November 2003
  1.72   1.67  
December 2003
  1.78   1.72  
January 2004
  1.85   1.79  
February 2004
  1.90   1.82  
March 2004 (through March 26, 2004)
  1.87   1.79  

Year ended September 30
  Period
End
  Average
Rate (1)
  High   Low  

 
 
 
 
 
1999
  1.65   1.63   1.72   1.55  
2000
  1.48   1.55   1.68   1.40  
2001
  1.47   1.44   1.50   1.37  
2002
  1.57   1.48   1.58   1.41  
Period ended December 31
                 

                 
2003
  1.78   1.63   1.78   1.54  
                   

 
(1)
The average of the Noon Buying Rate on the last day of each full month during the period.

A significant portion of the Group’s assets, liabilities and revenues are denominated in currencies other than pounds sterling, principally the US dollar and euro. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate movements, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

RISK FACTORS

This section describes some of the risks that could materially affect the Group’s businesses. The factors below should be considered in connection with any forward looking statements in this Form 20-F and the cautionary statements contained on page 6.

The risks below are not the only ones that the Group faces. Some risks are not yet known to IHG and some that IHG does not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material. All of these risks could materially affect the Group’s businesses, turnover, operating profit, earnings, net assets and liquidity and capital resources.

The Group is exposed to the risks of economic recession

The Group is exposed to the risks of either a global economic recession or a recession in one or more of its key markets that could lower revenues and reduce income. A recession would adversely affect room rates and/or occupancy levels and other income generating activities resulting in deterioration of results of operations and potentially affecting the value of properties in affected economies.

The Group is exposed to the risk of events that adversely impact domestic or international travel

The Group’s room rates and occupancy levels could be adversely impacted by events that reduce domestic or international travel, such as actual or threatened acts of terrorism or war, epidemics, travel-related accidents, travel-related industrial action, increased transportation and fuel costs and natural disasters resulting in reduced worldwide travel or other local factors impacting individual hotels.

In fiscal 2003, the outbreak of SARS dramatically reduced travel to Toronto, Hong Kong, Singapore, China and to other destinations in Asia. If the apparently successful efforts to control the disease are not maintained and the disease reappears or spreads beyond previously affected areas to other markets, particularly in the United States or Europe, the resulting decline in travel could have an adverse impact on the Group’s business,

13


Back to Contents

financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, future epidemics such as the SARS epidemic could materially harm the Group’s future financial results.

Terrorist incidents such as the events of September 11, 2001, and the bombings in Bali in October 2002 and the war in Iraq in 2003 have significantly affected international travel and consequently global demand for hotel rooms. Further incidents or uncertainties in this area may have an adverse impact on the Group’s operations and financial results.

The Group is exposed to the risk of increased use of intermediaries’ reservation channels

The value of the Group’s brands is partly derived from the ability to drive reservations through its proprietary HolidexPlus reservation system. In recent years there have been very rapid changes in the ability to choose and book hotel rooms, partly driven by the internet, with the emergence of intermediaries which market hotel rooms in such a way that there is the risk of commoditization of hotel rooms. Some of the emerging business models and intermediaries could have a significant impact on the ability of the Group to continue to drive reservations, and hence have an impact on the value of the Group’s brands. Additionally, these channels, including off-line intermediaries and travel agents, are becoming more consolidated which may lead to higher costs of distribution for the Group, for example by intermediaries being able to demand higher commissions. Although the Group is actively taking steps to adapt to the changing environment (by developing competitive internet reservation systems for its own benefit), because of the very high pace of change in this area there is a risk that the Group will not adapt quickly enough.

The Group is reliant on the reputation of its brands and the protection of its intellectual property rights

An event that were to materially damage the reputation of one or more of the Group’s brands and/or failure to sustain the appeal of the Group’s brands to its customers could have an adverse impact on the value of that brand and subsequent revenues from that brand or business. Given the importance of brand recognition to the Group’s businesses, the Group has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property, including by registration of trademarks and domain names. If the Group is unable to protect its intellectual property, any infringement or misappropriation could materially harm its future financial results and ability to develop its businesses.

The Group is exposed to the risks of the hotel industry supply and demand cycle

The Group’s future operating results could be adversely affected by industry over-capacity (by number of rooms) and weak demand. Reductions in room rates and occupancy levels would adversely impact the Group’s results of operations.

The Group may not be able to increase or maintain the number of its properties operated by its franchisees or pursuant to its management contracts

Competition may generally reduce the number of suitable management, franchise and investment opportunities offered to the Group, and increase the bargaining power of property owners seeking to engage a manager or become a franchisee. There can be no assurance that the Group will be able to identify, retain or add franchisees to the Group system or to secure management contracts. There are also risks that significant franchisees or groups of franchisees may have interests that conflict, or are not aligned, with those of the Group. Changes in legislation or regulatory changes may be implemented that have the effect of favoring franchisees relative to brand owners.

The Group is exposed to political and economic developments and currency exchange rate fluctuations

Global political and economic developments and currency exchange rate fluctuations may impact results of operations. In addition, local economic factors such as local interest rates, risks of hyper-inflation or deflation and political developments in some countries could adversely impact the Group’s results of operations. Political or economic factors could effectively prevent the Group from receiving profits from, or from selling its investments in, certain countries. In addition, fluctuations in currency exchange rates between the UK pound sterling, the currency in which the Group reports its financial statements, and the US dollar and other currencies in which the Group’s international operations or investments do business, could adversely affect the Group’s reported earnings and the value of its businesses. Fluctuations of this type have been experienced recently with the significant strengthening of the pound against the dollar.

 

14


Back to Contents

The Group is dependent upon recruiting and retaining key personnel and developing their skills

In order to develop, support and market its products, the Group must hire and retain highly skilled employees with particular expertise. The implementation of the Group’s strategic business plans could be undermined by failure to recruit or retain key personnel, the unexpected loss of key senior employees, failures in the Group’s succession planning and incentivization plans, or a failure to invest in the development of key skills. Additionally, unless skills are supported by a sufficient infrastructure to enable knowledge and skills to be passed on, the Group risks losing accumulated knowledge if key employees leave the Group.

The Group is exposed to changes in consumer perception and preference adversely affecting its brands

The Group’s range of brands and relevance to the sectors of the markets in which it operates may be adversely affected by changes in taste, commoditization (whereby the price and quality of hotel rooms become relatively more important than brand identifications) or other factors affecting consumers’ willingness to purchase goods or services, including any factor which adversely affects the reputation of those brands.

The Group is exposed to regulatory action

Both in the United Kingdom and internationally, the Group’s operations are subject to regulation, and further changes in regulation could adversely affect results of operations. Examples of such regulatory changes could include:

Further employment legislation which could impact labor costs such as minimum wage and maximum working hours, overtime, working conditions, recruiting and terminating employees and work permits.
   
Changes in tax legislation and practice.
   
Future legislation or regulation or different enforcement of current legislation or regulations, particularly in the areas of competition law, consumer protection, nondiscrimination, franchise and environmental law could adversely affect the Group’s operations. The Group’s operations are exposed to governmental actions in almost 100 countries and territories. The hospitality industry is heavily regulated, including with respect to food and beverage sales, employee relations, diversity and access for the disabled, construction and environmental concerns. Compliance with these laws could reduce revenues and profits of properties owned or managed by the Group. The Group and its various properties are subject worldwide to numerous laws, including those relating to the preparation and sale of food and beverages, such as health and liquor license laws. Additionally, the success of the Group’s strategy in relation to the expansion of its existing properties may be dependent upon obtaining necessary building permits or zoning variances from local authorities. The Group is also subject to foreign and US federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment and the handling of hazardous substances which may impose or create significant potential environmental liabilities, even in situations where the environmental problem or violation occurred on a property before the Group acquired it.
   
Adverse regulatory developments could limit or prevent the Group receiving profits from, or limit its ability to sell, the properties affected by the regulatory change.
 
The Group is exposed to certain risks in relation to technology

A failure by the Group to take advantage of new technology and developments could put the Group at a competitive disadvantage in the field of e-commerce and business-to-business hospitality or supplier procurement or any other aspect of the Group businesses dependent upon its technology infrastructure. The Group may have to make substantial additional investments in new technologies to remain competitive. The technologies that the Group chooses may not prove to be commercially successful or the information technology strategy employed may not be sufficiently aligned or responsive to changes in business strategy. As a result, the Group could lose customers, fail to attract new customers or incur substantial costs in order to maintain its customer base or face other losses. Additionally, failure to develop an appropriate e- commerce strategy and select the right partners could erode the Group’s market share.

The Group is reliant upon its HolidexPlus reservation system which is an electronic booking and delivery channel directly linked to travel agents, hotels and internet networks. Inadequate disaster recovery arrangements leading to loss of key communications linkages, particularly in relation to HolidexPlus and other key parts of the IT infrastructure for a prolonged period, or permanently, may result in significant business interruption and subsequent impact on revenues.

 

15


<<<

Back to Contents

The Group may be unable to sustain the new organizational structure or meet cost-saving strategies on an ongoing basis

The Group has implemented a new organizational structure and certain cost-saving strategies relating to its non-hotel cost base. There is no assurance that the organizational structure will remain appropriate or that annualized cost-savings will be realized, which could adversely affect the financial performance of the Group.

The Group may be unable to make disposals of hotel assets

The Group has stated its intention to dispose of assets that do not have strategic value, either with or without brand representation. If a disposal is appropriate, there can be no assurance that the Group will be able to complete any such selected disposals on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

The Group is exposed to the risk of litigation

The Group could be at risk of litigation from its guests, customers, joint venture partners, suppliers, employees, regulatory authorities, franchisees and/or the owners of hotels managed by it for breach of its contractual or other duties. Claims filed in the United States may include requests for punitive damages as well as compensatory damages.

Exposure to litigation may affect the Group’s reputation even though the monetary consequences are not significant.

The Group may face difficulties insuring its businesses

Historically, the Group has maintained insurance at levels determined by it to be appropriate in light of the cost of cover and the risk profiles of the businesses in which it operates. Following the effects of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks and subsequent events, many companies faced increased premiums for reduced cover as the insurance market hardened. A repeat of incidents of this nature may result in the Group experiencing significant increases in the cost of insuring its business at an acceptable level, or in the Group being unable to obtain cover for certain risks at a realistic price.

The Group is exposed to funding risks in relation to the defined benefits under its pension plans

The Group is required by law to maintain a minimum funding level in relation to its ongoing obligation to provide current and future pensions for the members of its pension plans who are entitled to defined benefits. In addition, if any plan of the Group is wound up, the Group could become statutorily liable to make an immediate payment to the trustees to bring the funding of these defined benefits to a level which is higher than this minimum. The contributions payable by the Group must be set with a view to making prudent provision for the benefits accruing under the plans of the Group.

Some of the issues which could adversely affect the funding of these defined benefits (and materially affect the Group’s funding obligations) are: (i) poor investment performance of pension fund investments; (ii) long life expectancy (which will make pensions payable for longer and therefore more expensive to provide); (iii) adverse annuity rates (which tend in particular to depend on prevailing interest rates and life expectancy) as these will make it more expensive to secure pensions with an insurance company; and (iv) other events occurring which make past service benefits more expensive than predicted in the actuarial assumptions by reference to which the Group’s past contributions were assessed.

The Group’s indebtedness could adversely affect its financial position

The Group has put in place borrowing facilities to meet its expected capital resource requirements. The Group’s ability to borrow under these and any other additional facilities which it might seek to establish will require that the Group be able to comply with certain financial and other covenants contained in the relevant facility documentation. If the Group’s revenues, cash flow or credit ratings do not meet expectations, the Group may lose its ability to borrow money or to do so on terms it considers to be favorable. Conditions in the capital markets will also affect the Group’s ability to borrow funds or to raise equity financing, as well as the terms it may obtain. All of these factors could also make it difficult or impossible for the Group otherwise to raise capital needed to pursue its strategy.

The Group cannot assure investors that it will be able to arrange any additional financing or refinancing needed to fund its capital resource requirements on acceptable terms, or at all.

If the Group’s levels of debt increase substantially, its business may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service its debt and/or continue its investment program.

 

16


Back to Contents

The Group may experience a lack of selected acquisition opportunities

While the Group’s strategy is to extend the hotel network through activities that do not involve significant capital, in some cases the Group may consider it appropriate to acquire new land or locations for the development of new hotels. If the availability of suitable sites becomes limited, this could adversely affect its results of operations.

Additional Risks Relating to Soft Drinks

The Britvic Group is reliant upon certain suppliers

The Britvic Group is reliant upon fruit juice concentrates, sugar and other fruit juice raw materials as necessary ingredients for many of its products, as well as packaging and containers such as cans and Polyethylene Trephthalate (PET) bottles. In the event the Britvic Group is unable to obtain an adequate supply of these raw materials or packaging or fails to negotiate the purchase of these materials on a reasonable commercial basis, this could have a significant adverse impact on the Britvic Group’s financial operations.

The Britvic Group is exposed to risks related to possible product contamination

The Britvic Group, like all beverage producers, has been and will continue to be vulnerable to accidental or malicious contamination of its products or base raw materials. Any such contamination could result in recall of the Britvic Group’s products, the Britvic Group being unable to sell its products, damage to brand image and/or civil or criminal liability, which could have a material adverse effect on the Britvic Group’s operations and financial performance.

The Britvic Group is exposed to significant competition

The Britvic Group operates in a highly competitive market sector in which large competitors are active.

A change in the level of marketing undertaken by competitors or in their pricing policies, the growth or strengthening of existing retailers of beverage products, the introduction of new competing brands or products or increased purchasing power pressure from customers could have a material adverse effect on the Britvic Group’s operations and financial performance. Conversely, competition law may regulate the Company’s ability to participate in industry consolidation at a strategic level.

Adverse weather conditions could reduce demand for the Britvic Group’s products

Demand for the Britvic Group’s products may be affected by weather conditions, especially in the summer months, when unseasonably cool or wet weather can affect sales volumes and therefore the results of the Britvic Group’s operations for the year.

ITEM 4.     INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
 
SUMMARY
 
Group Overview

Group companies operate in two core business areas: hotels and resorts, with worldwide interests through ownership, leasing, management and franchising, and soft drink manufacture in the United Kingdom.

On March 22, 2004, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC had a market capitalization of £3.6 billion, and was included in the list of FTSE 100 companies. Following the Separation in April 2003, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC became the holding company for the Group of which Six Continents PLC is the principal subsidiary company. Six Continents PLC was formed in 1967.

The Company’s corporate headquarters are in the United Kingdom, and the registered address is:

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
67 Alma Road
Windsor
Berkshire SL4 3HD
Tel: +44 (0) 1753 410 100
Internet address: www.ihgplc.com

 

 

17


Back to Contents

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC was incorporated in Great Britain on October 2, 2002 and registered in, and operates under, the laws of England and Wales. Operations undertaken in countries other than England and Wales are under the laws of those countries in which they reside.

Group History and Recent Developments

The Group, formerly known as Bass, and more recently, Six Continents, was historically a conglomerate operating, among other things, as a brewer, soft drinks manufacturer, hotelier, leisure operator, and restaurant, pub and bar owner. In the last several years, the Group underwent a major transformation in its operations and organization, as a result of the Separation and a number of significant disposals during this period, narrowing the scope of its business.

On August 22, 2000, Six Continents completed the sale of its brewing business to Interbrew S.A. (“Interbrew”) of Belgium for £2.3 billion.

In February 2001, the Group sold an estate of 988 smaller unbranded pub sites with limited growth potential to Nomura International PLC (“Nomura”) for £625 million.

On March 3, 2003 Capital Management and Investment PLC (“CMI”) announced an unsolicited unilateral securities exchange offer for Six Continents PLC, which was firmly rejected by the board. At an Extraordinary General Meeting held on March 12, 2003 shareholders voted in favor of proceeding with the proposed Separation of Six Continents, immediately following which CMI’s bid lapsed.

On April 15, 2003, following shareholder and regulatory approval, Six Continents PLC separated into two new listed groups, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC comprising the Hotels and Soft Drinks businesses and Mitchells & Butlers plc comprising the Retail and Standard Commercial Property Developments businesses (see page F-8 for the mechanics of the Separation).

Acquisitions, Dispositions and Capital Expenditure

Since the Separation, the Group has entered into the following significant acquisition and disposal transactions:

On July 1, 2003, the Group completed the sale of a 16 property Staybridge Suites portfolio to Hospitality Properties Trust (“HPT”) for $185 million. The Group entered into a contract with HPT for the ongoing management of these hotels. In September 2003, HPT converted 14 other suite hotels to the Staybridge Suites brand under IHG management.

On September 9, 2003, the Group completed the sale of the London May Fair Hotel Limited (the holding company for the InterContinental London May Fair) to Radisson Edwardian for £115 million.

In October 2003, the Group announced the acquisition of the Candlewood Suites brand in the United States from Candlewood Hotel Corporation for a consideration of $15 million and an agreement to enter into a management contract with HPT to manage 76 Candlewood Suites properties. The transaction concluded on December 31, 2003.

On February 24, 2004, the Group sold its share of Midland Hotel and Conference Centre Limited (the holding company for the Crowne Plaza The Midland in Manchester) to Quintessential Hotels Limited for £20 million.

On March 15, 2004, the Group announced that it had entered into an agreement to sell the InterContinental Central Park South in New York City to Anbau Enterprises Inc. for $63.5 million, with an expected completion date in April 2004.

The Group’s continuing operations have invested cash capital expenditure, including for major refurbishments, of £288 million, £396 million and £621 million in fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Capital expenditure was significantly higher in 2001 due to acquisitions completed in that year.

Material acquisitions and dispositions relating to IHG Hotels are described below under — “Hotels — History”.

18


Back to Contents

Hotels

Hotels owns, manages, leases or franchises a number of hotel brands including InterContinental, Crowne Plaza, Holiday Inn, Staybridge Suites, Candlewood Suites and Holiday Inn Express (or Express by Holiday Inn outside of the Americas) (“Express”), which at December 31, 2003 comprised 3,520 hotels with 536,318 guest rooms in nearly 100 countries and territories.

Soft Drinks

IHG has a controlling interest in and manages Britvic, the second largest soft drinks manufacturer (measured by volume) in the United Kingdom. Britvic owns an extensive portfolio of soft drinks brands that include Tango and Robinsons. It also produces Pepsi Beverages International (“PBI”) products under license. The Group, and other shareholders in the Britvic business (Allied Domecq, Whitbread and PepsiCo) have agreed, subject, inter alia, to market conditions, to consider an initial public offering of Britvic between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2008.

SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

Geographic Segmentation

The following table shows turnover and operating profit in pounds sterling by geographical area and the percentage of each geographical area, for the following periods: 15 months ended December 31, 2003 including unaudited information for the three months ended December 31, 2002 and 12 months ended December 31, 2003, the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001.

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP

 
15 months ended December 31,
    12 months ended December 31,     Three months ended December 31,   Year ended
September 30

          15 months ended December 31,     12 months ended December 31,     Three months ended December 31,   Year ended
September 30

 
2003
    2003     2002     2002     2001           2003     2003     2002     2002     2001  

 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
%
       
(£ million)
 
                              Turnover by Geographical Area (1) (3)                                
61.2
    58.7     68.7     68.9     60.7     United Kingdom     2,131     1,533     598     2,491     2,446  
14.6
    15.7     10.9     11.4     10.9     Rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa     506     411     95     411     441  
16.4
    17.4     13.4     13.2     22.5     United States     571     454     117     476     908  
3.6
    3.8     3.1     3.0     3.4     Rest of Americas     127     100     27     108     137  
4.2
    4.4     3.9     3.5     2.5     Asia Pacific     148     114     34     129     101  

 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
100.0
    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0           3,483     2,612     871     3,615     4,033  

 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
                              Operating Profit before Exceptional Items by Geographical Area (1) (2)                                
55.3
    53.1     62.5     64.2     54.4     United Kingdom     267     197     70     397     431  
7.9
    8.1     7.1     9.7     14.6     Rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa     38     30     8     60     116  
25.7
    28.8     15.2     18.5     24.0     United States     124     107     17     114     190  
6.8
    7.0     6.3     4.2     5.1     Rest of Americas     33     26     7     26     40  
4.3
    3.0     8.9     3.4     1.9     Asia Pacific     21     11     10     21     15  

 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
100.0
    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0           483     371     112     618     792  

 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 

 
(1)
The results of overseas operations have been translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange for the period. In the case of the US dollar, the translation rates are fiscal 2003: £1=$1.62 (2002: £1=$1.48; 2001: £1=$1.44).
(2)
Operating profit before exceptional items does not include operating and non-operating exceptional items for all periods presented. Operating exceptional items by region are United Kingdom (2003: 15 months £17 million, 12 months £17 million, 3 months £nil million; 2002: £24 million; 2001: £19 million), Rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa (2003: 15 months £24 million, 12 months £24 million, 3 months £nil million; 2002: £nil million; 2001: £nil million) the United States (2003: 15 months £9 million, 12 months £9 million, 3 months £nil million; 2002: £39 million; 2001: £24 million) and Asia Pacific (2003: 15 months £1 million, 12 months £1 million, 3 months £nil million; 2002: £14 million; 2001: £nil million).
(3)
Amounts are reported by origin. See Note 2 of Notes to the Financial Statements for details by destination, for which the amounts are not significantly different.

19


Back to Contents

Activity Segmentation

The following table shows turnover and operating profit in pounds sterling by activity and the percentage contribution of each activity for the following periods: 15 months ended December 31, 2003 (including unaudited information for the three months ended December 31, 2002 and 12 months ended December 31, 2003) and the year ended September 30, 2002. Segmental information has been restated for the year ended September 30, 2002 to reflect the new structure of the organization following the fundamental reorganization of the Hotels business (see “Organization Review” on page 29).

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP
 
15 months ended December 31,
    12 months ended December 31,     Three months ended December 31,     Year ended
September 30,
          15 months ended December 31,     12 months ended December 31,     Three months ended December 31,     Year ended
September 30,
 
2003
    2003     2002     2002           2003     2003     2002     2002  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
%     Turnover by Activity (1)   (£ million)
                                                   
24.6
    24.3     25.7     26.7     Americas     661     525     136     570  
37.5
    37.3     38.4     37.2     EMEA     1,010     807     203     794  
5.5
    5.3     6.4     6.0     Asia Pacific     148     114     34     128  
1.9
    1.9     1.9     1.9     Central (3)     51     41     10     40  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
69.5
    68.8     72.4     71.8     Hotels     1,870     1,487     383     1,532  
30.5
    31.2     27.6     28.2     Soft Drinks     820     674     146     602  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
100.0
    100.0     100.0     100.0     Continuing operations     2,690     2,161     529     2,134  

 
 
 
    Discontinued operations     793     451     342     1,481  
                           
 
 
 
 
                              3,483     2,612     871     3,615  
                           
 
 
 
 
                        Operating Profit before Exceptional Items by
Activity
(1) (2)
                         
56.3
    56.3     56.6     52.6     Americas     195     161     34     173  
32.9
    32.2     36.7     38.0     EMEA     114     92     22     125  
6.4
    4.2     16.7     7.0     Asia Pacific     22     12     10     23  
(23.1
 )   (21.7 )   (30.0 )   (16.7 )   Central (3)     (80)     (62 )   (18 )   (55 )

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
72.5
    71.0     80.0     80.9     Hotels     251     203     48     266  
27.5
    29.0     20.0     19.1     Soft Drinks     95     83     12     63  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
100.0
    100.0     100.0     100.0     Continuing operations     346     286     60     329  

 
 
 
    Discontinued operations     137     85     52     289  
                           
 
 
 
 
                              483     371     112     618  
                           
 
 
 
 

 
(1)
The results of overseas operations have been translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange for the period. In the case of the US dollar, the translation rates are fiscal 2003: £1=$1.62 (2002: £1=$1.48).
(2)
Operating profit before exceptional items does not include operating and non-operating exceptional items for all periods presented. Operating exceptional items by business segment are the Americas (2003: 15 months £9 million, 12 months £9 million, 3 months £nil million; 2002: £39 million), EMEA (2003: 15 months £41 million, 12 months £41 million, 3 months £nil million; 2002: £24 million) and Asia Pacific (2003: 15 months £1 million, 12 months £1 million, 3 months £nil million; 2002: £14 million).
(3)
Central includes global functions that were centralized following the reorganization review. Costs are reduced by Holidex fee income.

20


Back to Contents

The following table shows turnover and operating profit in pounds sterling by activity and the percentage contribution of each activity for the year ended September 30, 2002 and the year ended September 30, 2001. As it has not been practicable to restate segmental information for the year ended September 30, 2001 to conform with the new presentation resulting from the new structure following the fundamental reorganization of the Hotels business, the 2002 financial information is presented on the same basis.

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP
             
Year ended September 30         Year ended September 30  

         
 
2002
    2001           2002     2001  

 
         
   
 
%     Turnover by Activity (1)     (£ million)  
71.8
    76.7     Hotels     1,532     1,896  
28.2
    23.1     Soft Drinks     602     571  
    0.2     Other (3)         6  

   
         
   
 
100.0
    100.0     Continuing operations     2,134     2,473  

   
    Discontinued operations     1,483     1,567  
            Less: Inter-divisional sales     2     7  
         
 
 
                  3,615     4,033  
                 
   
 
            Operating Profit before Exceptional Items by Activity (1) (2)              
79.6
    87.9     Hotels     262     427  
19.2
    11.7     Soft Drinks     63     57  
1.2
    0.4     Other (3)     4     2  

   
         
   
 
100.0
    100.0     Continuing operations     329     486  

   
    Discontinued operations     289     306  
                 
   
 
                  618     792  
                 
   
 
                 

 
(1)
The results of overseas operations have been translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange for the year. In the case of the US dollar, the translation rates are fiscal 2002: £1=$1.48 (2001: £1=$1.44).
(2)
Operating profit before exceptional items does not include operating and non-operating exceptional items for all periods presented. Operating exceptional items by business segment are the Americas (2002: £39 million, 2001: £11 million), EMEA (2002: £24 million, 2001: £18 million), Asia Pacific (2002: £14 million, 2001: £nil million) and Other (2002: £nil million, 2001: £14 million).
(3)
Other includes central service costs, dividends received from FelCor Lodging Trust Inc., goodwill amortization, significant contract termination receipts, rebates and other non-trading items.

21


Back to Contents

HOTELS

Overview

InterContinental Hotels Group owns a portfolio of well-recognized and respected brands, including InterContinental, Crowne Plaza, Staybridge Suites, Holiday Inn and Express, with more than 3,500 owned, leased, managed and franchised hotels and approximately 535,000 guest rooms across nearly 100 countries and territories as at December 31, 2003. IHG believes its strong hotel brands, international scope and portfolio of high quality assets, built through organic growth and acquisition, place it in a strong competitive position.

History

The Group made its first significant international hotel acquisition when it acquired Holiday Inn International in 1988 and the remaining North American Business of Holiday Inn in 1990. This gave the Group the Holiday Inn and the Crowne Plaza by Holiday Inn brands. Subsequently, in 1990, the Group launched the limited service brand, Express.

In line with its strategy to optimize capital deployment, the Group disposed of its owned US midscale hotel property assets in 1997, but retained branding distribution on the majority of these properties through franchise agreements.

During 1997, the Group entered the US upscale extended stay segment with the introduction and development of Staybridge Suites by Holiday Inn. To expand further its international reach and its strong brand portfolio, the Group acquired the InterContinental hotels business in March 1998. This acquisition added 117 InterContinental and 20 Forum hotels to the portfolio. Following this acquisition, the Group had a portfolio of brands spanning the industry from upper upscale to midscale limited service across all regions.

In January 2000, the Group announced that it had purchased the business of the Australia-based hotel company, Southern Pacific Hotels Corporation (“SPHC”), which operated 59 hotels under the “Parkroyal” and “Centra” brands across Australia, New Zealand and the South Pacific as well as hotels in select South East Asian countries, for Australian $313 million. These hotels strengthened considerably the Group’s existing organically-built presence in the Asia Pacific region. A large proportion of these hotels were subsequently converted to the InterContinental, Crowne Plaza and Holiday Inn brands. Shortly afterwards, in April 2000, the Group acquired the outstanding 90.1% of the issued share capital which it did not already own of Bristol Hotels & Resorts Inc., a US based hotel management company comprising 112 hotels operating mainly under leases, for a total consideration of $157 million. These leases were then sold or converted to management contracts by July 2001.

In April 2001, the Group acquired the entire business of Posthouse for a consideration of £810 million. Posthouse consisted of 79 midscale hotels, 78 of which were in the United Kingdom and one in the Republic of Ireland, with 12,333 rooms, of which 77 hotels were owned or on long leases and two were management contracts. The Group then converted the majority of these hotels to the Holiday Inn brand, thereby enhancing the position of Holiday Inn in the United Kingdom, making it the number one midscale brand by number of rooms. This acquisition, combined with strong midscale segment positions in Germany and Italy, gave the Group a strong European base of operations.

In August 2001, the Group completed the acquisition, for a total consideration of £241 million, of the Regent Hotel in Hong Kong, which it subsequently rebranded “InterContinental Hong Kong”, strengthening its upper upscale hotel market position in the Asia Pacific region and adding a key location for its international guests.

In April 2003, the Group completed its Separation from the Retail business of Six Continents, creating a focused hotel company. The Separation also resulted in the creation of Mitchells & Butlers plc, a stand-alone operator of managed pubs, bars and restaurants. On Separation, the Group retained a controlling interest in Britannia Soft Drinks Limited, the holding company for the Britvic Group.

Developments

InterContinental Hotels. During 2003, 10 new InterContinental Hotels were added to the portfolio including Bangkok, Perth, and Warsaw. After dispositions there was no net change in the total number of InterContinental Hotels.

The Group expects to open an InterContinental in Buckhead (Atlanta) in late 2004 and Boston in 2006, along with other properties in Beijing, Cyprus and Seattle.

 

22


Back to Contents

The major refurbishment program at some of the leading InterContinental properties is now largely complete, with the reopening of the InterContinental Le Grand, Paris in April 2003. Since reopening, the hotel has encountered difficult market conditions due to the Iraq war, reduced US travel and a poorly attended airshow, all contributing to a slower than expected performance. As the global economy recovers, IHG expects the refurbished hotels to demonstrate the benefit of the capital invested.

Staybridge Suites. As of December 31, 2003, 71 hotels were open, including 23 opened in 2003, in addition to a further 22 franchise agreements and 15 management contracts which had been signed during the year. In July 2003, IHG entered into an arrangement with Hospitality Properties Trust (“HPT”), whereby 16 owned Staybridge suites were sold to HPT in conjunction with a management contract between HPT and IHG to keep the hotels in the IHG system. In September 2003, IHG announced the conversion by HPT of 14 Summerfield suites to Staybridge Suites under IHG management.

Holiday Inn. By December 31, 2003, 70 of the 79 original Posthouse hotels acquired in 2001 had been re-branded as IHG hotels, and 9 had been disposed of.

Candlewood Suites. On December 31, 2003, IHG acquired the Candlewood Suites brand and entered into a management contract with HPT to manage 76 Candlewood Suites properties. This adds 109 hotels and 12,569 rooms to the IHG portfolio in the United States in the midscale extended stay segment where IHG was previously unrepresented.

Crowne Plaza. On February 24, 2004, IHG sold its share of Midland Hotel and Conference Centre Limited (the holding company for the Crowne Plaza The Midland in Manchester) to Quintessential Hotels Limited.

Strategy

IHG Hotels’ strategy is to use the strength of its brands, the breadth of its hotel distribution, the diversity of its business models and the benefits of its scale to drive growth and returns for shareholders. Key to the implementation of this strategy are the following priorities:

 
the continued development of high quality, strongly differentiated and preferred brands;
     
 
extending the network of hotels around the world that are attractive to international guests in the upscale and upper upscale brands and in the domestic markets for the midscale brands;
     
 
using the Group’s scale to drive revenues and operating margins;
     
 
enhancing returns from the asset base by redeploying capital over time; and
     
 
investing and training staff to ensure that brands and service levels are maintained and enhanced.
 
Segmental Results

The following table shows turnover and operating profit in US dollars of the IHG Hotels business by activity and the percentage contribution of each activity for the following periods: 15 months ended December 31, 2003 (including unaudited information for the three months ended December 31, 2002 and 12 months ended December 31, 2003) and the year ended September 30, 2002. Segmental information has been restated for the year ended September 30, 2002 to reflect the new structure of the organization following the fundamental reorganization of the Hotels business.

23


Back to Contents

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP
                                                   

15 months ended December 31, 2003
    12 months ended December 31, 2003     Three months ended December 31, 2002     Year
ended September 30, 2002
          15 months ended December 31, 2003     12 months ended December 31, 2003     Three months ended December 31, 2002     Year
ended September 30, 2002
 

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
%
     
          ($ million)           
                             Turnover by Activity (1)                          
                             Americas                          
20.2
    19.9     21.2     20.5               Owned and leased     608     481     127     463  
1.9
    1.9     2.0     2.5               Managed     58     46     12     57  
13.3
    13.5     12.5     14.2               Franchised     402     327     75     322  

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
35.4
    35.3     35.7     37.2           1,068     854     214     842  
                                                   
                             EMEA                          
49.9
    50.2     48.6     48.1               Owned and leased     1,503     1,213     290     1,088  
2.6
    2.6     2.5     2.3               Managed     77     62     15     53  
1.5
    1.5     1.5     1.6               Franchised     46     37     9     36  

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
54.0
    54.3     52.6     52.0           1,626     1,312     314     1,177  
                                                   
                             Asia Pacific                          
6.6
    6.4     7.4     6.7               Owned and leased     198     154     44     152  
1.1
    1.1     1.3     1.3               Managed     34     26     8     29  
0.2
    0.2     0.3     0.2               Franchised     7     5     2     5  

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
7.9
    7.7     9.0     8.2           239     185     54     186  
                                                   
2.7
    2.7     2.7     2.6          Central (3)     82     66     16     57  

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
100.0
    100.0     100.0     100.0           3,015     2,417     598     2,262  

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
                             Operating Profit before
          Exceptional Items
          by Activity (2)
                         
                                 Americas                          
9.4
    9.7     8.0     9.1               Owned and leased     38     32     6     36  
2.2
    2.1     2.7     3.8               Managed     9     7     2     15  
84.4
    84.5     84.0     66.5               Franchised     342     279     63     262  
(18.3
 )   (17.0 )   (24.0 )   (14.2 )             Regional overheads     (74 )   (56 )   (18 )   (56 )

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
77.7
    79.3     70.7     65.2           315     262     53     257  
                                                   
                             EMEA                          
38.5
    37.9     41.3     46.7               Owned and leased     156     125     31     184  
9.6
    9.4     10.7     7.4               Managed     39     31     8     29  
8.9
    8.8     9.3     4.3               Franchised     36     29     7     17  
(11.9
 )   (10.9 )   (16.0 )   (10.9 )             Regional overheads     (48 )   (36 )   (12 )   (43 )

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
45.1
    45.2     45.3     47.5           183     149     34     187  
                                                   
                             Asia Pacific                          
6.7
    5.5     12.0     6.1               Owned and leased     27     18     9     24  
6.2
    4.6     13.3     4.8               Managed     25     15     10     19  
1.2
    1.2     1.3     1.3               Franchised     5     4     1     5  
(5.4
  (5.5 )   (5.3 )   (4.1 )             Regional overheads     (22 )   (18 )   (4 )   (16 )

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
8.7
    5.8     21.3     8.1           35     19     16     32  
                                                   
(31.5
 )   (30.3 )   (37.3 )   (20.8 )        Central (3)     (128 )   (100 )   (28 )   (82 )

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 
100.0
    100.0     100.0     100.0           405     330     75     394  

   
   
   
         
   
   
   
 

 
(1)
Amounts are reported by origin.
(2)
Operating profit before exceptional items excludes profits/(losses) on sale of fixed assets and operations and other exceptional items.
(3)
Central includes global functions that were centralized following the reorganization review. Costs are reduced by Holidex fee income.

24


Back to Contents

The following table shows turnover and operating profit in US dollars of the IHG Hotels business by activity and the percentage contribution of each activity for the year ended September 30, 2002 and the year ended September 30, 2001. As it has not been practicable to restate segmental information for the year ended September 30, 2001 to conform with the new presentation resulting from the new structure following the fundamental reorganization of the Hotels business, the 2002 financial information is presented on the same basis.

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP
             
Year ended September 30

        Year ended September 30

 
2002
    2001           2002     2001  

 
       
 
 
%
   
        ($ million)     
                 Turnover by Activity (1)              
                 Americas              
20.6
    19.6               Owned and leased     466     535  
12.7
    11.0               Managed and upscale franchised     288     301  
4.8
    24.5               Midscale franchised     108     666  

 
       
 
 
38.1
    55.1           862     1,502  
                           
                 EMEA              
48.1
    35.9               Owned and leased     1,088     979  
5.3
    3.7               Managed and franchised     121     100  

 
       
 
 
53.4
    39.6           1,209     1,079  
   
8.5
    5.3          Asia Pacific     191     145  

 
       
 
 
100.0
    100.0               2,262     2,726  

 
       
 
 
                 Operating Profit before Exceptional Items by Activity (2)              
                 Americas              
5.9
    12.7               Owned and leased     23     78  
51.7
    7.0               Managed and upscale franchised     200     43  
10.6
    36.6               Midscale franchised     41     224  

 
       
 
 
68.2
    56.3           264     345  
                           
                 EMEA              
37.5
    40.1               Owned and leased     145     246  
10.1
    7.2               Managed and franchised     39     44  

 
       
 
 
47.6
    47.3           184     290  
   
9.3
    4.2          Asia Pacific     36     26  
(25.1
)   (7.8 )        Other (3)     (97 )   (48 )

 
       
 
 
100.0
    100.0           387     613  

 
       
 
 
                     

 
(1)
Amounts are reported by origin.
(2)
Operating profit before exceptional items excludes profits/(losses) on sale of fixed assets and operations and other exceptional items.
(3)
Other includes central service costs, dividends received from FelCor Lodging Trust Inc., goodwill amortization, significant contract termination receipts, rebates and other non-trading items.

25


Back to Contents

Segmental Results

The following table shows turnover and operating profit in pounds sterling of the IHG Hotels business by activity and the percentage contribution of each activity for the following periods: 15 months ended December 31, 2003 (including unaudited information for the three months ended December 31, 2002 and 12 months ended December 31, 2003), and the year ended September 30, 2002. Segmental information has been restated for the year ended September 30, 2002 to reflect the new structure of the organization following the fundamental reorganization of the Hotels business (see “Organization Review” on page 29).

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP
15 months
ended
December 31,
2003
    12 months
ended
December 31,
2003
    Three
months ended
December 31,
2002
    Year ended
September 30,
2002
          15 months ended
December 31,
2003
    12 months ended
December 31,
2003
    Three
months ended
December 31,
2002
    Year ended
September 30,
2002
 

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
  %
               
  (£ million)
                                                   
                        Turnover by Activity (1) (2)                          
                        Americas                          
20.1
    19.9     20.9     20.5          Owned and leased     376     296     80     314  
1.9
    1.9     2.1     2.5          Managed     36     28     8     38  
13.3
    13.5     12.5     14.2          Franchised     249     201     48     218  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
35.3
    35.3     35.5     37.2           661     525     136     570  
                                                   
                        EMEA                          
49.8
    50.1     48.8     48.2          Owned and leased     933     746     187     736  
2.6
    2.6     2.6     2.3          Managed     48     38     10     36  
1.6
    1.5     1.6     1.4          Franchised     29     23     6     22  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
54.0
    54.2     53.0     51.9           1,010     807     203     794  
                                                   
                        Asia Pacific                          
6.6
    6.4     7.3     6.7          Owned and leased     123     95     28     103  
1.1
    1.0     1.3     1.3          Managed     20     15     5     20  
0.3
    0.3     0.3     0.3          Franchised     5     4     1     5  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
8.0
    7.7     8.9     8.3           148     114     34     128  
                                                   
2.7
    2.8     2.6     2.6     Central (4)     51     41     10     40  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
100.0
    100.0     100.0     100.0           1,870     1,487     383     1,532  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
                        Operating Profit before Exceptional Items by Activity(1) (3)                         
                        Americas                          
9.2
    9.9     6.3     9.0          Owned and leased     23     20     3     24  
2.0
    2.0     2.1     3.8          Managed     5     4     1     10  
84.8
    84.5     85.4     66.6          Franchised     213     172     41     177  
(18.3)
    (17.2 )   (22.9 )   (14.3 )        Regional overheads     (46 )   (35 )   (11 )   (38 )

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
77.7
    79.2     70.9     65.1           195     161     34     173  
                                                   
                        EMEA                          
38.6
    37.9     41.7     46.6          Owned and leased     97     77     20     124  
9.6
    9.4     10.4     7.5          Managed     24     19     5     20  
9.2
    8.9     10.4     4.1          Franchised     23     18     5     11  
(12.0)
    (10.8 )   (16.7 )   (11.3 )        Regional overheads     (30 )   (22 )   (8 )   (30 )

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
45.4
    45.4     45.8     46.9           114     92     22     125  
                                                   
                        Asia Pacific                          
7.2
    5.4     14.6     5.6          Owned and leased     18     11     7     15  
5.6
    3.9     12.5     5.3          Managed     14     8     6     14  
1.6
    2.0         1.9          Franchised     4     4         5  
(5.6)
    (5.4 )   (6.3 )   (4.1 )        Regional overheads     (14 )   (11 )   (3 )   (11 )

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
8.8
    5.9     20.8     8.7           22     12     10     23  
                                                   
(31.9)
    (30.5 )   (37.5 )   (20.7 )   Central (4)     (80 )   (62 )   (18 )   (55 )

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
100.0
    100.0     100.0     100.0           251     203     48     266  

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
Footnotes on the following page.

 

26


Back to Contents


 
(1)
The results of overseas operations have been translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange for the year. In the case of the US dollar, the translation rates are fiscal 2003: £1=$1.62 (2002: £1=$1.48).
(2)
Amounts are reported by origin.
(3)
Operating profit before exceptional items excludes profits/(losses) on sale of fixed assets and operations and other exceptional items.
(4)
Central includes global functions that were centralized following the reorganization review. Costs are reduced by Holidex fee income.

The following table shows turnover and operating profit for the IHG Hotels business in pounds sterling by activity and the percentage contribution of each activity for the year ended September 30, 2002 and the year ended September 30, 2001. As it has not been practicable to restate segmental information for the year ended September 30, 2001 to conform with the new presentation resulting from the new structure following the fundamental reorganization of the Hotels business, the 2002 financial information is presented on the same basis.

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP
             
Year ended September 30

       
Year ended September 30

 
2002
    2001           2002     2001  

 
       
 
 
 %              (£ million)    
                 Turnover by Activity (1) (2)              
                 Americas              
20.6
    19.6               Owned and leased     316     372  
12.7
    24.5               Managed and upscale franchised     195     464  
4.8
    11.0               Midscale franchised     73     209  

 
       
 
 
38.1
    55.1           584     1,045  
                 EMEA              
48.1
    35.9               Owned and leased     737     680  
5.4
    3.7               Managed and franchised     82     70  

 
       
 
 
53.5
    39.6           819     750  
8.4
    5.3          Asia Pacific     129     101  

 
       
 
 
100.0
    100.0           1,532     1,896  

 
       
 
 
                 Operating Profit before Exceptional Items by Activity (1) (3)              
                 Americas              
5.7
    12.6               Owned and leased     15     54  
10.7
    7.0               Managed and upscale franchised     28     30  
51.5
    36.6               Midscale franchised     135     156  

 
       
 
 
67.9
    56.2           178     240  
                 EMEA              
37.4
    40.0               Owned and leased     98     171  
10.3
    7.3               Managed and franchised     27     31  

 
       
 
 
47.7
    47.3           125     202  
9.2
    4.2          Asia Pacific     24     18  
(24.8)
    (7.7 )        Other (4)     (65 )   (33 )

 
       
 
 
100.0
    100.0           262     427  

 
       
 
 
                     

 
(1)
The results of overseas operations have been translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange for the year. In the case of the US dollar, the translation rates are fiscal 2002: £1=$1.48 (2001: £1=$1.44).
(2)
Amounts are reported by origin.
(3)
Operating profit before exceptional items excludes profits/(losses) on sale of fixed assets and operations and other exceptional items.
(4)
Other includes central service costs, dividends received from FelCor Lodging Trust Inc., goodwill amortization, significant contract termination receipts, rebates and other non-trading items.

27


Back to Contents

Operations
   
Ownership/Management Model

Hotels operates through four different business models to ensure a balance of growth, returns, risk and reward. Profits are broadly balanced between owned hotels, which have an opportunity for greater profits but are subject to greater volatility, and managed/franchised hotels, which have more stable income streams. The four models are:

owned or leased (“O & L”), where a Group company both owns (or leases) and operates a hotel and, in the case of ownership, takes all the benefits and risks of ownership. Rooms owned or leased by IHG Hotels totaled 39,459 as at December 31, 2003, together representing 7% of its hotel rooms;
   
management contract, where IHG Hotels manages the hotel for third-party owners under an IHG brand in return for a management fee and provides the system infrastructure necessary for the hotel to operate. Management contract fees are usually linked to a hotel’s revenues and often include an additional incentive fee, linked to profitability or cash flow. IHG Hotels operated 103,440 rooms under management contracts at December 31, 2003, representing 19% of its hotel rooms;
   
joint venture, where a Group company directly or indirectly holds an equity interest in the hotel and receives a share of the benefits and risks of ownership in proportion to its stake. A management contract is generally entered into in conjunction with the joint venture; and
   
franchise, where IHG Hotels neither own nor manage the hotel, but provide the use of the brand, systems and expertise. IHG Hotels derives revenues from a royalty or licensing fee payable by the franchisee for the right to operate under an IHG brand. This fee is often based on a percentage of room revenue. IHG Hotels operated 393,419 rooms under a franchise agreement as at December 31, 2003 with 84% of rooms in North and South America operating under this model. As at December 31, 2003, franchised hotels represented 74% of IHG’s total rooms.

The following table shows the number of hotels and rooms owned, operated or franchised by IHG at December 31, 2003, September 30, 2002 and September 30, 2001.

    Owned or Leased

  Management Contracts and Joint Ventures

  Franchised

  Total

 
      No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2003
    171     39,459     423     103,440     2,926     393,419     3,520     536,318  
2002
    190     42,642     314     86,761     2,821     386,122     3,325     515,525  
2001
    191     42,531     318     85,893     2,758     386,272     3,267     514,696  

The Group sets quality and service standards for all of its hotel brands (including those operated under management contract or franchise arrangements) and operates a customer satisfaction and hotel quality measurement system to ensure those standards are met or exceeded. The quality measurement system includes an assessment of both physical property and customer service standards. In 2003 IHG relaunched the customer satisfaction tracking element of this assessment to better enable the company to respond to customer needs.

Global System

The Group uses a global system for reservations, IT, internet and its loyalty scheme (Priority Club Rewards). Across all its brands, the Group’s objective is to further exploit the scale and strength of its global system to drive revenue and operating efficiencies. The elements of the global system include:

Priority Club Rewards: This is one of the largest loyalty programs in the hotel industry, with approximately 19.2 million members, an increase in 2003 of more than 23%. It has alliances with 45 airlines which enable members to collect frequent flyer miles. IHG also has alliances with external partners such as car hire companies and credit card companies, which provide exposure and access to IHG’s system.

Central Reservation System: The Group operates the HolidexPlus and Holidex central reservation systems. The HolidexPlus and Holidex systems receive reservation requests entered on terminals located at most of its reservation centers, as well as from global distribution systems operated by a number of major corporations and travel agents. Where local hotel systems allow, the HolidexPlus and the Holidex systems immediately confirm reservations or indicate alternative accommodation available within IHG’s network. Confirmations are transmitted electronically to the hotel for which the reservation is made. By December 2003, all but 19 of the 3,520 IHG hotels had been upgraded to the HolidexPlus system.

 

28


Back to Contents

The Group estimates that, during 2003, these reservation systems (which include company reservation centers, global distribution systems and internet reservations) delivered around 29% of the Group’s global hotel room nights sold.

Internet: The Group introduced electronic hotel reservations in 1995. The Internet continues to be an important communications and distribution channel for the Group’s sales. During fiscal 2003, 7.5 million room nights, representing $710 million of revenue, were booked via the various Company branded websites, such as www.intercontinental.com and www.holiday-inn.com. The “Lowest Internet Rate Guarantee” program promises customers that if they find a better rate on the Internet than on the Group’s sites, the Group will honor the lower rate, plus a further 10% reduction on that rate.

Over 70% of room nights at the Group’s hotels that are booked on the web are now booked directly through the Group’s own brand sites.

Sales and Marketing

IHG targets its sales and marketing expenditure in each region on driving revenue and brand awareness or, in the case of sales investments, targeting segments such as corporate accounts, travel agencies and meeting organizers. The majority of IHG’s sales and marketing expenditure is funded by contractual fees paid by most hotels in the system.

The strategic goals for the global system as a whole include:

adding further locations and improving guest satisfaction for its brands;
   
continuing the focus on enrolments in Priority Club Rewards and increasing share of the total hotel spend to establish Priority Club Rewards as the number one program in the industry;
   
making the direct channels the best available; and
   
improving pricing structure.
 
Organization Review

Following the announcement in October 2002 of the Separation, the Group’s management initiated action in four key areas to improve operating performance of IHG Hotels:

 
redesigning the organization to align it with the strategic priorities and speed up decision making;
     
 
changing the management team to ensure the right people are in the right jobs;
     
 
reducing the cost base through eliminating unnecessary work and streamlining processes; and
     
 
optimizing capital deployment through a rigorous hotel by hotel review to determine appropriate levels of ownership and capital expenditure.

As a result of actions the Group has taken, it achieved the following in 2003:

 
a new executive team, including well-respected hotel operators, was appointed and a new organization design was agreed comprising the following key business units:
       
   
Global Brand Services (“GBS”), managing the global systems, reservations and loyalty club for the Group;
       
   
Finance and Asset Management (“FAM”) managing the capital allocation, financial standards and reporting for the Group;
       
   
Central Shared Services (“CSS”), operating many of the global transactional processes across Finance, HR and IT;
       
   
three operating regions, namely EMEA, Americas and Asia Pacific, each headed by a seasoned hotel professional with at least 20 years industry experience each;
       
   
Corporate Services, with responsibility for Corporate Governance, Risk Management, Risk Insurance, Internal Audit, Data Privacy, Intellectual Property, Group Legal and Company Secretariat; and
       
   
Global HR, managing the talent in IHG around the world.

29


Back to Contents

Brands
 
Brands Overview
 
    December 31, 2003

 
Brands
    Room Numbers     Hotels  

 
 
 
InterContinental
    45,046     135  
Crowne Plaza
    58,482     202  
Holiday Inn
    287,769     1,529  
Express
    120,298     1,455  
Staybridge Suites
    8,221     71  
Candlewood Suites
    12,569     109  
Other
    3,933     19  
   
 
 
Total
    536,318     3,520  
   
 
 
 
InterContinental
 
      Americas
Total
    Americas
O & L
    EMEA
Total
    EMEA
O & L
    Asia Pacific  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Average Room Rate $ (1)
    129.87     161.92     131.80     162.41     124.46  
Room Numbers (2)
    15,074     4,421     20,842     4,779     9,130  
                                 

 
(1)
For the 12-month period ended December 31, 2003
(2)
As at December 31, 2003

InterContinental is IHG’s global upper upscale hotel brand. The hotels are targeted at both business and leisure guests. InterContinental hotels are generally situated in prime locations in major cities and key resorts around the world and provide high quality amenities, generally reflecting the local culture. There were 135 InterContinental hotels in more than 60 countries which represented 8% of all of IHG hotel rooms as at December 31, 2003.

InterContinental hotels are principally owned, leased or managed by IHG Hotels. The brand is one of the top international upper upscale hotel brands based on room numbers and has more than 50 years of heritage in the segment. IHG’s competition includes international luxury chains (for example Four Seasons and Ritz Carlton) and upper upscale chains (for example, Marriott, Hilton, Hyatt and Westin).

Crowne Plaza
 
      Americas
Total
    Americas
O & L
    EMEA
Total
    EMEA
O & L
    Asia Pacific  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Average Room Rate $ (1)
    94.17     102.28     102.37     101.28     70.76  
Room Numbers (2)
    31,235     2,288     15,689     4,182     11,558  
                                 

 
(1)
For the 12-month period ended December 31, 2003
(2)
As at December 31, 2003

Crowne Plaza is IHG’s global upscale hotel brand which has been developed as a stand-alone brand since acquisition of the Holiday Inn business and has grown to 202 hotels worldwide. The brand is targeted at the business guest, with a particular focus on meetings and related services. The upscale Crowne Plaza hotels and resorts are predominantly located in major and secondary cities and resorts around the world, typically in significant business centers, and provide the high level of comfort, amenities, services, facilities and meeting space expected of a full service hotel. Crowne Plaza represented 11% of IHG Hotels’ hotel rooms as at December 31, 2003.

The majority of the upscale Crowne Plaza hotels and resorts are franchised hotels. As at December 31, 2003, 53% of Crowne Plaza brand properties were in the Americas. The key competitors in this segment include Sheraton, Marriott, Hilton, Double-Tree, Wyndham and Radisson.

30


Back to Contents

Holiday Inn
                                 
      Americas
Total
    Americas
O&L
    EMEA
Total
    EMEA
O&L
    Asia Pacific  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Average Room Rate $ (1)
    78.01     74.04     75.21     89.11     55.32  
Room Numbers (2)
    213,389     2,665     54,997     15,782     19,383  
                                 

 
(1)
For the 12-month period ended December 31, 2003
(2)
As at December 31, 2003

Holiday Inn is IHG’s midscale full service brand. Holiday Inn International was acquired in 1988 with the remaining North American business of Holiday Inn being acquired in 1990. In the last ten years, the brand has grown in EMEA and Asia Pacific, while its number of hotels has declined in the Americas. This decline has been more than offset by the growth in Express. The brand is targeted at the mid-market guest and is IHG Hotels’ largest global hotel brand based on room numbers. Holiday Inn is also one of the world’s most recognized hotel brands. IHG seeks to offer, through its Holiday Inn brand, good value for money with appropriate standards of products and services.

There were 1,529 Holiday Inn hotels located in more than 70 countries which represented 54% of all IHG’s hotel rooms as at December 31, 2003. The brand is predominantly franchised. As at December 31, 2003, 73% of the Holiday Inn branded hotels were located in the Americas.

Express
 
      Americas
Total
    EMEA
Total
    EMEA
O&L
    Asia Pacific  
   

 

 

 

 
Average Room Rate $ (1)
    72.83     74.96     57.98     54.32  
Room Numbers (2)
    106,796     13,270     995     232  
                           

 
(1)
For the 12-month period ended December 31, 2003
(2)
As at December 31, 2003

Express is IHG’s midscale limited service hotel brand. IHG recognized the need for a brand in this category in the early 1990s and subsequently developed Express to further the reach of the Holiday Inn brand and enter the midscale limited service segment. The brand has grown rapidly and aims to provide the room quality of midscale hotels without the associated full range of facilities. The brand is targeted at the value-conscious guest, as best evidenced by the “Stay Smart” marketing campaign in the United States.

There were 1,455 Express hotels worldwide, which represented 22% of IHG’s hotel rooms as at December 31, 2003. Express is the third largest brand in the US midscale limited service segment based on room numbers, and 89% of the Express branded rooms are located in the Americas. Express hotels are almost entirely franchised. The brand enjoys a RevPAR premium to many of its competitors in the United States. Express also has a solid and growing brand presence in the UK market where it faces competition from a variety of local market brands and independent hotels.

Staybridge Suites

      Americas
Total
    Americas
O & L
 
   

 

 
Average Room Rate $ (1)
    83.96     83.43  
Room Numbers (2)
    8,221     496  
               

 
(1)
For the 12-month period ended December 31, 2003
(2)
As at December 31, 2003

Staybridge Suites is IHG’s organically developed upscale extended stay brand and offers self-catering services and amenities designed specifically for those on extended travel. The rooms provide more space than the typical hotel room, offering studios and one and two bedroom suites, with cooking and other facilities available in each room/suite. As at December 31, 2003, there were 71 Staybridge Suites hotels, all of which are located in the Americas, which represented 2% of all IHG’s hotel rooms. The first Staybridge Suites hotel was opened in 1998, with the fiftieth Staybridge Suites hotel following in November 2002, thereby demonstrating the fastest roll out of

31


Back to Contents

50 properties in its segment. In July 2003, the Group sold 16 Staybridge Suites hotels in the United States to HPT for $185 million. These hotels will, however, continue to operate within the Staybridge Suites brand as a result of the Group having entered into a management agreement relating to these hotels with HPT for a period of 20 years, with options to extend. In September 2003, HPT converted 14 other suite hotels to the Staybridge Suites brand, under IHG management. Staybridge Suites brands are divided broadly between franchised and managed models. The primary competitors include Residence Inn, Homewood, Summerfield and Hawthorne.

Candlewood Suites (1)
 
      Total  
   

 
Average Room Rate $ (2)
    56.71  
Room Numbers (3)
    12,569  
         

 
(1)
No operations of the Candlewood brand have been included in the 2003 Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)
For the 12-month period ended December 31, 2003
(3)
As at December 31, 2003

The Candlewood Suites brand was acquired on December 31, 2003. This brand’s positioning in the midscale extended stay segment will complement Staybridge Suites’ upscale positioning. Candlewood Suites is an established brand of purpose built hotels with 109 properties on average of less than five years old. The major owner of Candlewood Suites properties is HPT, who owned 64 at the time of announcement and who, in a related transaction, purchased an additional 12 properties. IHG will manage all 76 of HPT’s properties under 20 year agreements, with options to extend.

Geographical Analysis

While IHG’s brands are in the main recognized globally, operational management is divided into three main geographic regions – North and South America (“Americas”), Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and Asia and countries in the Pacific region (“Asia Pacific”). With its worldwide hotels operations and multiple ownership models, IHG is less dependent on the business cycle of any one country or region, although the US market is predominant. The following table shows information concerning the geographical locations of IHG’s hotels as at December 31, 2003.

32


Back to Contents

    Owned or
Leased

    Management
Contracts and
Joint Ventures

    Franchised

    Total

 
As at December 31, 2003
  No. of
Hotels
 

 
No. of
Rooms
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
United States
                                               
InterContinental
  7     3,451     5     1,812     1     150     13     5,413  
Crowne Plaza
  5     1,995     21     7,351     61     16,523     87     25,869  
Holiday Inn
  6     1,541     59     18,080     916     172,627     981     192,248  
Holiday Inn Express
          4     657     1,261     100,093     1,265     100,750  
Staybridge Suites
  3     376     31     3,808     35     3,714     69     7,898  
Candlewood Suites
          76     9,219     33     3,350     109     12,569  
Other brands
          6     1,221             6     1,221  
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
  21     7,363     202     42,148     2,307     296,457     2,530     345,968  
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Rest of Americas
                                               
InterContinental
  3     970     12     3,699     18     4,992     33     9,661  
Crowne Plaza
  1     293     1     217     17     4,856     19     5,366  
Holiday Inn
  2     1,124     6     1,444     120     18,573     128     21,141  
Holiday Inn Express
                  56     6,046     56     6,046  
Staybridge Suites
  1     120     1     203             2     323  
Candlewood Suites
                               
Other brands
                               
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
  7     2,507     20     5,563     211     34,467     238     42,537  
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total Americas
                                               
InterContinental
  10     4,421     17     5,511     19     5,142     46     15,074  
Crowne Plaza
  6     2,288     22     7,568     78     21,379     106     31,235  
Holiday Inn
  8     2,665     65     19,524     1,036     191,200     1,109     213,389  
Holiday Inn Express
          4     657     1,317     106,139     1,321     106,796  
Staybridge Suites
  4     496     32     4,011     35     3,714     71     8,221  
Candlewood Suites
          76     9,219     33     3,350     109     12,569  
Other brands
          6     1,221             6     1,221  
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
  28     9,870     222     47,711     2,518     330,924     2,768     388,505  
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
United Kingdom
                                               
InterContinental
  2     653     1     445             3     1,098  
Crowne Plaza
  6     1,716     2     399     3     764     11     2,879  
Holiday Inn
  76     12,736     3     431     22     3,092     101     16,259  
Holiday Inn Express
  1     120             88     8,697     89     8,817  
Staybridge Suites
                               
Candlewood Suites
                               
Other brands
                               
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
  85     15,225     6     1,275     113     12,553     204     29,053  
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Europe
                                               
InterContinental
  10     3,741     11     4,329     3     1,167     24     9,237  
Crowne Plaza
  10     2,466     6     1,665     18     3,883     34     8,014  
Holiday Inn
  15     3,046     10     1,978     157     21,876     182     26,900  
Holiday Inn Express
  7     875     6     625     24     2,134     37     3,634  
Staybridge Suites
                               
Candlewood Suites
                               
Other brands
  1     580             2     430     3     1,010  
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
  43     10,708     33     8,597     204     29,490     280     48,795  
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33


Back to Contents

      Owned or
Leased

    Management
Contracts and
Joint Ventures

    Franchised

    Total

 
As at December 31, 2003
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
    No. of
Hotels
    No. of
Rooms
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
InterContinental
    1     385     31     8,898     4     1,224     36     10,507  
Crowne Plaza
            11     3,035     6     1,761     17     4,796  
Holiday Inn
            20     3,678     37     8,160     57     11,838  
Holiday Inn Express
                    6     819     6     819  
Staybridge Suites
                                 
Candlewood Suites
                                 
Other brands
                                 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
    1     385     62     15,611     53     11,964     116     27,960  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total EMEA
                                                 
InterContinental
    13     4,779     43     13,672     7     2,391     63     20,842  
Crowne Plaza
    16     4,182     19     5,099     27     6,408     62     15,689  
Holiday Inn
    91     15,782     33     6,087     216     33,128     340     54,997  
Holiday Inn Express
    8     995     6     625     118     11,650     132     13,270  
Staybridge Suites
                                 
Candlewood Suites
                                 
Other brands
    1     580             2     430     3     1,010  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
    129     26,318     101     25,483     370     54,007     600     105,808  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Far East and Australasia (Asia Pacific)
                                                 
InterContinental
    2     729     17     6,084     7     2,317     26     9,130  
Crowne Plaza
    3     698     26     9,140     5     1,720     34     11,558  
Holiday Inn
    8     1,651     48     13,621     24     4,111     80     19,383  
Holiday Inn Express
            1     95     1     137     2     232  
Staybridge Suites
                                 
Candlewood Suites
                                 
Other brands
    1     193     8     1,306     1     203     10     1,702  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
    14     3,271     100     30,246     38     8,488     152     42,005  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
                                                 
InterContinental
    25     9,929     77     25,267     33     9,850     135     45,046  
Crowne Plaza
    25     7,168     67     21,807     110     29,507     202     58,482  
Holiday Inn
    107     20,098     146     39,232     1,276     228,439     1,529     287,769  
Holiday Inn Express
    8     995     11     1,377     1,436     117,926     1,455     120,298  
Staybridge Suites
    4     496     32     4,011     35     3,714     71     8,221  
Candlewood Suites
            76     9,219     33     3,350     109     12,569  
Other brands
    2     773     14     2,527     3     633     19     3,933  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
    171     39,459     423     103,440     2,926     393,419     3,520     536,318  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34


Back to Contents

Americas

In the Americas, the largest proportion of rooms is operated under the franchise business model primarily in the midscale segment (Holiday Inn and Express). Similarly, in the upscale segment, Crowne Plaza is predominantly franchised, whereas the InterContinental brand currently has a bias toward ownership and management. With 2,768 hotels, the Americas represented the bulk of hotels and approximately 59% of Hotels operating profit before central costs and exceptional items during the 15 months ended December 31, 2003. The key profit producing region is the United States, although IHG is also represented in the branded segment in each of Latin America, Canada, Mexico and the Caribbean.

EMEA

Comprising 600 hotels at the end of 2003, EMEA represented approximately 34% of Hotels operating profit before central costs and exceptional items during the 15 months ended December 31, 2003. The key profit producing regions are the United Kingdom and the main continental European gateway cities such as Paris and Frankfurt.

Asia Pacific

Asia Pacific represented 8% of Hotels rooms and 7% of Hotels operating profit before central costs and exceptional items during the 15 months ended December 31, 2003. IHG has a strong and growing presence in Asia Pacific, comprising 152 hotels in total. Currently underdeveloped parts of the Asia Pacific market are expected to generate significant growth in the hotel and tourism industry over the next decade. The Group believes that the region represents a good source of growth due to the current low penetration of brands offering the opportunity for IHG’s brands to build strong positions in key markets.

System Pipeline

At December 31, 2003, IHG had formally approved franchise applications for 286 hotels with 30,853 rooms, though the hotels had yet to enter the system. In addition, IHG had signed management contracts on a further 128 hotels (20,826 rooms), and these are expected to enter the system over the next two years. In addition three owned and leased hotels, with 699 rooms, are also due to enter the system. Approximately 15% of the rooms at December 31, 2003 in the pipeline were in the upper upscale and upscale InterContinental and Crowne Plaza brands.

There are no assurances that all of these hotels will open or enter the system. The construction, conversion and development of hotels is dependent upon a number of factors, including meeting brand standards, obtaining the necessary permits relating to construction and operation, the cost of constructing, converting and equipping such hotels and the ability to obtain suitable financing at acceptable interest rates. The supply of capital for hotel development in the United States and major economies may not continue at previous levels and consequently the systems pipeline could decrease.

Seasonality

Although the performance of individual hotels and geographic markets might be highly seasonal due to a variety of factors such as the tourist trade and local economic conditions, the geographical spread of IHG’s hotels in almost 100 countries and territories and the relative stability of the income stream from franchising activities diminish the effect of seasonality on the results of the Group.

Competition

The Group’s hotels compete with a wide range of facilities offering various types of lodging options and related services to the public. The competition includes several large and moderate sized hotel chains offering upper, mid and lower priced accommodation and also includes independent hotels in each of these market segments, particularly outside of North America where the lodging industry is much more fragmented. Major hotel chains which compete with the Group include Marriott International, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., Choice Hotel International, Best Western International, Hilton Hotels Corporation, Hilton Group plc, Cendant Corporation, Four Seasons Hotels Inc. and Accor SA.

35


Back to Contents

SOFT DRINKS

Overview

The Group holds a significant interest in Britannia Soft Drinks Limited (“BSD”), the holding company for the Britvic Group, which is the second largest manufacturer of soft drinks, by volume, in the United Kingdom. Following the signing of the Exclusive Bottling Agreement (“EBA”) on March 10, 2004 on broadly similar terms as the original agreement dated January 5, 1987, the ownership of BSD is now split between the Group (47.5%), Allied Domecq Overseas (Canada) Limited and Whitbread Group PLC (each with 23.75%) and PepsiCo Inc. (5%). Under the EBA, the Britvic Group holds the exclusive franchise rights in Great Britain for the Pepsi and 7UP brands.

The Group will continue to consolidate the results of BSD as it continues to exercise dominant influence on the management of the company.

In conjunction with the EBA, the Group and other shareholders in BSD have agreed subject, inter alia, to market conditions, to consider an initial public offering of BSD, between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2008.

Britvic’s Business and Brands

The Britvic Group owns an extensive portfolio of soft drinks brands that includes Robinsons, Tango, Britvic (juice and mixers), R Whites, Amé, J2O, Purdey’s and Aqua Libra and has exclusive rights in perpetuity to Red Devil in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland.

The Britvic Group’s operations are split between Britvic, which includes the Pepsi, Tango, R Whites, Britvic (juice and mixers) and 7UP brands, and Robinsons. Robinsons Soft Drinks Limited, a direct subsidiary of Britvic, holds the major brands acquired since Britvic Holdings Limited was initially set up by the IHG Group, Allied Domecq and Whitbread in 1987. This includes the Robinsons and Red Devil brands and also the Amé, Purdey’s and Aqua Libra brands which were owned by Orchid Drinks Limited, a business acquired by the Britvic Group in July 2000. Sales of Robinsons products accounted for approximately 28% of total net sales for the Britvic Group in 2003.

The Britvic Group also has a supply agreement for the sale of Abbey Well water for resale to licensed outlets and “impulse buy” outlets (excluding major multiple retailers such as supermarket chains). In addition to brand acquisitions, the Britvic Group has developed and maintained its portfolio of brands. It has achieved this through an active new product development program to generate new sub-brands and packaging initiatives. Notable among these are sub-brands such as J2O and Robinsons’ Fruit Shoot. In addition, the Britvic Group has introduced a series of packaging types such as a children’s 250 ml pack for the Tango brand together with flavor extensions such as Tango Fruit Fling and limited edition seasonal Robinsons flavors.

The Britvic Group generated operating profits before exceptional items of £95 million on revenues of £820 million in the 15 months ended December 2003. This compares to operating profits before exceptional items of £63 million on revenues of £602 million in the year ended September 2002.

Strategy

The goal for the Britvic Group is for it to become the United Kingdom’s leading soft drinks manufacturer. To achieve this goal, the strategy for the Britvic Group is to build its share of the major volume and value segments within the carbonated soft drinks and still drinks markets. The Britvic Group continues to increase its market share by supporting its existing portfolio of brands and by a program of new product development and, where appropriate, acquisition.

Competition

The Britvic Group’s brands compete with many multi-national, national and regional producers and private label suppliers. The Britvic Group’s main competitor in the United Kingdom is Coca-Cola Enterprises (whose brands include Coca-Cola, Fanta, Sprite, Dr Pepper, Schweppes and Lilt), which is the overall soft drinks market leader (in terms of market share). The Britvic Group also faces significant competition from GlaxoSmithKline (Lucozade and Ribena), AG Barr (Irn-Bru and Orangina), Proctor & Gamble (Sunny Delight) and Tropicana UK Limited (fruit juices), which are each strong within specific sectors of the market. A number of smaller manufacturers dominate their individual sector and their combined influence is becoming more important. A significant example of this would be Red Bull (a leading energy drink).

 

36


Back to Contents

Production and Distribution

In fiscal 2003, the Britvic Group had six production plants which produced over 1.3 billion liters of soft drinks during fiscal 2003 and operated 12 retail distribution depots as well as a national distribution center for supplying the on-trade and off-trade.

Marketing

The success of the Britvic Group’s brands depends upon their quality and value for money and on brand marketing. Over the past three fiscal periods, the Britvic Group spent an average of approximately 20% of gross revenues on brand advertising, promotional and other related expenditure.

Britvic Group products are available in a wide variety of outlets in the United Kingdom, including grocery stores, supermarkets, gas stations, other non-licensed premises, off-licenses and restaurants, pubs, clubs and other licensed premises.

The Britvic Group has more than 47,000 dispense units installed in pubs and other trade outlets, including catering establishments. These installations produce mainly carbonated soft drinks from concentrates supplied by the Britvic Group. It also supplies over 20,000 vending machines which dispense a range of soft drinks in both cans and plastic bottles. The Britvic Group also has over 32,000 chiller cabinets installed in retail outlets.

Reliance on Suppliers

Fruit juice concentrates and other fruit raw materials, which are important ingredients for many of the Britvic Group’s products are obtained from various sources worldwide. One of the principal raw materials used by the Britvic Group is sugar. Adequate supplies of bulk sugar are available for the foreseeable future, although the Britvic Group is obliged to purchase its sugar requirements in the EU market, where prices are considerably higher than in other markets.

Reliance on Customers

Due to the nature of the markets in which Britvic operates, a high proportion of sales are accounted for by major customers in both the Take Home and Licensed On Premise sectors. Consumer demand for Britvic’s brands supports trading relationships with the Take Home sector, while major On Premise customers usually contract for soft drinks on an exclusive basis for periods of between two and five years. Britvic is well represented within both sectors, without over-reliance of any one, or group of, customers.

Seasonality

The volume of sales in the soft drinks business may be affected by weather and is seasonal, peaking in the summer months and at the time of holiday occasions, such as Christmas.

Regulation

The Food Safety Act 1990 effectively raised the quality standards demanded in the soft drinks industry. The Britvic Group has actively participated in the industry discussion processes which, it is believed, will ultimately result in legislation governing soft drinks products sold in the EU market.

TRADEMARKS

Group companies own a substantial number of service brands and product brands and the Group believes that its significant trademarks are protected in all material respects in the markets in which it currently operates.

37


Back to Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Principal operating subsidiary undertakings

As of December 31, 2003 InterContinental Hotels Group PLC was the beneficial owner of all (unless specified) of the equity share capital, either itself or through subsidiary undertakings, of the following companies. Unless stated otherwise, companies are incorporated in Great Britain, registered in England and Wales and operate principally within the United Kingdom.

Corporate activities

Six Continents PLC (note a)

Hotels

InterContinental Hotels Limited (formerly Six Continents Hotels Limited)

InterContinental Hotels Group Operating Corporation (formerly Six Continents Hotels Operating Corporation, incorporated and operates principally in the United States)

InterContinental Hotels Group Services Company (formerly Six Continents Hotels Group Company)

InterContinental Hotels Group (UK) Limited (formerly Six Continents Hotels (UK) Limited)

Holiday Inn Limited

Soft Drinks

Britannia Soft Drinks Limited (50% Six Continents Investments Limited, 25% Whitbread PLC, 25% Allied Domecq PLC) (note b)

Britvic Soft Drinks Limited (90% Britannia Soft Drinks Limited, 10% PepsiCo Holdings Limited)

Robinsons Soft Drinks Limited (100% Britannia Soft Drinks Limited)


 
a
Shares held directly by InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.
b
At December 31, 2003, the Group held a majority of voting rights (50% plus one ordinary share) in Britannia Soft Drinks Limited. The shareholdings in BSD have been revised subsequent to the year end following the signing of the EBA and the Group now holds a 47% voting investment in, and exercises dominant influence over BSD, which is, accordingly, treated as a subsidiary.
c
A list of subsidiary companies as of December 31, 2003 is filed as exhibit 8 to this Annual Report.

PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT

Group companies own and lease properties throughout the world. The table below analyzes the net book value of land and buildings at December 31, 2003 by division and geographic segment. Approximately 70% of the properties by value were directly owned, with 28% held under leases having a term of 50 years or longer.

Net book value of land and buildings
as at December 31, 2003
    United Kingdom     Rest of
Europe,
the Middle
East
and Africa
    United States     Rest of World     Total  

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Hotels
    1,004     877     509     380     2,770  
Soft Drinks
    66                 66  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total
    1,070     877     509     380     2,836  
   
 
 
 
 
 

38


Back to Contents

Group properties include hotels and soft drinks production facilities. Approximately 52% of Hotels property values relate to the top 20 O&L hotels (in terms of value) of a total of 171 hotels, with an individual net book value range of £40 million to £212 million.

Property has been written down in the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 by £73 million following an impairment review of the hotel estate. The impairment has been measured by reference to the value of income-generating units, using either the higher of value in use or estimated recoverable amount. The discount rate used for value in use calculations was 11.4%.

Following the Separation, IHG undertook a detailed review of its owned and leased portfolio to identify opportunities to lower capital intensity. IHG’s policy is that assets will only be owned if they have strategic value or generate superior returns. IHG has now developed plans for each owned asset taking into account a wide range of different criteria including, where relevant, the state of the local market and readiness of the asset to be sold. IHG currently estimates that the disposal program will involve the further sale of assets with a net book value of between £800 million and £1 billion. The scale and complexity of the program means it will take some considerable time to complete. The disposal program is subject to no significant adverse changes arising in market conditions.

IHG has invested in a major refurbishment program at some of its leading InterContinental properties. (See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Acquisitions, Dispositions and Capital Expenditure”).

ENVIRONMENT

IHG is committed to all its operating companies having a responsibility to act in a way that respects the environment in which they operate. The Group’s hotels operate in nearly 100 countries and territories and its strong presence in the US and EU markets mean that it is affected by and is familiar with highly developed environmental laws and controls. IHG regularly considers environmental matters and seeks to embed good practice into its business strategies and operations. IHG was awarded membership of both the FTSE 4 Good Index Series and the Dow Jones Sustainability Index in 2003.

Group companies incur expenditure on technical advice, services and equipment in addressing the environmental laws and regulations enacted in the countries in which they operate. In 2003, such expenditure was not material in the context of their financial results.

It is not possible to forecast the overall Group expenditure to comply with environmental laws and regulations; this reflects the difficulty in assessing the risk of environmental accidents and the changing nature of laws and regulations. IHG expects, however, that it should be in a position to control such expenditure so that, although it may be considerable, it will be unlikely to have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

ITEM 5.     OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
 
INTRODUCTION

On April 15, 2003, following shareholder and regulatory approval, Six Continents PLC separated into two new groups, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, comprising the Hotels and Soft Drinks businesses, and Mitchells & Butlers plc, comprising the Retail and Standard Commercial Property Developments businesses. The Separation was accounted for under the principles of merger accounting which apply in the context of such group reconstructions. This Operating and Financial Review focuses on the performance of the continuing operations of the Group following the Separation.

Change in accounting year end

In order to bring the reporting timetable in line with the majority of comparable European and US hotel companies, IHG has changed its financial year end from September 30 to December 31. The latest statutory financial period covered by the Financial Statements is therefore the 15 months ended December 31, 2003. IHG is including in this document an unaudited profit and loss account for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 and unaudited comparatives for the 12 months ended December 31, 2002. This “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” principally comments on results for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003, as the 12 month period ending December 31 will be the relevant reporting period going forward.

 

39


Back to Contents

Business and Overview

The Group operates hotels in nearly 100 countries and territories. The Group operates, manages and franchises six separate brand names and has over 3,500 hotels with over 535,000 rooms. The Group owns a significant interest in Britvic, the UK’s second largest manufacturer of soft drinks (measured by volume) which over the past five years has built a portfolio of brands addressing all sectors of the soft drinks market. Following the announcement in October 2002 of the Separation, the Hotels Division initiated action in four key areas in order to improve operating performance: (1) a redesign of the organization to align it behind the strategic priorities and to increase the speed of decision making; (2) changes to the management to ensure the right people are in the right jobs; (3) reduction of the cost base by eliminating unnecessary work and streamlining processes; and (4) optimization of capital deployment through a rigorous hotel by hotel review to determine appropriate levels of ownership and capital expenditure.

The organization review coincided with a difficult period for the hotel industry. Sluggish economies around the world, the threat of war in Iraq followed by war, the outbreak of SARS and the reluctance of Americans to travel abroad, contributed to the difficulties. The combination of the actions taken, together with a small improvement in trading conditions in some markets for the second half of 2003, led to some improvement in operating performance in the latter half of 2003.

The performance of the business is evaluated primarily on a segmental basis. Our segmental results are shown before allocation of central costs, interest expense, interest income and income taxes. Because of the fundamental reorganization that has taken place in the business over the past 15 months, it has not been practicable to restate the segmental information for the year ended September 30, 2001 on the segmental basis presented for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and for the year ended September 30, 2002.

The Group believes the period-over-period movement in revenue per available room (“RevPAR”) to be a meaningful indicator for the performance of the Group’s owned and leased hotels.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES UNDER UK GAAP AND US GAAP

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and costs and expense during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those relating to revenue recognition, bad debts, inventories, investments, property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes, financing operations, frequent guest program liability, self-insurance claims payable, restructuring costs, retirement benefits and contingencies and litigation.

Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

The Group’s critical accounting policies are set out below.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is derived from the following sources: (1) owned and leased properties; (2) management and franchise fees; (3) sales of soft drinks; and (4) other revenues which are ancillary to the Group’s operations. Generally, revenue represents sales (excluding VAT and similar taxes) of goods and services, net of discounts, provided in the normal course of business and is recognized when services have been rendered. The following is a description of the composition of revenues of the Group.

Owned and leased hotels – revenue primarily derived from hotel operations, including the rental of rooms and food and beverage sales from a worldwide network of owned and leased hotels operated primarily under the Group’s proprietary brand names. Revenue is recognized when rooms are occupied and food and beverage is sold. These revenues are impacted by global economic conditions as well as relative market share of the local competitive set of hotels.

Management fees – fees earned from hotels managed by the Group, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner. Management fees include a base fee, which is generally a percentage of hotel revenue, and

40


Back to Contents

an incentive fee, which is generally based on the hotels’ profitability. Revenue is recognized when earned. These revenues are impacted by global economic conditions as well as competition from other hotel management companies.

Franchise fees – fees received in connection with the franchise of the Group’s brand names, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner. The Group charges franchise royalty fees as a percentage of rooms revenue. Revenue is recognized when earned. These revenues are impacted by global economic conditions as well as competition from other hotel franchise companies.

Soft Drinks – sales (excluding VAT and similar taxes) of goods and services, net of discounts, provided in the normal course of business.

Loyalty program

Priority Club Rewards enables members to earn points during each stay at an InterContinental Group hotel and redeem the points at a later date for free accommodation or other benefits. The future redemption liability is included in creditors less than, and greater than, one year in the consolidated balance sheets in the Consolidated Financial Statements and is estimated using actuarial methods based on statistical formulas that project timing of future point redemption based on historical levels to give eventual redemption rates and points values. The cost to operate the program is funded through hotel assessments.

Tangible and Intangible Assets
   
(i)
Goodwill and other Intangible assets

Purchased goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized as intangible assets and amortized over their anticipated life.

Under UK GAAP, prior to October 1, 1998, goodwill arising on acquisitions was written off directly to reserves. Since October 1, 1998, acquired goodwill has been capitalized and amortized over a period not exceeding 20 years. On disposal of a business, the profit or loss on disposal is determined after incorporating the attributable amount of any purchased goodwill, including any previously written off to reserves. Under US GAAP, goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to July 1, 2001 was capitalized and amortized over its estimated useful life, not exceeding 40 years. For the purposes of US GAAP, the Group adopted Financial Accounting Standard (“FAS”) 142 ‘Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets’ on October 1, 2002 and from that date, goodwill including that which arose in the period from July 1, 2001 to October 1, 2002 is not amortized but reviewed annually for impairment.

Under US GAAP, separately identified intangible assets arising on acquisitions are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives. Under UK GAAP, these assets are included within goodwill.

The Company uses a discounted cash flow model to test indefinite life intangibles for impairment on an annual basis. The discounted cash flow model requires assumptions about the timing and amount of net cash inflows, economic projections, cost of capital and terminal values. Each of these can significantly affect the value of indefinite life intangibles.

The Company tests identified intangible assets with defined useful lives by comparing the carrying value to the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.

(ii)
Impairment of tangible fixed assets

Under UK GAAP and US GAAP the carrying value of both tangible and finite lived intangible fixed assets are assessed for indicators of impairment. The Company evaluates the carrying value of its long-lived assets based on its plans, at the time, for such assets and such qualitative factors as future development in the surrounding area, status of expected local competition and projected capital expenditure plans. Changes to the Company’s plans, including decisions to dispose of or change the intended use of an asset, can have a material impact on the carrying value of the asset.

In circumstances where indicators of impairment exist, under UK GAAP, the carrying value of an income-generating unit (“IGU”) is assessed by reference to the greater of value in use, which is defined as the present value of discounted cashflows, and net realizable value. The outcome of such an assessment is subjective, and the result sensitive to the discount rates applied in calculating the value in use, which will be dependent on the type of asset and its location. Any impairment arising on an income-generating unit, other than an impairment which represents a consumption of economic benefits, is eliminated against any specific revaluation reserve

41


Back to Contents

relating to the impaired assets in that income-generating unit with any excess being charged to the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, the assessment of an IGU’s carrying value is by reference in the first instance to undiscounted cashflows. To the extent that undiscounted cashflows do not support carrying value, the fair value of assets must be calculated and the difference to the current carrying value charged to the profit and loss account.

During 2003, under UK GAAP, the Company recorded an impairment of its tangible fixed assets of £73 million, all of which relates to Hotels and represents 2% of the total carrying value of tangible fixed assets. This was recorded as a £51 million charge against operating profit and £22 million reversing previous revaluation gains. For the purposes of US GAAP, the Company recorded an impairment of its tangible fixed assets of £6 million, all of which relates to a small number of short leasehold hotels.

Under UK GAAP and US GAAP the Group reviews its fixed asset investments on an annual basis by comparing the carrying value to current market value in cases where the investment is traded on a public exchange. During 2003, the Group recorded provisions against fixed asset investments primarily comprising a charge for diminution in value of the Group’s interest in FelCor Lodging Trust Inc. a US hotel real estate investment trust. This charge reflects the directors’ view that the value of the investment is equivalent to market value at December 31, 2003.

OPERATING RESULTS

Accounting Principles

The following discussion and analysis is based on the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group, which are prepared in accordance with UK GAAP. The principal differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP as they relate to the Group are discussed in Note 32 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

UK Urgent Issues Task Force (“UITF”) Abstract 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP Trusts’ has been applied for the first time in the period ended December 31, 2003. UITF 38 requires that ESOP shares should be deducted from shareholders’ funds rather then being shown as an asset and requires a profit and loss account charge in respect of all share awards issued at a discount to the market price on the award date. This change in accounting policy has been accounted for as a prior year adjustment and previously reported figures have been restated accordingly. The effect has been to decrease the Group’s net assets by £31 million as at September 30, 2002 with no impact on the profit and loss accounts for the 12 months ended September 30, 2002 and 2001.

Other than the above, the Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared using accounting policies unchanged from the previous year.

For the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 the results include exceptional items totaling £400 million – see “15 months ended December 31, 2003 Compared to fiscal 2002 – Exceptional Items” below. Fiscal 2002 results include exceptional items totaling a net charge of £24 million and fiscal 2001 results include exceptional items totaling a net charge of £41 million. For the comparability for the periods presented, some performance indicators in this Operating and Financial Review and Prospects discussion have been calculated after eliminating these exceptional items. Such indicators are prefixed with “adjusted”. A reconciliation to the amounts under UK GAAP including such exceptional items is included in Note 9 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

42


Back to Contents

15 months ended December 2003 Compared with Fiscal 2002
 
GROUP RESULTS
    15 months ended
December 31,
2003
    Year
ended
September 30,
2002
    12 months ended
December 31,
2003
    12 months ended
December 31,
2002
    3 months ended
December 31,
2002
 
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Turnover:
                               
Hotels
    1,870     1,532     1,487     1,538     383  
Soft Drinks
    820     602     674     611     146  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Turnover from continuing operations
    2,690     2,134     2,161     2,149     529  
Discontinued operations
    793     1,481     451     1,486     342  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total turnover
    3,483     3,615     2,612     3,635     871  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit before exceptional items from continuing operations:
                               
Hotels
    251     266     203     252     48  
Soft Drinks
    95     63     83     68     12  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total operating profit before exceptional items from continuing operations
    346     329     286     320     60  
Operating exceptional items
    (51 )   (77 )   (51 )   (77 )    
   

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit after exceptional items from continuing operations
    295     252     235     243     60  
Discontinued operations
    137     289     85     281     52  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total operating profit
    432     541     320     524     112  
                                 
Exceptional items:
                               
Continuing operations:
                               
Cost of fundamental reorganization
    (67 )       (67 )        
Separation costs
    (51 )   (4 )   (48 )   (4 )   (3)  
Profit on disposal of tangible fixed assets
    4     2     4     2      
Provision against fixed asset investments
    (56 )       (56 )        
Discontinued operations:
                               
Separation costs
    (41 )       (41 )        
Loss on disposal of tangible fixed assets
    (2 )   (2 )   (2 )   (2 )    
Profit on disposal of Bass Brewers
        57         57      
   

 

 

 

 

 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
    219     594     110     577     109  
   

 

 

 

 

 

Group turnover from continuing operations for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 was £2,690 million (£2,134 million for the year ended September 30, 2002). Excluding the effect of the longer period ended December 31, 2003, the results reflected the downturn in economic conditions within Hotels offset by a strong performance from Soft Drinks, due in part to the summer trading conditions.

Profit on ordinary activities before interest and exceptional items from continuing operations for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 was £346 million (£329 million for the year ended September 30, 2002), reflecting the downturn in economic conditions noted above, offset to some extent by cost savings in Hotels from the reorganization review and strong performance from Soft Drinks.

Exceptional items for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 after tax totaled £336 million and included an operating exceptional item of £51 million and non-operating exceptional items totaled £213 million. Details of the exceptional items are outlined under the heading “Exceptional Items” below.

Group net cash flow for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 was an outflow of £22 million (outflow of £305 million for the year ended September 30, 2002). Cash inflow from operations for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 was £795 million, up £75 million from the year ended September 30, 2002. Increased non-operating outflows during the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 included a £136 million premium on the early settlement of debt and £66 million of Separation costs. These items were offset by a £173 million decrease in expenditure on tangible fixed assets and a £131 million increase in proceeds from the sale of tangible fixed assets.

43


Back to Contents

Basic earnings per share for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 was 2.6p (62.5p for the year ended September 30, 2002). Adjusted earnings per share, after eliminating the effect of exceptional items, was 48.4p for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 (51.4p for the year ended September 30, 2002). Dividends for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 were 21.15p per share. A reconciliation of actual to adjusted earnings per share is set out in Note 9 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

In conjunction with the Separation, the Group reorganized its debt financing. As a result, the majority of the Group’s existing debt was repaid and new facilities put in place for IHG. Subsequently, IHG issued €600 million of Guaranteed Notes.

Subsequent to year end the Group has commenced an on-market share repurchase program. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Sources of Liquidity”.

Exceptional Items

Following a review of the hotel estate, tangible fixed assets were written down by £73 million. £51 million has been charged as an operating exceptional item and £22 million reverses previous revaluation gains.

Provisions against fixed asset investments of £56 million primarily comprises a charge for diminution in the value of the Group’s interest in FelCor Lodging Trust Inc., a US hotel real estate investment trust. This charge reflects the directors’ view that the value of the investment is equivalent to market value at December 31, 2003.

A charge of £67 million was incurred related to the fundamental reorganization in Hotels.

The Group incurred £228 million of non-operating exceptional costs before tax associated with the Separation. The total cost of the Separation was £124 million. Of this figure, £4 million was charged in 2002 and £28 million related to bank facility fees that will be amortized to profit over the period of the facility. IHG’s share of the non-facility fee element of costs is £51 million, and of the facility fees is £13 million. A premium of £136 million was paid on the repayment of the Group’s EMTN loans and £250 million 10 3/8% debenture in January and February 2003, respectively.

These operating and non-operating exceptional items, together with their related tax credits, have been excluded in the calculation of adjusted earnings per share.

Net Interest

During the 15 months ended December 31, 2003, the majority of the Group’s debt funding was refinanced. This involved the repayment of most of the existing debt, establishment of new debt facilities and the issuance of €600 million Guaranteed Notes.

The net interest charge for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 was £47 million compared to £60 million for the year ended September 30, 2002. The reduction in the interest charge was principally due to a weaker US dollar, lower average interest rates and lower average debt levels.

Taxation

Excluding the impact of exceptional items, the Group’s tax charge for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 represented an effective rate of 10.8%, compared with 28.1% for the year ended September 30, 2002. The equivalent effective rate (excluding exceptional items) for IHG, excluding MAB, was 3.3% for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 compared with 24.6% for the year ended September 30, 2002. The rates were substantially lower in 2003 due to the impact of provision releases relating to tax matters which were settled during the year or in respect of which the relevant statutory limitation period expired.

Excluding the effect of exceptional items and prior year items, the Group’s tax rate for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 was 35.9% (35.8% for the year ended September 30, 2002). The equivalent rate excluding MAB was 36.5% for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and for the year ended September 30, 2002 38.4%. The difference from the UK statutory rate of 30.0% arose primarily due to overseas profits being taxed at rates higher than the UK statutory rate.

Earnings and Dividends

Earnings per share for fiscal 2002 have been restated using the aggregate of the weighted average number of shares of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and Six Continents PLC adjusted to equivalent shares of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

44


Back to Contents

For the 15 months ended December 31, 2003, earnings available for shareholders totaled £19 million, compared with £457 million for the year ended September 30, 2002. The equivalent earnings per share were 2.6p and 62.5p, respectively.

Earnings per share for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the year ended 30 September 2002, adjusted to eliminate the distorting effect of exceptional items, were 48.4p and 51.4p, respectively. A reconciliation of actual to adjusted earnings per share is set out in Note 9 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

The board has proposed a final dividend of 9.45p per share, bringing the total dividend since Separation to 13.5p per share in line with the expected amount referred to in the 2002 Six Continents Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Cash flow and Capital Expenditure

The Group’s operating cash flow for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 increased by £340 million to £547 million from £207 million for the year ended September 30, 2002. Group net capital expenditure was down £265 million to £248 million; including £265 million of proceeds from the sale of tangible assets for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 (£134 million for the year ended September 30, 2002).

Net interest paid fell £32 million to £30 million for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003, from £62 million for the year ended September 30, 2002.

The reduction in tax paid of £127 million reflects, principally, tax repayments received during the period and the impact of exceptional costs.

Highlights for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003

The results for the period reflect activity for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 including the discontinued operations of MAB for the period up until Separation. Given the scale of the events surrounding the Separation, the audited consolidated financial statements do not readily facilitate an understanding of the continuing operations of IHG on a stand alone basis. The Company has, therefore, prepared unaudited financial information which shows the results for the Group as if IHG had been independent and operating under the financing and taxation structure put in place at the time of the Separation for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. This financial information comprises the results of those businesses that form IHG following the Separation. Because of the nature of this financial information, it cannot give a complete picture of the financial position of the Group. The information is provided as guidance only and should not be viewed as a substitute for the audited consolidated financial statements; it is not audited. Significant changes were also made to the financing structure of the Group as part of the Separation, making the Group results difficult to compare year-on-year. The financial information therefore represents the Group results as reported but after excluding the results of MAB and after having been adjusted to reflect the changes made to the financing and taxation structure as part of the Separation, on the assumption that this structure had been in place since October 1, 2001. The financial information has been prepared using accounting policies consistent with those used in the Group financial statements.

45


Back to Contents

    12 months ended December 31

       
Hotel results
   
2003
    2002     Change %  
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)        
Turnover:
                   
Americas
 
 
525
    569     (8 )
EMEA
 
 
807
    800     1  
Asia Pacific
 
 
114
    128     (11 )
Central
 
 
41
    41      
   

 
       
   
 
1,487
    1,538     (3 )
   
 
 
 
Operating profit before exceptional items:
 
 
 
             
Americas
 
 
161
    173     (7 )
EMEA
 
 
92
    120     (23 )
Asia Pacific
 
 
12
    26     (54 )
Central
 
 
(65
)   (80 )   (19 )
   

 
       
   
 
200
    239     (16 )
Corporate recharges (1)
 
 
3
    13     (77 )
   

 
       
   
 
203
    252     (19 )
   
 
 
 
               

 
(1)
Corporate recharges totalled £3 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 (£13 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2002). These adjustments relate principally to charges to MAB and pension credits.

Turnover. Hotels turnover decreased £51 million (3.3%) from £1,538 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2002, to £1,487 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003. While revenue rose £7 million (0.9%) in EMEA, the Americas and Asia Pacific were negatively impacted by exchange rate movements. The decline of the US dollar against sterling by 9.7% from the first to fourth quarters resulted in sterling reported turnover in the Americas finishing the 12 months down 7.7% and Asia Pacific down 10.9%.

Operating profit. Hotels operating profit before exceptional items for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 was £200 million, down 16.3% (12 months ended December 31, 2002 £239 million). Trading was depressed in the first and second quarters by the threat and then outbreak of the war in Iraq and the outbreak of SARS in Asia and Canada. The weakening of the US dollar against sterling had a negative impact in the second half of the year in the Americas. In EMEA the owned and leased estate was negatively impacted by the combined effects of pre-opening costs, hotels opening towards the end of the period, and increased depreciation charges associated with prior year refurbishments. A reduction in overheads primarily driven from the reorganization review helped to offset some of the profit declines.

46


Back to Contents

Americas
    12 months ended December 31

       
     
2003
    2002     Change %  
   
 
 
 
    ($ million)        
Turnover:
                   
Owned and leased
 
 
481
    481      
Managed
 
 
46
    51     (10 )
Franchised
 
 
327
    325     1  
   

 
       
   
 
854
    857      
   
 
 
 
Operating profit before exceptional items:
 
 
 
             
Owned and leased
 
 
32
    38     (16 )
Managed
 
 
7
    11     (36 )
Franchised
 
 
279
    269     4  
   

 
       
   
 
318
    318      
Regional overheads
 
 
(56
)   (58 )   (3 )
   

 
       
Total ($ million)
 
 
262
    260     1  
   
 
     
Sterling equivalent (£ million) (1)
 
 
161
    173     (7 )
   
 
 
 
               

 
(1)
The results have been translated into pounds sterling at weighted average rates of exchange for the year. The translation rates are fiscal 2003: £1=$1.62 (2002: £1=$1.48).

Operating profit before exceptional items for the Americas region for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 of $262 million, marginally ahead of 2002 ($260 million 12 months ended December 31, 2002). The weakening of the US dollar against sterling had a negative impact in the second half of the year on sterling reported results and the Americas finished the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 with operating profit before exceptional items in sterling of £161 million, down 7% from the 12 months ended December 31, 2002. Total Americas overheads including direct costs, were down 10%, with the separately disclosed regional overheads down 3% reflecting implementation of initiatives arising from the reorganization review.

RevPAR performance in the franchised estate finished the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 0.3% down from the prior year at $46.61. The war in Iraq in the first half of the year contributed to the decline. In the third and fourth quarters, as a result of an improvement in domestic travel, the franchised estate recorded 1.5% and 2.7% RevPAR growth respectively. All brands recorded a stronger second half to the year, with InterContinental, Express and Staybridge Suite franchises all recording over 3.5% year-on-year growth for the second six months.

RevPAR growth in the owned and managed estates followed a similar trend with the second half of the year significantly up on the first. The InterContinental owned estate, with its major gateway city exposure, grew year-on-year in each quarter as stability returned to the travel market. The InterContinental hotels in Chicago, New York, San Francisco and Miami all recorded strong growth in the second half of the year. In July 2003, IHG sold 16 Staybridge Suites to HPT for $185 million, retaining management and branding.

Managed results include the full profit and loss account for certain properties where IHG is responsible for the underlying operations. Operating profit before exceptional items in the managed estate fell due to RevPAR declines in the managed InterContinental and Crowne Plaza estates in North and Latin America, and the agreed payments made to HPT under our management contract. In September, HPT converted 14 additional suite hotels to IHG’s Staybridge Suite brand and management.

47


Back to Contents

EMEA
    12 months ended December 31

       
      2003     2002     Change %  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)        
Turnover:
                   
Owned and leased
    746     739     1  
Managed
    38     37     3  
Franchised
    23     24     (4 )
   
 
       
      807     800     1  
   

 

 

 
Operating profit before exceptional items:
                   
Owned and leased
    77     115     (33 )
Managed
    19     21     (10 )
Franchised
    18     14     29  
   
 
       
      114     150     (24 )
Regional overheads
    (22 )   (30 )   (27 )
   
 
     
Total
    92     120     (23 )
   
 
 
 

The managed and franchised estate in EMEA opened 40 hotels with over 6,500 rooms. Of these hotels, 78% were new build. As at December 31, 2003, there were a further 96 hotels with over 18,000 rooms signed and under development.

Turnover in EMEA totalled £807 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003, an increase of £7 million on 2002. Owned and leased turnover grew by £7 million with the reopening during the year of the refurbished InterContinental Le Grand Paris, and the opening of the newly built Crowne Plaza Brussels Airport, Holiday Inn Paris Disney, and three Express hotels in Germany. EMEA operating profit before exceptional items totalled £92 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003. The conversion of revenue to operating profit was depressed by the owned and leased estate, where the combined effects of pre-opening costs, hotels opening towards the end of the period, and increased depreciation charges associated with prior year refurbishment, all negatively impacted costs. Regional overheads fell £8 million to £22 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 (£30 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2002) as a result of the reorganization initiatives.

RevPAR in the region for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 was 0.7% lower than the prior 12 months at $56.36. The trend in the first half of the year was similar to that experienced in the Americas, with trading primarily depressed by the threat and then outbreak of the war in Iraq. In the second half of the year the UK market showed signs of recovery, although the picture was less clear in Europe, with both the German and French markets experiencing mixed trading conditions.

The Holiday Inn UK estate recorded five consecutive months of RevPAR growth to finish the year up 2.3%, primarily driven by increased occupancy. The UK regions, with their domestic focus, recovered earlier than London and recorded seven consecutive months of growth. In London, December 2003 trading was particularly strong with the majority of the owned estate recording double digit RevPAR growth to end the month up 12.3%.

Across EMEA the InterContinental estate finished the year with an overall RevPAR decline of 5.7%. While the owned InterContinental estate finished down 8.0% due to its exposure to the main European gateways, the managed Middle East estate traded more positively with the comparable Middle East estate recording RevPAR growth of 2.7%.

Crowne Plaza finished the 12 months with RevPAR growth of 3.3% due to growth in the managed and franchised estates of 11.1% and 3.2% respectively. This performance was helped by the Middle East estate which finished the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 up 29.5%.

 

48


Back to Contents

Franchise turnover fell due to a fall in RevPAR and exchange rate movements, offset by growth in system size. Franchise profits grew primarily due to savings in franchise overheads realized as part of the organizational review.

During the year the InterContinental Le Grand Paris reopened after a full refurbishment to position the property at the top of the Paris market. The Holiday Inn Paris Disney opened, giving representation at one of Europe’s leading family leisure destinations and the Crowne Plaza Brussels Airport opened at the end of the year, giving the brand another defining asset at a major European airport.

Asia Pacific
    12 months ended December 31

       
      2003     2002     Change %  
   

 

 

 
    ($ million)        
Turnover:
                   
Owned and leased
    154     156     (1 )
Managed
    26     30     (13 )
Franchised
    5     6     (17 )
   
 
       
      185     192     (4 )
   
 
 
 
Operating profit before exceptional items:
                   
Owned and leased
    18     27     (33 )
Managed
    15     24     (38 )
Franchised
    4     5     (20 )
   
 
       
      37     56     (34 )
Regional overheads
    (18 )   (17 )   6  
   
 
     
Total ($ million)
    19     39     (51 )
   
 
 
 
Sterling equivalent (£ million) (1)
    12     26     (54 )
   
 
 
 
               

 
(1)
The results have been translated into pounds sterling at weighted average rates of exchange for the year. The translation rates are fiscal 2003: £1=$1.62 (2002: £1=$1.48).

System growth continued in the region with a net increase of over 3,000 rooms operated under management agreements. Highlights of the new openings were five new InterContinental hotels in Thailand, Australia and India, and four Holiday Inns in Greater China. The new Holiday Inns in China brought the system size to 44 hotels. There are also 18 management agreements signed, but under development, which will extend IHG’s leadership in the key Greater China market.

Turnover in Asia Pacific for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 was $185 million, down $7 million (4%) from the 12 months ended December 31, 2002. In addition to the impact of the war in Iraq, trading in Asia Pacific was depressed by the Bali bombing and the SARS outbreak.

Trading at the InterContinental Hong Kong fell sharply in March 2003 in connection with the outbreak of SARS, but recovery commenced in the third and fourth quarters. The opening of the award-winning Spoon restaurant in the InterContinental Hong Kong in October lifted non-rooms revenue. In Australia, the Rugby World Cup gave trading a boost in the second half of the year.

Initiatives to increase revenue within the region included the roll-out of local websites for China, Australia and New Zealand, and the opening of a Central Reservations Office based in Guangzhou, The People’s Republic Of China, supporting calls in Cantonese and Mandarin. The addition during the year of Air China as a Priority Club Rewards partner further strengthened our travel alliances in the region.

The region continues to explore innovative deal structures, and the Group was awarded the ‘Deal of the Year’ award at the 2003 Asia Pacific Hotel Investment conference for securing the management of the new InterContinental Bangkok and a neighbouring hotel to open as a Holiday Inn in 2005.

49


Back to Contents

Central

    12 months ended December 31

       
      2003     2002     Change %  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)        
Turnover
    41     41      
Gross central costs
    (106 )   (121 )   (12 )
   
 
       
Net central costs (£ million)
    (65 )   (80 )   (19 )
   

 

 

 
Dollar equivalent ($ million) (1)
    (105 )   (121 )   (13 )
   

 

 

 
                     

 
(1)
The results have been translated into US dollars at weighted average rates of exchange for the year. The translation rates are fiscal 2003: $1=£0.62 (2002: $1=£0.66).

Central overheads principally comprise the costs of global functions that were centralised following the reorganization review, reduced by Holidex fee income. The reduction in gross central costs from £121 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2002 to £106 million for 2003, primarily reflects savings driven from the reorganization review.

Cash flow and Investment

Following the Separation, the Group undertook a detailed review of its owned and leased portfolio to identify opportunities to lower capital intensity. The Group’s strategy is that it will, in general, only own assets if they have strategic value or generate superior returns. The Group have now developed plans for each owned asset taking into account a wide range of different criteria, including where relevant the state of the local market and readiness of the asset to be sold. It is currently estimated that the disposal program will involve the further sale of assets with a net book value of between £800 million and £1 billion. The scale and complexity of the program means that it will take some considerable time to complete and is subject to there being no significant adverse changes in market conditions.

In the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 the Group completed sales of fixed assets with proceeds of £254 million with an overall gain on sale of £4 million. The Group is in active negotiations on further sales and has a pipeline of disposals.

In July 2003, the Group completed the sale of a 16 property Staybridge Suites portfolio to HPT, one of the largest US hotel real estate investment trusts, for $185 million. Investment had been made into the Staybridge Suites portfolio by the Group to enable rapid entry to the important US extended stay market. The disposal to HPT achieved a reduction in capital employed within the business while retaining management and branding of the hotels.

The Group’s strategic relationship with HPT expanded further with the conversion in September 2003 of 14 further HPT owned hotels to the Staybridge Suites brand.

The sale of the InterContinental London May Fair for £115 million was completed in September 2003. With an alternative property in London, and with this property in need of refurbishment, IHG took the opportunity to reduce capital intensity in the business at a favorable price in excess of £400,000 per room.

In October 2003, IHG announced the acquisition of the Candlewood Suites brand in the US for $15 million from Candlewood Hotel Corporation. This brand’s positioning in the midscale extended stay segment will complement Staybridge’s upscale positioning. Candlewood Suites is an established brand of purpose built hotels with 109 properties on average less than five years old. The major owner of Candlewood properties is HPT, which owned 64 properties at the time of announcement and which, in a related transaction, purchased an additional 12 properties. IHG will manage all 76 of HPT’s properties under 20-year agreements, with options to extend. The transaction concluded on December 31, 2003.

50


Back to Contents

Soft Drinks

    12 months ended December 31

       
      2003     2002     Change %  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)        
Turnover
    674     611     10  
Operating profit
    83     68     22  
   

 

 

 

Soft Drinks continues to grow its market share in a number of key segments in which it operates. In addition to a strong investment program in its key brands, Soft Drinks is also committed to an active new product development program, which has recently brought additional success to the business through its J2O and Fruit Shoot brands. While this investment is driving top line revenue growth, Soft Drinks is also focused on effective cost and asset management to deliver an even higher level of earnings and Return on Capital Employed growth.

Turnover. As a result of favorable summer trading conditions the overall UK soft drinks market grew 8%. Soft Drinks turnover of £674 million was up 10% on the previous year. In the 12 months ended December 31, 2003, Soft Drinks grew its share of the carbonates market with Tango having an outstanding year, with volumes up 14%. Both Pepsi and 7UP also performed well with volumes up 3% and 6%, respectively. Following good performance in 2002, Robinsons continued to grow with sales excluding Fruit Shoot up a further 4% in 2003. Investment was made in further capacity to support the success of Fruit Shoot and J2O, with both brands leading their respective market segments with volume growth in 2003 of 54% and 95%, respectively.

Operating profit. The business continued its focus on effective cost control, which along with the increase in turnover, contributed to an overall operating profit before exceptional items increase of 22% to £83 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003.

Cash flow and Investment

Operating cash flow for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 was £71 million. Capital expenditure of £55 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 was driven by expansionary investment in additional Fruit Shoot and J2O production capacity, together with significant investment in a business transformation program. This, in addition to implementing new IT infrastructure, will significantly enhance operating efficiency.

Discontinued Operations – Mitchells and Butlers

The audited Group results for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 includes MAB operations for the 28 weeks from October 1, 2002 until the Separation on April 15, 2003. For the year ended September 30, 2002 MAB results are included for the full fiscal year.

For the 28 weeks until Separation, turnover from MAB operations was £793 million, up 0.9% from the comparable period in the prior year (£786 million in the 28 weeks ended April 13, 2002). Underlying the 0.9% rise in turnover was a 1.0% fall in drink sales and a 2.7% rise in food sales. These comparisons were adversely affected by the timing of the important Easter trading period, which fell after the 28 week period in 2003 but within the 2002 trading period. MAB turnover for the year ended September 30, 2002 was £1,481 million.

MAB operating profit before exceptional items for the 28 weeks prior to the Separation was £137 million (£146 million in the 28 weeks ended April 13, 2002). Gross operating margins were maintained despite the different Easter period, higher employment and property costs arising from regulatory changes, and an increase in the pension charge. The reduction in operating profit was largely due to higher depreciation costs. MAB operating profit for the year ended September 30, 2002 was £289 million.

Operating cash flow generated by MAB was £152 million for the 28 weeks prior to the Separation (£72 million in the 28 weeks ended April 13, 2002). The improvement over the 28 weeks ended April 13, 2002 was attributable to a £64 million reduction in net capital expenditure and a favourable movement in working capital of £17 million. MAB operating cash flow for the year ended September 30, 2002 was £145 million.

Fiscal 2002 Compared with Fiscal 2001
 
Group

Total turnover fell by 10.4% from £4,033 million in fiscal 2001 to £3,615 million in fiscal 2002 (including turnover from MAB of £1,481 million compared to £1,560 million). Total operating profit before exceptional

51


Back to Contents

items of £618 million compared with £792 million in fiscal 2001 (including £289 million from MAB compared to £306 million in fiscal 2001). Profit before tax was £534 million in fiscal 2002, compared with £690 million in fiscal 2001; excluding exceptional items in both years, adjusted profit before tax was £558 million against £731 million in the previous year. Basic earnings per ordinary share was 62.5p compared with 60.6p in fiscal 2001; eliminating the impact of exceptional items, the adjusted earnings per ordinary share was 51.4p compared with 66.6p for fiscal 2001.

During fiscal 2002, Group turnover from continuing operations of £2,134 million fell by 13.7% on the previous year. Turnover in Hotels decreased 19.2% to £1,532 million in fiscal 2002. Soft Drinks turnover of £602 million was up 5.4% on fiscal 2001.

Operating profit from continuing operations and before exceptional items was £329 million against £486 million in fiscal 2001. Hotels operating profit before exceptional items was £262 million, down £165 million against fiscal 2001. Soft Drinks had a successful year with operating profit growth of over 10%.

The exceptional items before tax of £24 million included an operating exceptional item of £77 million and non-operating exceptional items totaling £53 million – see “Fiscal 2002 Compared with Fiscal 2001 – Exceptional Items” below. These operating and non-operating exceptional items have been excluded from the calculation of adjusted earnings per share.

Profit before tax was £534 million compared with £690 million in fiscal 2001; excluding exceptional items, profit before tax was £558 million against £733 million in the previous year. The taxation charge includes an exceptional credit of £114 million in respect of the release of over provisions for tax in respect of prior years, a charge of £10 million in relation to property disposals and a credit of £1 million in relation to Separation costs. Excluding the impact of exceptional items, the tax charge represented an effective tax rate of 28.1%, compared with (adjusted) 30.3% for fiscal 2001.

The Group operating cash inflow of £207 million was £91 million greater than in fiscal 2001. This increase was due to the reduced level of net capital expenditure for the Group’s continuing operations which reduced to £513 million from last year’s level of £868 million. Net debt at the end of the fiscal year amounted to £1,177 million, resulting in a balance sheet gearing ratio of 22.0%.

Hotels

It has not been possible to restate the fiscal 2001 hotels segmental information on a comparable basis to the fiscal 2003 and 2002 comparison above. Accordingly, to facilitate the comparison of fiscal 2002 with fiscal 2001 this section of the Operating and Financial Review and Prospects presents fiscal 2002 results on the basis of the 2001 presentation.

Turnover. Hotels turnover decreased by 17.0% from $2,726 million in fiscal 2001 to $2,262 million in fiscal 2002. Turnover comparisons to 2001 were distorted by two non-comparable items. First, the conversion of the Bristol hotels from operating leases to management contracts, effective in the main from July 1, 2001, and second, the inclusion of 12 months of turnover from the Posthouse business compared with only six months in fiscal 2001.

Operating profit. Operating profit before operating exceptional items fell to $387 million against $613 million in fiscal 2001 due to the full year impact of post September 11, 2001 trading and continued threat of terrorist activities and general economic downturn. In sterling terms, operating profit was £262 million against £427 million in 2001, a fall of 38.6%. The weighted average US dollar exchange rate to sterling for the year was $1.48 against $1.44 for fiscal 2001, which was marginally detrimental to the Group when its result was translated into sterling.

The operating mix of the varying business models (O&L, management contract and franchise) demonstrated some resilience to the difficult trading conditions, with the franchise and management contract income streams being less affected by the downturn than the O&L business. In the Americas, “drive versus fly” became a key factor in the face of reduced air travel, particularly in the first half of the year. The O&L estate saw a significant fall in operating profit, while the midscale franchise business operating profit was less affected. Upper upscale markets in major US cities suffered due to their dependence upon domestic and international airline travel, whereas the “drive to” midscale segment (where IHG’s franchise business is focused on Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express) performed better.

 

52


Back to Contents

The decline in international travel also impacted EMEA and, in particular, those key air travel gateway cities where IHG’s upper upscale hotel properties are concentrated: London, Paris and Amsterdam. Asia Pacific was also adversely affected by the reduction in international travel.

Americas. The Americas system size grew by 81 hotels and 6,435 rooms to 2,604 hotels with 373,322 rooms at the end of fiscal 2002. The increase in the Holiday Inn Express franchise system continued with another 88 properties added in the year, which more than offset a reduction in Holiday Inn rooms. The extended-stay brand, Staybridge Suites, also continued its expansion, with 11 hotels added in the year. Total Americas operating profit was $264 million compared with $345 million in fiscal 2001, a 23% decline.

The Americas region was the hardest hit by the events of September 11, 2001. RevPAR for the first six months of fiscal 2002 fell by 23% for InterContinental, 21% for Crowne Plaza, 12.8% for Holiday Inn, 3.7% for Holiday Inn Express and 11.2% for Staybridge Suites. The remainder of the year saw an improvement in RevPAR, and resulted in RevPAR for the full year being down 15.0% from the prior year for InterContinental, 14.7% for Crowne Plaza, 7.8% for Holiday Inn, 1.7% for Holiday Inn Express and 2.5% for Staybridge Suites.

Performance of the O&L estate in the Americas is heavily dependent upon profits from the upscale hotel properties in key cities. For the full year, RevPAR for the nine comparable O&L InterContinental hotels was down 12.7% from the prior year, with occupancy 0.2 percentage points higher and average daily rates 13.0% lower. The refurbishments of the New York, Chicago, Miami and San Francisco InterContinental hotels were substantially completed during fiscal 2002.

Crowne Plaza’s O&L hotels were impacted principally by the reduction in business, meeting and conference travel, driven by general weakness in the economy. Crowne Plaza also underperformed its competitive set partly due to a lack of distribution relative to principal branded competition in its segment. As a result, Crowne Plaza O&L RevPAR fell by 13.8% for 2002. Overall, the Americas O&L business made an operating profit of $23 million against $78 million in fiscal 2001.

The overall size of the midscale franchise estate (over 2,000 franchised hotels for both Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express) and the resilience of the franchise model to economic slowdown, meant that the business was better able to weather the difficult trading conditions. Operating profit at $200 million was only 10.7% lower than in fiscal 2001. RevPAR for Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express was down 7.1% and 1.6% respectively.

Americas managed and upscale franchise operating profit of $41 million was $2 million lower than in fiscal 2001, reflecting the same economic difficulties that affected the O&L estate.

Europe, the Middle East and Africa. EMEA turnover grew by 9.2% to £819 million from £750 million in fiscal 2001. Fiscal 2002, however, included the full year benefit of the Posthouse business acquired in April 2001. Operating profit was £125 million versus £202 million in fiscal 2001. The US economic slowdown had a strong knock-on effect on European capital city hotels, particularly in London, where the reduction in both US business and leisure travel affected occupancy levels and RevPAR. Upscale properties in London, Paris, Frankfurt, Amsterdam and Rome were particularly affected by the reduced level of international travel following the events of September 11, 2001.

In the O&L estate, InterContinental RevPAR (excluding the Paris Le Grand InterContinental) was down by 14.4% on fiscal 2001. The Paris Le Grand InterContinental closed in December 2001 for major refurbishment, while the InterContinental Madrid completed its refurbishment program during fiscal 2002.

The Holiday Inn O&L estate included the full year impact of the Posthouse hotels acquired in 2001. In the United Kingdom, RevPAR for the estate on a comparable basis fell by 9.9% as a consequence of the tough trading conditions, particularly in London which saw RevPAR declines of 20.7% on last year, due to the performance of the airport and central London hotels.

In the rest of Europe, properties in key cities suffered through the downturn in international travel, as reflected in EMEA’s Holiday Inn O&L RevPAR, which fell by 9.5% against fiscal 2001. Similarly, Crowne Plaza O&L RevPAR in EMEA fell by 11.0%.

Overall, EMEA O&L hotels generated an operating profit of £98 million compared with £171 million in fiscal 2001. In order to drive revenue growth, the region continued to invest in marketing and targeted sales campaigns, particularly in the Holiday Inn UK business.

 

53


Back to Contents

Operating profit for the managed and franchised business was £27 million, down from £31 million in fiscal 2001. In the franchised estate, Holiday Inn RevPAR was marginally ahead of 2001 and Express grew by 8.4%, but upscale properties were impacted by global economic conditions and uncertainty in the Middle East.

Asia Pacific. Turnover of $191 million was 31.7% higher than in fiscal 2001, mainly due to the full year contribution from the InterContinental Hong Kong, acquired in August 2001. Asia Pacific operating profit was $36 million, compared with $26 million in fiscal 2001.

The events of September 11, 2001 particularly impacted the InterContinental Hong Kong, whose customer base of which includes a large international travel element. The Australian O&L hotels performed ahead of their competitive sets, although RevPAR was 6.5% down on the prior year with occupancy 3.6 percentage points lower, reflecting the poor economic conditions in the region.

Other. The Other segment, which comprised central service costs and goodwill amortization, less other income items, was $97 million compared with $48 million in fiscal 2001. Dividends received from FelCor fell by $13 million to $9 million, while fiscal 2001 included $10 million of income from lease terminations that were not repeated in fiscal 2002. Increased central overheads reflected the continued drive behind global brand marketing and advertising.

Cash flow and investment. Net capital expenditure amounted to £259 million and included proceeds from disposals of £108 million.

In the Americas, major expansion projects focused on the owned estate and included the Houston Galleria conversion from Crowne Plaza to InterContinental, the development of the InterContinental Buckhead Atlanta and ongoing investment in owned Staybridge properties. The InterContinental refurbishment program included expenditure on hotels in New York, Chicago, Miami and San Francisco.

In EMEA, significant expansion expenditure included the Crowne Plaza Birmingham NEC and the Holiday Inn Paris Disneyland. The InterContinental refurbishment program focused upon the Paris Le Grand and Madrid hotels, while Holiday Inn UK capital expenditure was focused on the former Posthouse estate brand conversion.

Soft Drinks

Turnover. Overall, turnover was up by 5.4% to £602 million in fiscal 2002 on volumes up 4.4% on fiscal 2001.

Soft Drinks increased both its market share and operating profit. Robinsons’ volumes were up 13.0% on fiscal 2001. Pepsi volumes were up over 9% on fiscal 2001.

Operating profit. Strong business controls resulted in operating profit growth of over 10% to £63 million.

Cash flow and Investment. During the year, Soft Drinks made significant investment in new product development and increased its capacity for Fruit Shoot production. On August 14, 2002, Soft Drinks purchased the business and the rights in the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland for Red Devil, an energy drink. Operating cash inflow was £77 million compared with £99 million in fiscal 2001, after capital expenditure of £31 million, up £3 million on fiscal 2001.

Discontinued Operations – Mitchells and Butlers

Total turnover fell by 5.1% from £1,560 million in fiscal 2001 to £1,481 million in fiscal 2002. Underlying this decline was the sale in 2001 of 988 pubs to Nomura. Total operating profit before exceptional items was down 5.5% to £289 million.

Cash flow and investment. MAB generated an operating cash inflow of £145 million in fiscal 2002 after net capital expenditure of £226 million. During the year, £163 million was spent on outlet acquisitions, conversions and expansion, which included £55 million on conversion of the former Allied Domecq pubs to MAB brands and formats.

Exceptional Items

Tangible fixed assets were written down by £113 million following an impairment review of the hotel estate; £77 million was charged as an operating exceptional item and £36 million reversed previous revaluation gains. Non-operating exceptional items of £57 million included the release of £48 million of disposal provisions

54


Back to Contents

no longer required and the receipt of £9 million in respect of the finalization of completion accounts issues, both of which related to the disposal of Bass Brewers in August 2000. In addition, £4 million was charged for costs incurred to September 30, 2002, in evaluating the Separation proposals announced by the board on October 1, 2002.

The taxation charge included an exceptional credit of £114 million in respect of the release of tax provisions from prior years, a charge of £10 million in relation to property disposals, and a credit of £1 million in relation to the Separation costs referred to above.

Net Interest

The net interest charge was £60 million compared to £59 million in fiscal 2001. The effect of a higher level of net debt was offset by lower average interest rates, a weaker US dollar exchange rate against sterling and the impact of translation hedging as set out below.

The use of interest rate and currency swaps for hedging purposes reduced the Group’s interest charge by a net £19 million, representing the difference between sterling deposit rates and US dollar, euro or Australian dollar borrowing rates, together with the additional interest payable under the interest rate swaps.

Taxation

Excluding the impact of the exceptional items, the tax charge represents an effective rate of 28.1%, compared with 30.3% for fiscal 2001.

Excluding the effect of exceptional items and prior year items, the Group’s tax rate was 35.8%. The difference from the UK statutory rate of 30.0% arose primarily due to overseas profits being taxed at rates higher than the UK statutory rate.

Earnings and Dividends

Earnings totaled £457 million in fiscal 2002, compared with £443 million in fiscal 2001, and the equivalent basic earnings per share, restated to reflect an equivalent number of IHG shares, were 62.5p and 60.6p, respectively.

A final Six Continents PLC dividend of 24.6p per share was declared on February 13, 2003, bringing the total dividend for 2002 to 35.3p. When restated to reflect an equivalent number of IHG shares, the total dividend for 2002 totaled 41.7p.

Cash Flow and Capital Expenditure

Operating cash inflow of £207 million was £91 million higher than cash inflow for fiscal 2001 of £116 million. This reflected a much lower level of net capital expenditure in the fiscal year, which decreased from £868 million in fiscal 2001 to £513 million in fiscal 2002. Hotels net capital expenditure was £348 million lower than in fiscal 2001, due in part to the fact that fiscal 2001 included the acquisition of the InterContinental Hong Kong for $346 million. MAB’s net capital expenditure of £227 million included £163 million in respect of outlet acquisitions, conversions and expansion which included £55 million on conversion of the former Allied Domecq pubs to MAB brands and formats.

Payment of interest, dividends and taxation of £497 million was £16 million lower than in fiscal 2001. Net debt at September 30, 2002, was £1,177 million, compared with £1,001 million at the start of the fiscal year.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Sources of Liquidity

IHG’s policy is to maintain a combination of medium-term and long-term capital market borrowings and committed bank facilities to ensure that it has sufficient financial resources to meet its medium-term funding requirements. At December 31, 2003, net debt was £569 million and gearing (net debt expressed as a percentage of shareholders’ funds) was 22%. Long-term borrowing requirements were met through Guaranteed Notes denominated in euro. Short-term and medium-term borrowing requirements are principally met from drawing under committed bank facilities. At December 31, 2003, committed bank facilities amounted to £962 million and uncommitted facilities to £80 million; of these total facilities, only £559 million was utilized. At December 31, 2003 gross debt (including currency swaps) amounted to £1,935 million, comprising £952 million of US dollar

55


Back to Contents

borrowings, £24 million of sterling borrowings, £772 million of euro borrowings, £84 million of Hong Kong dollar borrowings and the remainder denominated in a variety of other currencies (after the effect of currency swaps).

The Group also held short-term deposits and investments (including currency swaps) at December 31, 2003 amounting to £1,366 million. Credit risk on treasury transactions is minimized by operating a policy on investment of surplus funds that generally restricts counterparties to those with an A credit rating or better or those providing adequate security. Limits are also set on the amounts invested with individual counterparties. Most of the Group’s surplus funds are held in the United Kingdom or United States and there are no material funds where repatriation is restricted as a result of foreign exchange regulations

The Group continues to comply with all of the financial covenants in its loan documentation, none of which represents a material restriction on funding or investment policy in the foreseeable future.

Details of exchange and interest rate risk and financial instruments are disclosed in “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”.

Cash From Operating Activities

Cash flow from operating activities is the principal source of cash used to fund the ongoing operating expenses, interest payments, maintenance capital expenditure and dividend payments of the Group. The Group believes that the requirements of its existing business and future investment can be met from cash generated internally, disposition of assets and businesses and external finance expected to be available to it.

Cash Used for Investing Activities

Subsequent to the year end the Group commenced an on-market share repurchase program of up to £250 million, representing approximately 6% of the issued share capital. The precise timing of purchases and length of the program will be dependent upon, among other things, market conditions. Purchases have commenced under the existing authority from shareholders, which is subject to renewal at the next Annual General Meeting. Any shares repurchased under this program will be cancelled.

As of December 31, 2003, the Group had committed contractual capital expenditure of £63 million. Contracts for expenditure on fixed assets are not authorized by the directors on an annual basis, as divisional capital expenditure is controlled by cash flow budgets. Authorization of major projects occurs shortly before contracts are placed.

The Group intends to invest approximately £300 million net capital expenditure in 2004. This level of capital expenditure is reviewed regularly during the year and may be increased or decreased in the light of prevailing economic and market conditions and other financial considerations.

Contractual Obligations

The Company had the following contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2003:

      Total amounts
committed
    Less than 1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     After
5 years
 
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Long-term debt
    1,001     13     494     62     432  
Operating lease obligations
    1,068     50     91     74     853  
Other long-term obligations (1)
    49     25     24          
Capital contracts placed
    63     63              
   

 

 

 

 

 
      2,181     151     609     136     1,285  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
(1)
Other long-term obligations includes credit balances on currency swaps, interest rate swaps, and pension obligations.

The Company may provide performance guarantees to third-party owners to secure management contracts. The maximum exposure under such guarantees is £88 million. It is the view of the directors that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in the Consolidated Financial Statements, such guarantees are not expected to result in financial loss to the Group.

 

56


Back to Contents

As of December 31, 2003, the Group had outstanding letters of credit of £18 million mainly relating to self-insurance programs.

The Group may guarantee loans made to facilitate third-party ownership of hotels in which the Group has an equity interest and also a management contract. As of December 31, 2003, the Group was a guarantor of loans which could amount to a maximum of £18 million.

The Group has given warranties in respect of the disposal of certain of its former subsidiaries. The Company believes that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in the Consolidated Financial Statements, such warranties are not expected to result in financial loss to the Group.

Pension Plan Commitments

In April 2003, MAB became the sponsoring employer for the Six Continents Pension Plan and the Six Continents Executive Pension Plan. Approximately 30% of the assets and liabilities of these Plans were transferred to the new InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan and the Britvic Pension Plan, which were established with effect from April 1, 2003. The defined benefits sections of both Plans are closed to new members.

Both of these Plans were formally valued as at April 1, 2003 in order for the actuary to make recommendations regarding future service contribution requirements. For the InterContinental Hotels Plan in the year ending December 31, 2004, the employer contribution rates were set out at 10.8% and 25.7% of pensionable earnings of the members of the main and executive defined benefit sections respectively. For the Britvic Plan the rates were set at 11.3% and 30.5% respectively.

Additional Group contributions of £4.5 million to the InterContinental Hotels Plan and £8.0 million to the Britvic Plan were paid in April 2003. A further £1.0 million was paid into the Britvic Plan in January 2004.

The initial valuations did not cover the past service funding position, which will be considered at the next formal actuarial valuations as at April 1, 2004. Informal figures determined by the actuary as at December 31, 2003 showed the InterContinental Hotels Plan’s defined benefits to be 120% funded on the statutory minimum funding requirement (“MFR”) basis and 85% funded (representing a £21 million deficit) on an ongoing basis. The comparable figures for the Britvic Plan’s defined benefits were 127% funded on the MFR basis and 87% funded (representing a £34 million deficit) on an ongoing basis. Future funding requirements will be determined on a triennial basis following actuarial valuations.

The Company also maintains the US-based Inter-Continental Hotels Pension Plan. The Plan is closed to new members and pensionable service no longer accrues for current employee members. As at December 31, 2003 the assets at market value were $85 million and the liabilities (on a FAS 87 ‘Projected Benefits Obligation’ basis) $116 million, showing a deficit of $31 million. No Company contributions were made to this Plan over the 15 months to December 31, 2003. The statutory minimum that must be contributed by December 31, 2004 is $18 million.

The InterContinental Hotels Group will be exposed to the funding risks in relation to the defined benefit sections of the InterContinental Hotels and Britvic Plans and the Inter-Continental Hotels Pension Plan, as explained in “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors”.

57


Back to Contents

ITEM 6.     DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
 
DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Overall strategic direction of the Group is provided by the board of directors, comprising executive and non-executive directors, and members of the executive committee.

The directors and officers of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC as at April 8, 2004 are:

Directors
 
Name
    Title     Initially
appointed
to the board
    Date of next
reappointment
by
shareholders (2)
 

   
 
 
 
Richard Hartman
    Director and Managing Director, EMEA     2003     2004  
Ralph Kugler (1)
    Director     2003     2004  
Robert C Larson (1)
    Director     2003     2004  
Richard North
    Director and Chief Executive     2003     2004  
      Chairman of Britvic Soft Drinks              
Stevan Porter
    Director and President, Americas     2003     2004  
David Prosser (1)
    Director and senior independent director     2003     2004  
Richard Solomons
    Director and Finance Director     2003     2004  
Sir Howard Stringer (1)
    Director     2003     2004  
David Webster (1)
    Chairman     2003     2004  
 
Officers
 
Name
    Title     Initially appointed  

   
 
 
Peter Gowers
    Executive Vice President, Global Brand Services     2003  
A. Patrick Imbardelli
    Managing Director, Asia Pacific     2003  
Jim Larson
    Executive Vice President, Human Resources     2003  
Richard Winter
    Company Secretary, General Counsel and Executive Vice President, Corporate Services     2003  

 
(1)
Non-executive director.
(2)
All directors will be seeking reappointment at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on June 1, 2004.
 
Former Directors and Officers

During fiscal 2003, Sir Ian Prosser served as Chairman of the Company. Sir Ian retired as a director and Chairman on December 31, 2003.

Prior to Separation in April 2003, the following served as directors of Six Continents PLC: Roger Carr, Tim Clarke, Robert C Larson, Sir Geoffrey Mulcahy, Richard North, Thomas R Oliver, Sir Ian Prosser, Bryan Sanderson and Sir Howard Stringer.

Prior to Separation in April 2003, Karim Naffah and Richard Winter served as officers of Six Continents PLC.

Directors and officers
   
 
Richard Hartman
Joined the Group in 1999, as Managing Director, Asia Pacific. Subsequently, as Managing Director, EMEA, he was appointed an executive director in April 2003. Responsible for the business of all the Hotel brands and properties in the EMEA region. Aged 58.
   
 
Ralph Kugler
Appointed a director in April 2003, he is President of Unilever Home and Personal Care in Europe and has held a variety of senior positions globally for Unilever. He was previously President of Unilever in Latin America. Aged 48.

58


Back to Contents

  Robert C Larson
 
Appointed a director in April 2003, he is Managing Director of Lazard Frères & Co LLC and Chairman of Lazard Frères Real Estate Investors, LLC. He served as a non-executive director of Six Continents PLC (formerly Bass PLC) from 1996 until April 2003. Aged 69.
   
  Richard North
 
Joined the Group in 1994 as Group Finance Director. Appointed Chief Executive of the Hotels business in October 2002 in anticipation of the Company’s listing in April 2003. He is Chairman of Britvic Soft Drinks, a non-executive Director of LogicaCMG PLC, the Company’s representative on FelCor Lodging Trust Inc and a member of the Executive Committee of the World Travel & Tourism Council. Aged 54.
   
  Stevan Porter
 
Joined the Group in 2001 as Chief Operating Officer of the Americas. Subsequently, as President of the Americas, he was appointed an executive director in April 2003. Responsible for the business of all the Hotel brands and properties in the Americas region. Aged 49.
   
  David Prosser
 
Appointed a director in April 2003, he is Group Chief Executive of Legal & General Group Plc. He is a member of the Board of the Association of British Insurers and a director of the Royal Automobile Club Limited. Appointed senior independent director in January 2004. Aged 59.
   
  Richard Solomons
 
Joined the Group in 1992, and held a variety of senior finance and operational roles. Appointed Finance Director of the Hotels business in October 2002 in anticipation of the Company’s listing in April 2003. Responsible for finance and asset management, tax, treasury and central shared services. Aged 42.
   
  Sir Howard Stringer
 
Appointed a director in April 2003. He is a director of the Sony Corporation and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sony Corporation of America. He served as a non-executive director of Six Continents PLC from 2002 until April 2003. Aged 62.
   
  David Webster
 
Appointed Deputy Chairman and senior independent director in April 2003. Appointed non-executive Chairman on 1 January 2004. He was Chairman of Safeway plc from 1997 until March 2004 when he relinquished this position on completion of the sale of Safeway. Formerly a non-executive director of Reed Elsevier PLC. Aged 59.
   
  Peter Gowers
 
Joined the Group in 1999 and appointed Executive Vice President, Global Brand Services in 2003. Responsible for Group strategy, worldwide marketing and distribution, loyalty programs and revenue management. Aged 31.
   
  A. Patrick Imbardelli
 
Joined the Group in 2000 and appointed Managing Director, Asia Pacific in January 2003. Responsible for the business of all the Hotel brands and properties in the Asia Pacific region. Aged 43.
   
  Jim Larson
 
Joined the Group in 2002 as Executive Vice President, Human Resources. Responsible for maximizing all factors of human capital investment. Aged 51.
   
  Richard Winter
 
Joined the Group in 1994 as Director of Group Legal. Now Company Secretary, General Counsel and Executive Vice President, Corporate Services with responsibility for corporate governance, risk management, internal audit and a range of administrative matters. Aged 55.

59


Back to Contents

COMPENSATION

In fiscal 2003, the aggregate compensation (including pension contributions, bonus and awards under the long term incentive plans) of the directors and officers of the Company was £8,265,000. The aggregate amount set aside or accrued by the Company in fiscal 2003 to provide pension retirement or similar benefits for those individuals was £530,000. An amount of £2,275,000 was charged in fiscal 2003 in respect of bonuses payable to them under performance related cash bonus schemes and long term incentive plans.

Note 4 of Notes to the Financial Statements sets out the aggregate compensation of individual directors. The following are details of the Company’s principal share schemes, in which the directors of the Company participated during the period.

Former Six Continents Share Schemes

Under the terms of the Separation, holders of options under the Six Continents Executive Share Option Schemes were given the opportunity to exchange their Six Continents PLC options for equivalent value new options over IHG PLC shares. As a result of this exchange, 23,195,482 IHG PLC shares were put under option at prices ranging from 295.33p to 593.29p. The exchanged options are immediately exercisable and are not subject to performance conditions.

Options held under the Six Continents Savings Related Share Option Schemes by eligible UK employees became exercisable for a period of six months from April 11, 2003. Options exercised during this period resulted in the issue of 1,659,515 IHG PLC shares. The remainder of these options lapsed on October 11, 2003.

The Six Continents Employee Profit Share Scheme was available to UK employees with at least three years continuous service until 2002, following which, arising from changes introduced by the UK Government, no further profit allocations have been possible. In February 2003 the scheme released 1,408,292 Six Continents PLC shares out of profits appropriated to them by the Six Continents PLC board in 2000. Following Separation the Six Continents PLC shares held by the Trust on behalf of beneficiaries were exchanged for IHG PLC and MAB plc shares. As of March 22, 2004, 762,275 IHG PLC shares were held by the Trustees.

Under the terms of the Six Continents Special Deferred Incentive Plan, which enabled eligible employees to receive all or part of their annual bonus in the form of shares at the end of a specified period, 246,355 IHG PLC shares were transferred to 21 employees (including executive directors) in December 2003, reflecting entitlements existing prior to Separation.

New Share Plans established on Separation
 
Executive Share Option Plan

The Remuneration Committee, consisting solely of non-executive directors, may select employees, including executive directors, of the Group, for the grant of options to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. The option price will not be less than the market value of an ordinary share, or the nominal value if higher. The market value will be the quoted price on the business day preceding the date of grant, or the average of the middle market quoted prices on the three consecutive dealing days immediately preceding the date of grant. The International Schedule to the Scheme extends it to executives outside the United Kingdom. Grants of options under the Executive Share Option Plan are normally made annually and except in exceptional circumstances, will not, in any year, exceed three times annual salary for executive directors. A performance condition has to be met before options can be exercised. The performance condition is set by the Remuneration Committee.

In May and September 2003, options were granted to 170 employees over 7,375,272 IHG PLC shares at 438p and 491.75p per share, respectively. For options granted in 2003, the Company’s adjusted earnings per share over the three-year period ending December 31, 2005 must increase by at least nine percentage points over the increase in the UK Retail Prices Index for the same period for any of the award to vest.

Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan

The IHG Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan (the “STDIP”) enables eligible employees, including executive directors, to receive all or part of their bonus in the form of IHG PLC shares together with, in certain cases, a matching grant of free shares. The bonus and matching shares are deferred and released in equal amounts at the end of each of the three years following deferral. Participation in the STDIP is at the discretion of the IHG directors. The number of shares is calculated by dividing a specific percentage of the participant’s salary by the average share price for a period of days prior to the date on which the shares are granted. A number of executives participated in the plan during the period, but were not eligible to receive an award.

 

60


Back to Contents

Performance Restricted Share Plan

The Performance Restricted Share Plan allows executive directors and eligible employees to receive share awards, subject to the satisfaction of a performance condition, set by the Committee, which is normally measured over a three year period. Awards are normally made annually and, except in exceptional circumstances, will not exceed three times annual salary for executive directors. In determining the level of awards within this maximum limit, the Committee takes into account the level of Executive Share Options already granted to the same person. As of March 22, 2004 conditional rights over 5,281,020 IHG PLC shares had been awarded to 46 employees under the plan.

Sharesave Plan

The Sharesave Plan is a savings plan whereby employees contract to save a fixed amount each month with a Savings Institution for 3 or 5 years. At the end of the savings term, employees are given the option to purchase shares at a price set before savings began. The Sharesave Plan is available to all UK employees (including executive directors) employed by participating Group companies provided they have been employed for at least one year. The Plan provides for the grant of options to subscribe for ordinary shares at the higher of nominal value and not less than 80% of the middle market quotations of the ordinary shares on the three dealing days immediately following an announcement of results. As of March 22, 2004, 1,365,251 ordinary shares were subject to options under the Sharesave Plan at a subscription price of 420.5p, exercisable up to the year 2009.

Options and Ordinary Shares held by Directors

Details of the directors’ interests in the Company’s shares are set out below and in Note 4 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

BOARD PRACTICES

Service Agreements

The executive directors have service agreements with the Company. Prior to Separation, each of the executive directors of IHG, Richard Hartman, Richard North, Stevan Porter and Richard Solomons entered into service agreements with a notice period of 12 months. All new appointments are intended to have 12 month notice periods.

Sir Ian Prosser continued as executive Chairman of IHG under the terms of his previous service agreement until his normal retirement age of 60 years on July 5, 2003. After that date Sir Ian served as non-executive Chairman under revised terms, agreed prior to Separation, for a fixed period which expired on December 31, 2003.

Payments on Termination

No provisions for compensation for termination following change of control, or for liquidated damages of any kind, are included in the current directors’ contracts. In the event of any early termination of an executive director’s contract the policy is to seek to minimize any liability.

Upon retirement, and under certain other specified circumstances on termination of his employment, a director will become eligible to receive benefit from his participation in a Company pension plan. See Note 4 of Notes to the Financial Statements for details of directors’ pension entitlements at December 31, 2003.

Executive Committee

This Committee is chaired by the Chief Executive, Richard North. It consists of the executive directors and senior executives from the Group and the regions and usually meets monthly. Its role is to consider and manage a range of important strategic and business issues facing the Group. It is responsible for monitoring the performance of the regional Hotels businesses and the Britvic business and is authorised to approve capital and revenue investment within levels agreed by the board.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is chaired by David Webster. He will relinquish his role as Chairman of the Committee when a suitable replacement independent non-executive director has been approved by the Board. The Committee consists of all the non-executive directors (Ralph Kugler, Robert C Larson, David Prosser, Sir Howard Stringer and David Webster) and is scheduled to meet at least four times a year. The Committee assists

61


Back to Contents

the board in observing its responsibilities for ensuring that the Group’s financial systems provide accurate and up to date information on its financial position and that the Group’s published financial statements represent a true and fair reflection of this position. It also assists the board in ensuring that appropriate accounting policies, internal controls and compliance procedures are in place. The external auditor attends its meetings as does the Head of Internal Audit, who has direct access to the Chairman of the Committee.

To ensure that the independence and objectivity of the external auditor is not compromised, the Audit Committee has introduced a policy whereby all proposals for the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee or its delegated member. At all times, the overriding consideration is to ensure that the provision of non-audit services does not impact the external auditor’s independence and objectivity.

Disclosure Committee

The Disclosure Committee, chaired by the Group’s Financial Controller, and comprising the Company Secretary and other senior executives, reports to the Chief Executive and the Finance Director, and to the Audit Committee. Its duties include ensuring that information required to be disclosed in reports pursuant to UK and US accounting, statutory or listing requirements, fairly represent the Group’s position in all material respects.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee, chaired by David Prosser, consists of all the non-executive directors, excluding the non-executive Chairman (Ralph Kugler, Robert C Larson, David Prosser and Sir Howard Stringer), and meets at least three times a year. The Committee advises the board on overall remuneration policy. The Committee also determines, on behalf of the board, and with the benefit of advice from external consultants and members of the Human Resources department, the remuneration packages of the executive directors and other members of the Executive Committee. David Webster stepped down from the Committee upon his appointment as Chairman of the Company on January 1, 2004. No member of the Committee has any personal financial interest, other than as a shareholder, in the matters to be decided by the Committee.

Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee’s quorum comprises any three non-executive directors although, where possible, all non-executive directors are present. It is chaired by the Chairman of the Company and is responsible for nominating, for the approval of the board, candidates for appointment to the board. The Committee generally engages external consultants to advise on candidates for Board appointments and did so in connection with the appointments of Messrs Kugler, Prosser and Webster. The Committee also assists the board in identifying and developing the role of the senior independent director.

62


Back to Contents

EMPLOYEES

The Group employed an average of 44,823 people worldwide in the 15 month period ended December 31 2003. Of these, approximately 79% were employed on a full-time basis and 21% were employed on a part-time basis.

The table below analyzes the distribution of the average number of employees for the last three fiscal periods by division and by geographic region.

      United
Kingdom
    Rest of Europe,
the Middle East
and Africa
    United States     Rest of World     Total  
   

 

 

 

 

 
                  (Number )            
2003:
                               
Hotels
    11,174     5,585     5,704     4,648     27,111  
Soft Drinks
    2,698                 2,698  
   

 

 

 

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group
    13,872     5,585     5,704     4,648     29,809  
Discontinued operations (1)
    15,014                 15,014  
   

 

 

 

 

 
      28,886     5,585     5,704     4,648     44,823  
   

 

 

 

 

 
2002:
                               
Hotels
    11,872     5,622     5,944     4,947     28,385  
Soft Drinks
    2,637                 2,637  
   

 

 

 

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group
    14,509     5,622     5,944     4,947     31,022  
Discontinued operations
    36,710     2,037             38,747  
   

 

 

 

 

 
      51,219     7,659     5,944     4,947     69,769  
   

 

 

 

 

 
2001:
                               
Hotels
    9,657     6,220     16,038     3,834     35,749  
Soft Drinks
    2,610                 2,610  
   

 

 

 

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group
    12,267     6,220     16,038     3,834     38,359  
Discontinued operations
    39,488     1,794             41,282  
   

 

 

 

 

 
      51,755     8,014     16,038     3,834     79,641  
   

 

 

 

 

 
                                 

 
(1)
For the period from October 1, 2002 until Separation.

The decrease in employee numbers in InterContinental Hotels Group in the 15 month period was primarily due to the reorganization initiatives.

Under EU law, many employees of Group companies are now covered by the Working Time Regulations which came into force in the United Kingdom on October 1, 1998. These regulations implemented the European Working Time Directive and parts of the Young Workers Directive, and lay down rights and protections for employees in areas such as maximum working hours, minimum rest time, minimum days off and paid leave.

In the United Kingdom there is in place a national minimum wage under the National Minimum Wage Act. At December 31, 2003, the minimum wage for individuals under the age of 22 was £3.80 per hour and £4.50 per hour for individuals above the age of 22. This particularly impacts businesses in the hospitality and retailing sectors. Compliance with the National Minimum Wage Act is being monitored by the Low Pay Commission, an independent statutory body established by the UK Government.

Less than 5% of the Group’s UK employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements with trade unions.

Continual attention is paid to the external market in order to ensure that terms of employment are appropriate. The Group believes the Group companies will be able to conduct their relationships with trade unions and employees in a satisfactory manner.

 

63


Back to Contents

SHARE OWNERSHIP

The interests of the directors and officers in the shares of the Company at March 22, 2004 were as follows:

Directors
    Ordinary
shares
of £1
 
   

 
Richard Hartman
    30,345  
Ralph Kugler
    1,000  
Robert C Larson
    9,805  
Richard North
    171,470  
Stevan Porter
    56,754  
David Prosser
    5,000  
Richard Solomons
    17,956  
Sir Howard Stringer
    8,474  
David Webster
    5,824  
         
Officers
       
Peter Gowers
     
A Patrick Imbardelli
    7,929  
Jim Larson
    7,186  
Richard Winter
    8,244  

The above shareholdings are all beneficial interests and include shares held on behalf of executive directors and officers by the Trustees of the Six Continents Employee Profit Share Scheme. None of the directors has a beneficial interest in the shares of any subsidiary.

On March 22, 2004, the executive directors’ technical interest in unallocated InterContinental Hotels Group PLC ordinary shares held by the Trustees of the ESOP was 2,157,501 shares.

The directors’ interests in options to subscribe for shares in InterContinental Hotels Group PLC are set out in Note 4 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

ITEM 7.     MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

As far as is known to management, InterContinental Hotels is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. Under the provisions of Section 198 of the Companies Act, InterContinental Hotels has been advised of the following interests in its shares, being greater than 3% of its issued share capital as at the time of notification.

Identity of Person or Group
    Number of shares/ADSs
    Percent
of Class
 

   
   
 
Dodge & Cox Funds (US)
    25,106,594     3.4 %
Legal & General Group Plc (1)
    29,924,045     4.1 %
               

 
(1)
An interest in Six Continents PLC shares (representing 3.1% of the Company’s issued share capital) was disclosed in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 20-F for fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2001.

The Company’s major shareholders do not have different voting rights from other shareholders of the Company. The Company does not know of any arrangements the operation of which may result in a change in its control.

As of March 10, 2004, 38,507,824 ADSs equivalent to 38,507,824 ordinary shares, or approximately 5% of the total ordinary shares in issue, were outstanding and were held by 1,163 holders. Since certain ordinary shares are registered in the names of nominees, the number of shareholders of record may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners.

As of March 10, 2004, there were a total of 93,299 record holders of ordinary shares, of whom 209 had registered addresses in the United States and held a total of 155,934 ordinary shares (0.02% of the total issued).

 

64


Back to Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than as herein described, the Company has entered into no related party transactions or loans. Richard North, as an InterContinental Hotels Group representative, is a non-executive director of FelCor Lodging Trust Inc, a US based franchisee of some of the Company’s hotel brands. Under the terms of an arrangement reached with Iain Napier, a former director of Six Continents, prior to the sale of Bass Brewers, he was entitled to certain benefits. Specifically, Mr Napier was entitled to an annuity (index linked at 5% per annum) after May 22, 2003 of approximately £24,000 per annum or an appropriate lump sum. In fiscal 2003, Mr Napier was paid £409,000 representing a lump sum under this agreement. (See Note 4 of Notes to the Financial Statements). Pursuant to an agreement dated February 12, 2003 Thomas R Oliver, a former director of Six Continents, is contracted to provide consultancy services to the Group. (See Note 4 of Notes to the Financial Statements).

During part of fiscal 2003, MAB was part of the Six Continents Group, and as a result the agreements entered into in connection with the Separation were with a related party at that time.

Summary of Main Agreements Relating to the Separation
 
Share Purchase Agreement to effect the MAB Transfer (the “MAB Transfer SPA”)

Under the MAB Transfer SPA, which was entered into between MAB and Six Continents PLC after MAB became the holding company of the Six Continents Group, Six Continents PLC transferred at book value the whole of the issued share capital of various Retail companies, namely Six Continents Retail Limited and Six Continents Retail Germany GmbH and their respective subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings, and Six Continents Property Developments Limited to MAB (the “MAB Transfer”).

Under the MAB Transfer SPA, Six Continents PLC gave no warranties (other than as to ownership of the shares in the companies being transferred) and agreed to give certain limited indemnities to MAB. These indemnities were given to protect MAB against liabilities which it may incur and which relate exclusively or predominantly to InterContinental Hotels Group entities. In addition, Six Continents PLC indemnified MAB in respect of 50% of certain contingent liabilities which do not relate exclusively or predominantly to either MAB or InterContinental Hotels Group entities. These shared liabilities relate primarily to businesses which have been disposed of by the Six Continents Group or its subsidiaries in the past and where warranties or indemnities were given to third parties.

The MAB Transfer SPA also contained provisions relating to the allocation of tax liabilities and the conduct of the tax affairs of MAB and InterContinental Hotels Group relating to periods beginning before the reorganization was effected.

Separation Agreement

Following the MAB Transfer, an agreement was entered into between MAB and IHG PLC under which MAB agreed to transfer on the Separation date the whole of the issued share capital of Six Continents PLC (which at that point only owned the hotels business and soft drinks business) to IHG in consideration for which IHG allotted and issued IHG shares to the holders of MAB shares (the “Separation Agreement”). Each shareholder on the register of members of MAB, immediately before the transfer of the Six Continents PLC shares, received one IHG share for every MAB share held at that time. The holders of MAB ADSs on the ADR register maintained by the Depositary received one IHG ADS for every MAB ADS. A shareholder or ADR holder of MAB was not required to make any payment for the IHG shares or ADSs. The Separation did not affect the number of issued MAB shares or MAB ADSs.

All IHG shares received by MAB shareholders (including the Depositary) in connection with the Separation were credited as fully paid.

Under the Separation Agreement, MAB agreed to give certain limited indemnities to IHG. These indemnities were given to protect IHG against liabilities which it may incur but which relate exclusively or predominantly to Retail or SCPD. In addition, MAB indemnified IHG in respect of 50% of certain contingent liabilities which do not relate exclusively or predominantly to the Retail business and SCPD or to the hotels business and soft drinks business. These shared contingent liabilities relate primarily to businesses which have been disposed of by the Six Continents Group or its subsidiaries in the past and where warranties and indemnities were given.

 

65


Back to Contents

Relationship with Mitchells & Butlers plc

Following the Separation, MAB and IHG each operate as separate listed companies. There are no cross-directorships between MAB and IHG. The Transitional Services Agreement put in place on Separation contains certain obligations, which expired as of December 31, 2003. Certain other obligations are continuing. Neither the expired, nor the residual continuing obligations, are believed to be material.

Franchise Agreement for Express by Holiday Inn

Prior to Separation, a franchise agreement on arm’s length terms was entered into between a Group company (the “Licensor”) and an MAB Group company (the “Licensee”), pursuant to which the Licensor granted the Licensee the right to operate Express by Holiday Inn hotels operated by the Licensee. This license includes the rights to use the reservations and other systems of the Licensor, the trademarks and service marks and such other elements as designated from time to time by the Licensor, designed to identify “Express by Holiday Inn” hotels. In return, the Licensee pays a royalty to the Licensor, which is a pre-determined percentage of room revenues together with certain other fees as specified in the agreement. Each hotel has its own license agreement, which is typically for a ten-year period from the date of opening.

Britvic Supply Agreement

On February 7, 2003, Britvic Soft Drinks Limited and the MAB Group extended the terms of an existing Britvic Soft Drinks Limited supply agreement for five years from that date. Under the agreement, the MAB Group has a minimum purchase obligation for Britvic soft drinks across its estate which is well within the MAB Group’s actual usage levels.

ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Financial Statements

See “Item 18. Financial Statements”.

Legal Proceedings

Group companies have extensive operations in the United Kingdom, as well as internationally, and are involved in a number of legal proceedings incidental to those operations. It is the Company’s view that the outcome of such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, is not likely to have a material effect on the results of the Group’s operations or its financial position.

Dividends

See “Item 3. Key Information – Dividends”.

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

None.

ITEM 9.     THE OFFER AND LISTING

The principal trading market for the Company’s ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange on which Six Continents shares were traded since its incorporation in 1967 until Separation in 2003 and on which InterContinental Hotels Group shares have been traded since Separation. The ordinary shares are also listed on the New York Stock Exchange trading in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs. Each ADS represents one ordinary share. InterContinental Hotels Group has a sponsored ADR facility with The Bank of New York as Depositary.

The last day of dealings in Six Continents shares and ADSs was on April 11, 2003 and the first day of dealings in InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and in Mitchells & Butlers plc shares and ADSs was April 15, 2003. The closing prices per Six Continents share and per ADS on April 11, 2003 were 592p and $9.36, respectively. The closing prices per IHG and per MAB share on April 15, 2003 were 372p and 222.5p, respectively. The closing prices per IHG and per MAB ADS on April 15, 2003 were $5.91 and $3.60, respectively.

66


Back to Contents

The following tables show, for the fiscal periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations (which represent an average of closing bid and ask prices) for the ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange, as derived from the Daily Official List of the UK Listing Authority, and the highest and lowest sales prices of the ADSs as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape.

    £ per
ordinary share
  $ per ADS (1)  
   
 
 
      High     Low     High     Low  
   
 
 
 
 
Year ended September 30
                         

                         
1999
    10.01     6.42     17.00     10.63  
2000
    8.42     5.80     13.75     8.50  
2001
    8.02     5.49     12.00     7.75  
2002
    7.83     5.41     11.73     7.49  
                           
15 months ended December 31

                         
2003 – October 1 to April 11 Six Continents
    6.34     4.62     10.08     7.73  
2003 – April 15 to December 31 IHG
    5.56     3.39     9.82     5.26  
                           
Year ended September 30

                         
2002
                         
First Quarter
    7.34     6.00     10.97     8.73  
Second Quarter
    7.83     6.80     11.50     9.90  
Third Quarter
    7.80     6.66     11.80     10.11  
Fourth Quarter
    6.70     5.41     10.80     8.40  
                           
15 months ended December 31

                         
First Quarter
    5.90     4.60     9.23     7.94  
Second Quarter
    6.35     4.62     10.08     7.73  
Third Quarter – April 1 to April 11 Six Continents
    6.18     5.92     9.74     9.33  
Third Quarter – April 15 to June 30
    4.53     3.39     7.80     5.26  
Fourth Quarter
    5.25     4.40     8.52     7.13  
Final Quarter
    5.56     4.86     9.82     8.22  
2004
                         
First Quarter (through March 26, 2004)
    5.77     4.80     10.76     8.92  
                           
Month ended
                         

                         
September 2003
    5.12     4.76     8.52     7.64  
October 2003
    5.37     4.86     9.22     8.22  
November 2003
    5.56     5.20     9.55     8.99  
December 2003
    5.56     5.29     9.82     9.30  
January 2004
    5.76     5.29     10.80     9.57  
February 2004
    5.53     5.20     10.43     9.72  
March 2004 (through March 26, 2004)
    5.44     5.23     10.23     8.92  
                           

 
(1)     Intra day high and low prices.

67


Back to Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Not applicable.

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

Not applicable.

DILUTION

Not applicable.

EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

Not applicable.

ITEM 10.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The following summarizes material rights of holders of the Company’s ordinary shares under the material provisions of the Company’s memorandum and articles of association and English law. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Act and the Company’s memorandum and articles of association. The Company’s memorandum and articles of association were filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 1-10409) filed with the SEC on April 23, 2003.

The Company’s shares may be held in certificated or uncertificated form. No holder of the Company’s shares will be required to make additional contributions of capital in respect of the Company’s shares in the future.

In the following description, a “shareholder” is the person registered in the Company’s register of members as the holder of the relevant share.

Principal Objects

The Company is incorporated under the name InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and is registered in England and Wales with registered number 4551528. The Company’s memorandum of association provides that its objects include to acquire certain predecessor companies and carry on business as an investment holding company, to carry on business of brewers and distillers, licensed victuallers, to deal in commodities, to acquire and operate breweries, hotels and restaurants, as well as to carry on any other business which the Company may judge capable of enhancing the value of the Company’s property or rights. The memorandum grants to the Company a range of corporate capabilities to effect these objects.

Directors

Under the Company’s articles of association, a director may not vote in respect of any proposal in which he, or any person connected with him, has any material interest other than by virtue of his interests in securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company. This is subject to certain exceptions relating to proposals (a) indemnifying him in respect of obligations incurred on behalf of the Company, (b) indemnifying a third party in respect of obligations of the Company for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee, (c) relating to an offer of securities in which he will be interested as an underwriter, (d) concerning another body corporate in which the director is beneficially interested in less than one percent of the issued shares of any class of shares of such a body corporate, (e) relating to an employee benefit in which the director will share equally with other employees and (f) relating to liability insurance that the Company is empowered to purchase for the benefit of directors of the Company in respect of actions undertaken as directors (or officers) of the Company.

The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all moneys borrowed by the Company and its subsidiaries shall not

68


Back to Contents

exceed an amount equal to three times the Company’s share capital and aggregate reserves, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of the Company.

Any director attaining 70 years of age shall retire at the next Annual General Meeting. Such a director may be reappointed but shall retire (and be eligible for reappointment) at the next Annual General Meeting.

Directors are not required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification.

Rights Attaching to Shares

Under English law, dividends are payable on the Company’s ordinary shares only out of profits available for distribution, as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and by the Companies Act. Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the shareholders in general meeting, rateably according to the amounts paid up on such shares, provided that the dividend cannot exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

The Company’s board of directors may pay shareholders such interim dividends as appear to them to be justified by the Company’s financial position. If authorized by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, the board of directors may also direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the distribution of specific assets (and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other company).

Any dividend unclaimed after six years from the date the dividend was declared, or became due for payment, will be forfeited and will revert to the Company.

Voting Rights

Voting at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll, which is a written vote, is duly demanded. On a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy at a general meeting has one vote regardless of the number of shares held. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every £1 in nominal amount of the shares held by that shareholder. A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

 
the chairman of the meeting;
     
 
at least five shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting;
     
 
any shareholder or shareholders representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting; or
     
 
any shareholder or shareholders holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting on which there have been paid-up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

A proxy form will be treated as giving the proxy the authority to demand a poll, or to join others in demanding one.

The necessary quorum for a general meeting is three persons carrying a right to vote upon the business to be transacted, whether present in person or by proxy.

Matters are transacted at general meetings of the Company by the proposing and passing of resolutions, of which there are three kinds:

 
an ordinary resolution, which includes resolutions for the election of directors, the approval of financial statements, the cumulative annual payment of dividends, the appointment of auditors, the increase of authorized share capital or the grant of authority to allot shares;
     
 
a special resolution, which includes resolutions amending the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, disapplying statutory pre-emption rights or changing the Company’s name; and
     
 
an extraordinary resolution, which includes resolutions modifying the rights of any class of the Company’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class or relating to certain matters concerning the Company’s winding up.

69


Back to Contents

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of those persons voting at a meeting at which there is a quorum.

Special and extraordinary resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the persons voting at a meeting at which there is a quorum.

In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting is entitled to cast the deciding vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

Annual General Meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of 21 days. Other meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of 21 days for the passing of a special resolution and 14 days for any other resolution, depending on the nature of the business to be transacted. The days of delivery or receipt of the notice are not included. The notice must specify the nature of the business to be transacted. The board of directors may if they choose make arrangements for shareholders who are unable to attend the place of the meeting to participate at other places.

Variation of Rights

If, at any time, the Company’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, with the consent in writing of holders of three-fourths in value of the shares of that class or upon the adoption of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of the articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be two or more) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class.

Rights in a Winding-up

Except as the Company’s shareholders have agreed or may otherwise agree, upon the Company’s winding up, the balance of assets available for distribution:

 
after the payment of all creditors including certain preferential creditors, whether statutorily preferred creditors or normal creditors; and
     
 
subject to any special rights attaching to any class of shares;
   
 
is to be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid-up on the shares held by them. This distribution is generally to be made in cash. A liquidator may, however, upon the adoption of an extraordinary resolution of the shareholders, divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of the Company’s assets in kind.
 
Limitations on Voting and Shareholding

There are no limitations imposed by English law or the Company’s memorandum or articles of association on the right of non-residents or foreign persons to hold or vote the Company’s ordinary shares or ADSs, other than the limitations that would generally apply to all of the Company’s shareholders.

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

The Separation agreements summarized in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Related Party Transactions – Summary of Main Agreements Relating to the Separation” are material contracts of the Group. In addition, the following contracts have been entered into otherwise than in the course of ordinary business by members of the Group either (i) in the two years immediately preceding the date of this document in the case of contracts which are or may be material or (ii) which contain provisions under which any Group member has any obligation or entitlement which is material to the Group as at the date of this document. To the extent that these agreements include representations, warranties and indemnities, such provisions are considered standard in an agreement of that nature, save to the extent identified below.

Disposal of Bass Brewers

The disposal agreement for Bass Brewers, including the business and assets of Bass Beers Worldwide, and Six Continents’ 80% shareholding in Praszke Pivovary, was entered into on June 14, 2000 between Six

70


Back to Contents

Continents and certain of its subsidiaries and Interbrew and certain of its subsidiaries. The transaction completed on August 22, 2000. Pursuant to the disposal agreement, certain subsidiaries of Interbrew acquired Bass Brewers from Six Continents’ subsidiaries. Both Six Continents and Interbrew guaranteed certain of their respective subsidiaries’ obligations under the disposal agreement.

The consideration for the sale of Bass Brewers was £2,300 million, comprising £1,426 million for the shares and assets and £874 million by way of repayment by Bass Brewers of net intra group debt owed to the Company (or members of the Group). An adjustment in respect of net assets was agreed on November 3, 2000. This involved a payment of £24 million from Interbrew to Six Continents. In fiscal 2002 a further payment of £9 million was received in respect of the finalization of completion account adjustments.

Under the disposal agreement, subsidiaries of Six Continents gave to Interbrew subsidiaries certain warranties and indemnities in relation to the shares and assets that were the subject of the disposal. In addition, Six Continents provided an indemnity in relation to the liabilities of Bass Holdings Limited (the holding company of Bass Brewers) arising out of that company having carried on the business of operation and management of licensed and unlicensed outlets as carried on by Six Continents Retail Limited, and other non-brewing businesses. MAB has indemnified the Group against claims relating to certain of these indemnities.

In connection with the disposal agreement, the parties entered into certain ancillary agreements on completion of the disposal which included: a soft drink supply agreement under which Six Continents PLC agreed to sell, or to procure the sale of, soft drinks to Bass Brewers for a term of five years; and ancillary intellectual property agreements governing the use of the Bass name and certain trademarks following the completion of the disposal.

Britvic Joint Venture Agreements

Britvic, Bass Public Limited Company (now Six Continents PLC), Whitbread and Company PLC, Allied-Lyons PLC and Allied Breweries Limited entered into a joint venture agreement dated February 10, 1986 under which Allied’s soft drinks business was acquired by Britvic (which at that time comprised the former soft drinks business of Six Continents and Whitbread and Company PLC in an existing joint venture) in exchange for which Allied received shares in Britvic. This agreement governs the relations of Six Continents, Whitbread and Allied as shareholders of Britvic. InterContinental Hotels became a party to this agreement (and Six Continents was released from its obligations) on March 10, 2004.

IHG Facility Agreement

On February 13, 2003, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC signed a new $2,650 million (subsequently reduced to $2,350 million) bank facility agreement with, among others, Barclays Capital, HSBC Bank plc, J.P. Morgan PLC, Salomon Brothers International Limited and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc acting as joint arrangers (the “Arrangers”) and HSBC Bank plc as agent.

Borrowings under the IHG Facility Agreement were made available in three tranches: tranche A consisted of a 364-day $887 million revolving loan credit facility with a 364-day term-out option; tranche B consists of a three-year $798 million term loan facility; and tranche C consists of a five-year $665 million revolving loan credit facility. Tranche A of the loan facility was repaid and canceled on October 20, 2003.

The interest margin payable on borrowings under the IHG Facility Agreement is determined by reference to the long-term credit rating of the Company and ranges from 0.70% per annum to 1.60% per annum. The margin was reduced by 0.05% per annum when tranche A was repaid and canceled and will be reduced by a further amount when tranche B is repaid and canceled, provided that the Company has an investment grade credit rating at that time.

Euro Medium Term Note Program

On October 20, 2003, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC issued €600 million of euro denominated Guaranteed Notes under its €1,000 million Medium Term Note facility established during fiscal 2003. The Guaranteed Notes, which have a final maturity date of October 20, 2010, carry a coupon of 4.75%, payable annually. IHG considers the restrictions and covenants relating to the notes to be customary for a facility of this nature.

71


Back to Contents

EXCHANGE CONTROLS

There are no restrictions on dividend payments to US citizens.

Although there are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends on the ordinary shares or the ADSs, from time to time English law imposes restrictions on the payment of dividends to persons resident (or treated as so resident) in or governments of (or persons exercising public functions in) certain countries (each of the foregoing, a “Prohibited Person”).

There are no restrictions under the articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the ordinary shares. However, under current English law, ordinary shares or ADSs may not be owned by a Prohibited Person. In addition, the Company’s articles of association contain certain limitations on the voting and other rights of any holder of ordinary shares, whose holding may, in the opinion of the directors, result in the loss or failure to secure the reinstatement of any license or franchise from any US governmental agency held by Six Continents Hotels Inc or any subsidiary thereof.

TAXATION

This section provides a summary of the material US federal income tax and UK tax consequences to US holders, as defined below, of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs of the Company. This section addresses only the tax position of a US holder who holds ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets. This section does not, however, discuss the tax consequences of members of special classes of holders subject to special rules and holders that, directly or indirectly, hold 10% or more of the Company’s voting stock. This section does not generally deal with the position of a US holder who is resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes or who is subject to UK taxation on capital gains or income by virtue of carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom.

A US holder is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes (i) a citizen or resident of the US, (ii) a US domestic corporation, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and on UK tax laws and published practice of the UK Inland Revenue, all as currently in effect, and on the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom that was ratified in March 2003 (the “New Treaty”) and the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom as entered into force in 1980 (the “Old Treaty”). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The provisions of the New Treaty were brought in on a number of different dates, each of which have now passed. However, a taxpayer may in any case elect to have the Old Treaty apply in its entirety for a period of twelve months after the applicable effective dates of the New Treaty. The New Treaty became effective in the United Kingdom on April 1, 2003 for corporation tax, on April 6, 2003 for income tax and capital gains tax, and on May 1, 2003 for taxes withheld at source. In the United States the New Treaty became effective on May 1, 2003 for taxes withheld at source and on January 1, 2004 for all other taxes.

This section is further based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and assumes that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. For United States federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADRs. Generally, exchanges of ordinary shares for ADRs, and ADRs for ordinary shares, will not be subject to US federal income tax or UK taxation on capital gains.

Investors should consult their own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local, the UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares and ADSs in their particular circumstances, and in particular whether they are eligible for the benefits of the New Treaty and/or the Old Treaty (and the advisability of making any election in relation to the application of the Old Treaty).

 

 

72


Back to Contents

Taxation of Dividends
 
United Kingdom Taxation

Under current UK tax law, the Company will not be required to withhold tax at source from dividend payments it makes. This position is reinforced by the New Treaty which does not impose UK withholding tax on dividends received by the US holder.

Under the Old Treaty, a US holder eligible for its benefits is entitled to a tax credit from the UK Inland Revenue equal to the amount of the tax credit available to an individual shareholder resident in the United Kingdom (i.e. one-ninth of the dividend received), but the amount of the dividend plus the amount of the refund are also subject to a notional withholding in an amount equal to the amount of the tax credit. The US holder therefore will not receive any repayment from the UK Inland Revenue in respect of a tax credit on a dividend paid by the Company.

United States Federal Income Taxation

Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder is subject to US federal income taxation on the gross amount of any dividend paid by the Company out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002 and before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to the holder at a maximum tax rate of 15%, provided that the holder has a holding period of the shares or ADSs of more than 60 days during the 120-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets other holding period requirements. The Internal Revenue Service recently announced that it will permit taxpayers to apply a proposed legislative change to this holding period requirement as if such change were already effective. This legislative “technical correction” would change the minimum required holding period, retroactive to January 1, 2003, to more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date. The Company believes that dividends paid by the Company with respect to the shares or ADSs in 2003 constitute qualified dividend income.

Under the New Treaty, the US holder will include in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes only the amount of the dividend actually received from the Company, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.

A US holder that is eligible for the benefits of the Old Treaty (and elects to apply such benefits) may include in the gross amount of the dividend the UK tax deemed withheld from the dividend payment pursuant to the Old Treaty, as described above. Subject to certain limitations, the UK tax deemed withheld in accordance with the Old Treaty and effectively paid over to the UK Inland Revenue will be creditable against the US holder’s US federal income tax liability, provided the US holder has properly filed Internal Revenue Service Form 8833. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.

Dividends must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the US, and will generally be “passive income” or “financial services income”, which is treated separately from other types of income for the purposes of computing any allowable foreign tax credit.

The amount of the dividend distribution will be the US dollar value of the pound sterling payments made, determined at the spot pound sterling/US dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is includible in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and, for foreign tax credit limitation purposes, from sources within the United States.

Distributions in excess of the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the US holder’s basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

 

73


Back to Contents

Taxation of Capital Gains
 
United Kingdom Taxation

A US holder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for United Kingdom tax purposes in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK taxation on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ADSs or ordinary shares unless, at the time of the sale or other disposal, the US holder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment and such ADSs or ordinary shares are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession or vocation.

A US holder of ADSs or ordinary shares who is an individual and who, broadly, has temporarily ceased to be resident or ordinarily resident in the UK for UK tax purposes for a period of less than five years of assessment and who disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs during that period may also be liable to UK tax on capital gains (subject to any available exemption or relief), notwithstanding the fact that such US holder was not resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom at the time of the sale or other disposal. As described below, a US holder will be liable to US federal income tax on such gains.

United States Federal Income Taxation

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder that sells or otherwise disposes of shares or ADSs will recognize a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realized and its tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the shares or ADSs. Generally, capital gain of a non-corporate US holder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 and before January 1, 2009 is taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the holder has a holding period greater than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The deductibility of losses is subject to limitations.

PFIC Rules

The Company believes that the Company shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is an annual factual determination and thus may be subject to change. If the Company were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the Company shares or ADSs, gain realized on the sale or other disposition of Company shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, gain would be treated as if the US holder had realized such gain ratably over the holding period for the Company shares or ADSs and, to the extent allocated to the first year in which the Company was a PFIC and subsequent years, would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, similar rules would apply to any “excess distribution” received on the Company shares or ADSs (generally, the excess of any distribution received on the Company shares or ADSs during the taxable year over 125% of the average amount of distributions received during a specified prior period), and the preferential rate for “qualified dividend income” would not apply.

Additional Tax Considerations
 
United Kingdom Inheritance Tax

An individual who is domiciled in the United States (for the purposes of the Estate and Gift Tax Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax in respect of ADSs on the individual’s death or on a transfer of the ADSs during their lifetime, provided that any applicable US federal gift or estate tax is paid, unless the ADSs are part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment or pertain to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. Where the ADSs have been placed in trust by a settlor, they may be subject to UK inheritance tax unless, when the trust was created, the settlor was domiciled in the United States and was not a UK national. Where ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Estate and Gift Tax Convention generally provides for either a credit against US federal tax liabilities for UK inheritance tax paid or for a credit against UK inheritance tax liabilities for US federal tax paid as the case may be.

United Kingdom Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (“SDRT”)

The transfer of ordinary shares will generally be liable to stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given (rounded up to the nearest £5). An unconditional agreement to transfer ordinary shares will generally be subject to SDRT at 0.5% of the agreed consideration. However, if within the period of six years of the date of such agreement becoming unconditional an instrument of transfer is executed pursuant to the

74


Back to Contents

agreement and duly stamped, any liability to SDRT will usually be repaid, if already paid, or cancelled. The liability to pay stamp duty or SDRT is generally satisfied by the purchaser or transferee.

No stamp duty or SDRT will generally arise on a transfer of ordinary shares into CREST, unless such transfer is made for a consideration in money or money’s worth, in which case a liability to SDRT will arise, usually at the rate of 0.5% of the value of the consideration.

A transfer of ordinary shares effected on a paperless basis within CREST will generally be subject to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the value of the consideration.

Stamp duty, or SDRT, is generally payable upon the transfer or issue of ordinary shares to, or to a nominee or, in some cases, agent of, a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts or the provision of clearance services. For these purposes, the current rate of stamp duty and SDRT is usually 1.5% (rounded up, in the case of stamp duty, to the nearest £5). The rate is applied, in each case, to the amount or value of the consideration or, in some circumstances, to the value or the issue price of the ordinary shares. In accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, any tax or duty payable on deposits of ordinary shares by the depositary or by the custodian of the depositary will be charged to the party to whom ADSs are delivered against such deposits.

Provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all subsequent times outside the United Kingdom, no stamp duty should be payable on the transfer of ADSs. An agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of depositary receipts will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The Company’s SEC filings since May 22, 2002 are also publicly available through the SEC’s website located at http://www.sec.gov

ITEM 11.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Exchange and Interest Rate Risk, and Financial Instruments

The Group’s treasury policy is to manage financial risks that arise in relation to underlying business needs. The activities of the treasury function are carried out in accordance with board approved policies and are subject to regular audit. The treasury function does not operate as a profit center. Treasury activities include the use of spot and forward foreign exchange instruments, currency options, currency swaps, interest rate swaps and options, and forward rate agreements.

One of the primary objectives of the Group’s treasury risk management policy is to protect the financial covenant ratios in its loan documentation against the adverse impact of movements in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

Movements in foreign exchange rates, particularly in the US dollar and the euro, can affect the Group’s reported net income, net assets, gearing (net debt expressed as a percentage of shareholders equity) and interest cover. As far as is reasonably practical, borrowings are taken out in foreign currencies (either directly or via currency swaps) which broadly match those in which the Group’s major overseas net assets are denominated. The interest on these borrowings hedges foreign currency denominated income streams. During the 15 months to December 31, 2003, the interest on US dollar borrowings hedged around 50% of the profit generated in US dollars, while interest on euro borrowings hedged around 86% of profit generated in euro and related currencies.

During fiscal 2002, the interest on US dollar borrowings hedged around 73% of the profit generated in US dollars, while interest on euro borrowings hedged around 85% of profit generated in euro and related currencies.

Foreign exchange transaction exposure is managed by the forward purchase of foreign currencies or the use of currency options. Most significant exposures of the Group are in currencies that are freely convertible.

Interest rate exposure is managed within parameters that stipulate that fixed rate borrowings should normally account for no less than 25%, and no more than 75%, of net borrowings for each major currency. This is achieved through the use of fixed rate debt, interest rate swaps and options (such as caps) and forward rate agreements. At December 31, 2003 56% of borrowings were at fixed rates and 44% were at variable rates. Based

75


Back to Contents

on the period end net debt position, and given the underlying maturity profile of investments, borrowings and hedging instruments at that date, a one percentage point rise in US dollar interest rates or a similar rise in euro rates would increase the net interest charge by approximately £4 million in each case. A similar movement in sterling rates would have the opposite effect, reducing the net interest charge by approximately £13 million.

At September 30, 2002, 34% of borrowings were at fixed rates and 66% were at variable rates. Based on the September 30, 2002 net debt position and given the underlying maturity profile of investments, borrowings and hedging instruments at that date, a one percentage point rise in US dollar interest rates or a similar rise in euro interest rates, would increase the net interest charge by approximately £8 million and £5 million, respectively. A similar movement in sterling rates would have the opposite effect, reducing the net interest charge by approximately £14 million.

Quantitative Information about Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity

The tables below provide information about the Group’s derivative and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including interest rate swaps and debt obligations. For long-term debt obligations (excluding debt due entirely within one year), the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements, the table presents notional amounts and weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. Weighted average variable rates are based on rates set at the balance sheet date. The actual currencies of the instruments are indicated in parentheses.

At December 31, 2003

  Expected to mature before December 31

             
    2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   Thereafter   Total   Fair value (1)  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million, except percentages)  
Long-Term Debt:
                                 
Fixed Rate (US dollar)
            5.6   5.6   8.2  
Average dollar interest rate
            12.8 % 12.8 %  
Fixed Rate (£)
        18.1     2.8   20.9   20.6  
Average interest rate
        5.8 %     5.0 %  
Fixed Rate (Euro)
  0.9   0.8   1.0   31.9   9.7   420.2   464.5   466.4  
Average interest rate
  7.0 % 6.8 % 6.9 % 6.4 % 7.0 % 4.8 % 4.9 %  
Variable Rate (various currencies)
  1.9   41.0   451.2   1.4   1.4   2.6   499.5   499.5  
Average interest rate
  3.7 % 2.6 % 2.2 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 2.2 %  
                                   
    (local currency million, except percentages)  
Interest Rate Swaps and Forward rate agreements:
                                 
Principal (US dollar)
  250   600   300         1,150   (44 )
Fixed rate payable
  5.7 % 4.4 % 4.4 %       4.7 %  
Variable rate receivable
  1.2 % 1.2 % 1.2 %       1.2 %  
                                   
Principal (Euro)
  100   65           165   (4 )
Fixed rate payable
  4.0 % 4.2 %         4.1 %  
Variable rate receivable
  2.2 % 2.2 %         2.2 %  
                                   
Principal (Euro)
            300   300    
Variable rate payable
            3.0 % 3.0 %  
Fixed rate receivable
            4.8 % 4.8 %  
                                   
Principal (Australian dollar)
  50             50    
Fixed rate payable
  4.7 %           4.7 %  
Variable rate receivable
  5.5 %           5.5 %  
                                   
Principal (Hong Kong dollar)
  370             370   (17 )
Fixed rate payable
  5.2 %           5.2 %  
Variable rate receivable
  0.4 %           0.4 %  

 
(1)
Represents the net present value of the expected cash flows discounted at current market rates of interest.

76


Back to Contents

Interest rate option agreements

At December 31, 2003, the Group had not entered into any interest rate option agreements.

Exchange Risk Sensitivity

The following information provides details of the Group’s derivative and other financial instruments by currency presented in sterling equivalents. The tables above provide details of non-sterling denominated long-term debt obligations which are subject to foreign currency exchange rates movements while the table below presents amounts and weighted average rates of foreign currency forward exchange contracts held at December 31, 2003. All forward exchange agreements mature within one year.

    Receive for £

 
At December 31, 2003
    Contract
amount
    Average contractual exchange rate  
   

 

 
      (£ million)        
US dollar
    7.2     1.61  
Euro
    42.0     1.41  
   
       
Total
    49.2        
   
       
Fair value
    48.5        
   
       

As part of the strategy to provide a currency hedge against currency net assets, the Group enters into currency swap agreements. A swap agreement has the effect of depositing cash surplus to immediate requirements and borrowing currencies which are required.

The Group had the following currency swap agreements at December 31, 2003:

      Deposited     Borrowed  
      2003     2003  
   

 

 
    (million)  
Sterling to US dollar
    £639     $1,097  
Sterling to euro
    £250     €364  
Sterling to Australian dollar
    £42     A$100  
Sterling to New Zealand dollar
    £19     NZ$51  
 
ITEM 12.     DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

77


Back to Contents

PART II

ITEM 13.  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.

ITEM 14.  MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None.

ITEM 15.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As at the end of the period covered by this report, the Disclosure Committee carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c)). These are defined as those controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Security Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified periods. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Form 20-F that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16.  [RESERVED]
 
ITEM 16A.  AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The Company does not currently have an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as defined under the regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission. The board is nevertheless satisfied that the members of the Audit Committee, who also have access to independent experts and advisers, possess the appropriate skills and experience to carry out their duties as members of the Audit Committee. The board is seeking to add a member to the Audit Committee who meets the required definition, as soon as practicable.

ITEM 16B.  CODE OF ETHICS

The board has agreed the adoption of a specific Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, consistent with the Company’s existing guidelines for proper business conduct. This Code of Ethics has been signed by the Chief Executive and the Finance Director of the Company and by the Group Financial Controller and regional financial heads. The Company has published its Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers on its website.

ITEM 16C.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Fees for professional services provided by Ernst & Young LLP, the Group’s independent auditors in each of the last two fiscal periods in each of the following categories are:

      15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002  
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Audit fees
    2.8     1.9  
Audit related fees
    7.2     3.2  
Tax fees
    1.2     1.2  
All other fees
        0.4  
 
 

 

 
Total
    11.2     6.7  
   
 

 
 

 
               

Audit related fees include £6.3 million (2002 £1.7 million) in relation to the Separation and defense against a bid for Six Continents PLC in 2003. These costs have been charged to exceptional items (see Note 5 of Notes to the Financial Statements). Other audit related fees principally comprise accounting consultations, completion accounts and non-statutory reporting. Tax fees principally relate to tax compliance and tax advice services. Other fees in fiscal 2002 principally relate to Hotels internal audit services provided under an existing contract which has now been terminated.

 

78


Back to Contents

The Audit Committee has introduced a process to ensure that any non-audit services do not compromise the independence and objectivity of the external auditor and that relevant UK and US professional and regulatory requirements are met. A number of criteria are applied when deciding whether pre-approval for such services should be given. These include the nature of the service, the level of fees, and the practicality of appointing an alternative provider, having regard to the skills and experience required to supply the service effectively. Cumulative fees for audit and non-audit services are presented to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis for review with all services provided under these pre-approval procedures. The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring adherence to the pre-approval policy.

ITEM 16D.  EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E.  PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 17.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following consolidated financial statements and related schedule, together with the report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP, are filed as part of this Annual Report:

      Page  
   

 
Report and Consent of Independent Auditors
    F-1  
Financial Statements
       
Consolidated Profit and Loss Account for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001
    F-2  
Consolidated Statement of Total Recognized Gains and Losses for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001
    F-3  
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2002
    F-4  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Funds for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001
    F-5  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001
    F-7  
Notes to the Financial Statements
    F-8  
Schedule for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001
       
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
    S-1  
 
ITEM 19.  EXHIBITS

The following exhibits, other than Exhibits 13.1 and 13.2, are filed as part of this Annual Report:

Exhibit 1
Memorandum and Articles of Association of IHG (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to InterContinental Hotels Group’s Registration Statement on S-8 (File No. 1-10409) filed with the SEC on April 23, 2003)
   
Exhibit 2(b)(i)
Instruments defining the Rights of Holders of Long-Term Debt: The total amount of long-term debt securities of the Group authorized under any individual instrument, other than the “Amended and Restated Trust Deed” dated September 21, 2000 relating to the Company’s €2,000 million Debt Issuance Program originally constituted on October 9, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to Six Continents PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-10409), dated December 20, 2001), and the “Trust Deed” dated September 24, 2003 relating to the Company’s €1,000 million Debt Issuance Program and filed as Exhibit 2(b)(i) hereto does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Group on a consolidated basis. The Company agrees to furnish copies of any or all such instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request

 

79


Back to Contents

Exhibit 4(a)(i)
Agreement dated June 14, 2000 between the Company and others and Interbrew SA and others relating to the disposal of Bass Brewers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Six Continents PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-10409), dated December 21, 2000)
   
Exhibit 4(a)(ii)
$2,650,000 Facility Agreement dated February 13, 2003 among IHG, Barclays Capital, HSBC Bank plc, J.P. Morgan PLC, Salomon Brothers International Limited and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
   
Exhibit 4(a)(iii)
Joint Venture Agreement, dated February 10, 1986, among Britannia Soft Drinks Limited, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, Whitbread PLC, Allied Domecq PLC, Six Continents Investments Limited, Whitbread Group PLC and Allied Domecq Overseas (Canada) Limited
   
Exhibit 4(a)(iv)
Mitchells & Butlers Group Transfer Share Purchase Agreement, dated April 15, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(ii) of Mitchells & Butlers plc’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F (file No. 001-31653), dated March 28, 2003)
   
Exhibit 4(a)(v)
Separation Agreement dated April 15, 2003 between IHG and the Six Continents Group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(i) of Mitchells & Butlers plc’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F (file No. 001-31653), dated March 28, 2003)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(i)
Richard Hartman’s service contract dated February 12, 2003
   
Exhibit 4(c)(ii)
Richard North’s service contract dated February 12, 2003
   
Exhibit 4(c)(iii)
Stevan Porter’s service contract dated February 12, 2003
   
Exhibit 4(c)(iv)
Richard Solomons’ service contract dated February 12, 2003
   
Exhibit 4(c)(v)
Sir Ian Prosser’s service contract dated February 12, 2003
   
Exhibit 4(c)(vi)
Sir Ian Prosser’s service contract dated October 1, 1988 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of Six Continents PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-10409), dated December 20, 2001)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(vii)
Agreement, dated February 12, 2003, between Thomas R Oliver and Six Continents Hotels Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (c)(iv) of Six Continents PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-10409) dated February 17, 2003)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(viii)
Consultancy Agreement, dated February 12, 2003, between Thomas R Oliver and Six Continents Hotels Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (c)(v) of Six Continents PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No.1-10409) dated February 17, 2003)
   
Exhibit 7
Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges
   
Exhibit 8
List of Subsidiaries
   
Exhibit 12.1
Certification of Richard North filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(c)
   
Exhibit 12.2
Certification of Richard Solomons filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(c)
   
Exhibit 13.1
Certification of Richard North furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C.§1350 (a) and (b)
   
Exhibit 13.2
Certification of Richard Solomons furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C.§1350 (a) and (b)
   
Exhibit 14(a)
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (included on page F-1)

80


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors
 
INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC as at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2002, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts and consolidated statements of total recognized gains and losses, changes in shareholders’ funds and cash flows for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with United Kingdom auditing standards and United States generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom which differ in certain respects from those generally accepted in the United States (see Note 33 of Notes to the Financial Statements). Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

London, England
March 10, 2004

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form F-3 No. 333-108084) and (Form S-8 Nos. 333-01572, 333-08336, 333-89508, 333-99785 and 333-104691) of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC of the reference to our name in “Item 3. Key Information” and our report dated March 10, 2004, on the consolidated financial statements and schedule both included in the Annual Report (Form 20-F) of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

London, England
April 8, 2004

F-1


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

    15 months ended December 31
  Year ended September 30
 
   
 


 
    2003
  2002
  2001
 
   




 




 




 
    Before exceptional items   Exceptional items   Total   Before exceptional items   Exceptional items   Total   Before exceptional items   Exceptional items   Total  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million, except per ordinary share amounts)  
Turnover – (Note 2)
  3,483     3,483   3,615     3,615   4,033     4,033  
Analyzed as:
                                     
Continuing operations
  2,690     2,690   2,134     2,134   2,473     2,473  
Discontinued operations
  793     793   1,481     1,481   1,560     1,560  
Costs and overheads, less other income – (Note 3)
  (3,000 ) (51 ) (3,051 ) (2,997 ) (77 ) (3,074 ) (3,241 ) (43 ) (3,284 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit – (Note 2)
  483   (51 ) 432   618   (77 ) 541   792   (43 ) 749  
Analyzed as:
                                     
Continuing operations
  346   (51 ) 295   329   (77 ) 252   486   (43 ) 443  
Discontinued operations
  137     137   289     289   306     306  
Non-operating exceptional items (Note 5)
    (213 ) (213 )   53   53        
Analyzed as:
                                     
Continuing operations:
                                     
Cost of fundamental reorganization
    (67 ) (67 )            
Separation costs
    (51 ) (51 )   (4 ) (4 )      
Profit/(loss) on disposal of fixed assets
    4   4     2   2     (2 ) (2 )
Provision against fixed asset investments
    (56 ) (56 )            
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      (170 ) (170 )   (2 ) (2 )   (2 ) (2 )
Discontinued operations:
                                     
Separation costs
    (41 ) (41 )            
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
    (2 ) (2 )   (2 ) (2 )      
Profit on disposal of operations
          57   57     2   2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      (43 ) (43 )   55   55     2   2  
Profit on ordinary activities before interest – (Note 2)
  483   (264 ) 219   618   (24 ) 594   792   (43 ) 749  
Interest receivable
  104     104   116     116   165     165  
Interest payable and similar charges – (Note 6)
  (151 )   (151 ) (176 )   (176 ) (224 )   (224 )
Premium on early settlement of debt – (Note 5)
    (136 ) (136 )            
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation
  436   (400 ) 36   558   (24 ) 534   733   (43 ) 690  
Tax on profit on ordinary activities – (Note 7)
  (47 ) 64   17   (157 ) 105   (52 ) (222 ) (1 ) (223 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation
  389   (336 ) 53   401   81   482   511   (44 ) 467  
Minority equity interests
  (34 )   (34 ) (25 )   (25 ) (24 )   (24 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings available for shareholders (i)
  355   (336 ) 19   376   81   457   487   (44 ) 443  
Dividends on equity shares – (Note 8)
  (156 )   (156 ) (305 )   (305 ) (293 )   (293 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retained for reinvestment in the business
  199   (336 ) (137 ) 71   81   152   194   (44 ) 150  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per ordinary share – (Note 9)
                                     
Basic
  48.4p   (45.8)p   2.6p   51.4p   11.1p   62.5p   66.6p   6.0p   60.6p  
Diluted
          2.6p           62.3p           60.2p  
                                       

 
(i)
A summary of the significant adjustments to earnings available for shareholders (net income) that would be required had United States generally accepted accounting principles been applied instead of those generally accepted in the United Kingdom is set out in Note 33 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

The Notes to the Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

 

F-2


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNIZED GAINS AND LOSSES

      15 months
ended
December 31,
  Year ended September 30  
   
 
 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Earnings available for shareholders
    19     457     443  
   

 

 

 
Reversal of previous revaluation gains due to impairment
    (22 )   (36 )    
Exchange differences (i)
Goodwill eliminated — (Note 25)
    (139 )   (98 )   9  
Other assets and liabilities
    79     62     (2 )
   

 

 

 
Other recognized gains and losses
    (82 )   (72 )   7  
   

 

 

 
Total recognized gains and losses for the period
    (63 )   385     450  
Prior year adjustment on adoption of FRS 19
        (264 )    
   

 

 

 
Total recognized gains and losses since previous year end
    (63 )   121     450  
   

 

 

 
                     

 
(i)
Foreign currency denominated net assets, including goodwill purchased prior to September 30, 1998 and eliminated against Group reserves, and related foreign currency borrowings and currency swaps, are translated at each balance sheet date giving rise to exchange differences which are taken to Group reserves as recognized gains and losses during the period.
(ii)
The statement of comprehensive income required under United States generally accepted accounting principles is set out in Note 33 of Notes to the Financial Statements.
 
Note of historical cost Group profits and losses
 
      15 months ended
December 31,
  Year ended September 30
 
   

 

 

 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Reported profit on ordinary activities before taxation
    36     534     690  
Realization of revaluation gains of previous periods
    16     3     324  
Adjustment for previously recognized revaluation losses
        (37 )    
   

 

 

 
Historical cost profit on ordinary activities before taxation
    52     500     1,014  
   

 

 

 
Historical cost (loss)/profit retained after taxation, minority equity interests and dividends
    (121 )   118     474  
   

 

 

 

The Notes to the Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

F-3


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

    December 31,   September 30,  
    2003   2002  
        restated (i)  
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Fixed assets
             
Intangible assets — (Note 15)
    158     173  
Tangible assets — (Note 16)
    3,951     7,641  
Investments — (Note 17)
    172     218  
   

 

 
      4,281     8,032  
Current assets
             
Stocks — (Note 18)
    44     91  
Debtors — (Note 19)
             
Amounts falling due within one year
    447     538  
Amounts falling due after one year
    76     91  
Investments
    377     218  
Cash at bank and in hand
    55     84  
   

 

 
      999     1,022  
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year — (Note 20)
    (1,085 )   (2,273 )
   

 

 
Net current liabilities
    (86 )   (1,251 )
   

 

 
Total assets less current liabilities
    4,195     6,781  
Creditors: amounts falling due after one year — (Note 21)
    (1,085 )   (731 )
Provisions for liabilities and charges — (Note 22)
             
Deferred taxation
    (314 )   (495 )
Other provisions
    (79 )   (71 )
Minority equity interests
    (163 )   (149 )
   

 

 
Net assets
    2,554     5,335  
   

 

 
Capital and reserves
             
Equity share capital
    739     243  
Share premium account
    14     802  
Revaluation reserve
    258     1,020  
Capital redemption reserve
        853  
Merger reserve
    1,164      
Other reserve
    (11 )   (31 )
Profit and loss account
    390     2,448  
   

 

 
Equity shareholders’ funds (ii)
    2,554     5,335  
   

 

 
               

 
(i)
Restated on the adoption of UITF 38 and for the reclassification of pension provisions (see Note 1).
(ii)
A summary of the significant adjustments to shareholders’ funds that would be required had United States generally accepted accounting principles been applied instead of those generally accepted in the United Kingdom is set out in Note 33 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

The Notes to the Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

F-4


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS

    Share capital   Retained earnings and other reserves  
   
 
 
    Number of
ordinary
shares
(i)
  Ordinary
shares
(i)
  Share
premium
account
(ii)
  Revaluation
reserve
(ii)
  Capital
redemption
reserve
(ii)
  Merger reserve   Other
reserve
(iii)
  Profit
and loss
account
  Total
shareholders’
funds
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (millions)   (£ million)  
At September 30, 2000
  879   246   788   1,345   849       1,903   5,131  
Prior year adjustment on adoption of UITF 38
              (32 )   (32 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2000 as restated
  879   246   788   1,345   849     (32 ) 1,903   5,099  
Goodwill
                (9 ) (9 )
Exchange adjustments on: assets
        4         (5 ) (1 )
   borrowings
                8   8  
Allotment of ordinary shares:
                                     
Option schemes (iv)
  2     11           (2 ) 9  
Repurchase of ordinary shares
  (15 ) (4 )     4       (103 ) (103 )
Realized revaluation surplus transferred to profit and loss account
        (324 )   —      324    
Retained income
                150   150  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2001 (iv)
  866   242   799   1,025   853     (32 ) 2,266   5,153  
Goodwill – (Note 25)
                98   98  
Exchange adjustments on: assets
        (3 )       (161 ) (164 )
   borrowings and currency swaps
                128   128  
Allotment of ordinary shares:
                                     
Option schemes (v)
  1   1   3           (1 ) 3  
Revaluation surplus realized on disposals
        (3 )       3    
Transfer of previously recognized revaluation losses
        37         (37 )  
Reversal of previous revaluation gains due to impairment
        (36 )         (36 )
Allocation of shares in ESOP trusts
              1     1  
Retained income
                152   152  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2002 (iv)
  867   243   802   1,020   853     (31 ) 2,448   5,335  
Separation of MAB:
                                     
Net assets of MAB eliminated
        (743 )       (2,034 ) (2,777 )
Transfer to merger reserve
  (133 ) 491   (802 )   (853 ) 1,164        
MAB goodwill eliminated
                50   50  
Minority interest on transfer of pension prepayment
                (7 ) (7 )
Reduction of shares in ESOP trusts
              13   (5 ) 8  
Allotment of ordinary shares:
                                     
Option schemes (v)
  5   5   14           (1 ) 18  
Allocation of shares in ESOP trusts
              7     7  
Goodwill – (Note 25)
                139   139  
Revaluation surplus realized on disposals
        (16 )       16    
Reversal of previous revaluation gains due to impairment
        (22 )         (22 )
Exchange adjustments on: assets
        19         (142 ) (123 )
borrowings and currency swaps
                63   63  
Retained loss
                (137 ) (137 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2003 (iv)
  739   739   14   258     1,164   (11 ) 390   2,554  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(i)
At September 30, 2001 and 2002 the authorized share capital of Six Continents PLC was £1,149 million, comprising 1,073 million ordinary shares of 28p each and 889 million cumulative preference shares of 95.5p each. All of the non-cumulative preference shares were redeemed by September 30, 2000.
 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (“IHG”) was incorporated in Great Britain and registered in England and Wales with registered number 4551528 on October 2, 2002 as a public limited company under the Companies Act 1985 with the name Hackplimco (No. 112) plc, and changed its name to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC on January 17, 2003.
 
On incorporation, the Company had an authorized share capital of £50,000, divided into 50,000 ordinary shares of £1 each, of which two ordinary shares were allotted, called up and fully paid. On February 6, 2003, the authorized share capital was increased to £10,000,050,000 by the creation of 9,999,950,000 additional ordinary shares of £1 each and one redeemable preference share of £50,000. The redeemable preference share so created was allotted and treated as paid up in full on this date.

The Notes to the Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

F-5


Back to Contents

 
On April 15, 2003, the Separation of Six Continents PLC was completed and the entire issued share capital of Six Continents PLC was transferred to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC at fair market value, in exchange for the issue of 734 million fully paid ordinary shares of £1 each, which were admitted to the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange on that date. In accordance with the merger relief provisions of Sections 131 and 133 of the Companies Act 1985, the 734 million shares are recorded only at nominal value.
 
The redeemable preference share which was redeemed at par value on June 5, 2003, did not carry any right to receive dividends nor to participate in the profits of IHG.
 
The aggregate consideration in respect of ordinary shares issued in respect of option schemes during the period was £18 million (2002 £3 million, 2001 £9 million).
 
At the Annual General Meeting held on April 9, 2003 authority was given to the Company to purchase up to 14.99% of its own shares until the next Annual General Meeting, which will be held on June 1, 2004.
(ii)
The share premium account, capital redemption reserve, revaluation reserve and merger reserve are not distributable.
(iii)
Created on adoption of UITF 38 see Note 1. The other reserve comprises £10.5 million in respect of 2.2 million InterContinental Hotels Group PLC ordinary shares held by employee share trusts, with a market value at December 31, 2003 of £12 million.
(iv)
Includes transfer of £1 million (2002 £1 million, 2001 £2 million) from the profit and loss account in respect of shares issued to the qualifying employee share ownership trust.
(v)
Retained earnings and other reserves at December 31, 2003 were decreased by cumulative exchange adjustments of £63 million (2002 £142 million, 2001 £200 million).

The Notes to the Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

F-6


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

   
15 months
ended
December 31

  Year ended September 30

 
   
2003
2002
2001
 
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Operating activities – (Note 10)
    795     720     984  
   

 

 

 
Interest paid
    (141 )   (186 )   (229 )
Costs associated with new facilities
    (20 )        
Premium on early settlement of debt
    (136 )        
Dividends paid to minority shareholders
    (22 )   (13 )   (5 )
Interest received
    111     124     160  
   

 

 

 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
    (208 )   (75 )   (74 )
   

 

 

 
UK corporation tax received/(paid)
    25     (96 )   (102 )
Overseas corporate tax paid
    (21 )   (27 )   (47 )
   

 

 

 
Taxation
    4     (123 )   (149 )
   

 

 

 
Paid:
                   
Intangible fixed assets
    (10 )        
Tangible fixed assets
    (475 )   (648 )   (939 )
Fixed asset investments
    (37 )   (14 )   (37 )
Received:
                   
Tangible fixed assets
    265     134     101  
Fixed asset investments
    9     15     7  
   

 

 

 
Capital expenditure and financial investment – (Note 12)
    (248 )   (513 )   (868 )
   

 

 

 
Acquisitions
        (24 )   (1,014 )
Cash and overdrafts acquired
            262  
Disposals
        9     624  
Cash and overdrafts disposed
            (1 )
Separation costs
    (66 )        
   

 

 

 
Acquisitions and disposals
    (66 )   (15 )   (129 )
   

 

 

 
Equity dividends
    (299 )   (299 )   (290 )
   

 

 

 
Net cash flow
    (22 )   (305 )   (526 )
Management of liquid resources – (Note 14)
    (129 )   232     497  
Financing – (Note 14)
    206     63     (4 )
   

 

 

 
Movement in cash and overdrafts
    55     (10 )   (33 )
   

 

 

 
                     

 
(i)
The significant differences between the cash flow statement presented above and that required under United States generally accepted accounting principles are described in Note 33 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

The Notes to the Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

F-7


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Accounting Policies

Basis of accounting

The financial statements of InterContinental Hotels Group are prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of certain tangible fixed assets. They have been drawn up to comply with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards, including Urgent Issues Task Force (“UITF”) Abstract 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP Trusts’ which has been applied for the first time in the 15 months ended December 31, 2003. An explanation of the effect of UITF 38 and a summary of the significant accounting policies are set out below.

Pensions provisions previously included in debtors and creditors: amounts falling due after one year have been reclassified within other provisions for liabilities and charges. Prior year amounts have been reclassified. There has been no overall impact on the Group’s net assets or profit and loss account.

UITF 38

UITF 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP Trusts’ was adopted for the first time in the 15 months ended December 31, 2003. UITF 38 requires that ESOP shares should be deducted from shareholders’ funds rather than being shown as an asset. This change in accounting policy has been accounted for as a prior year adjustment and previously reported figures have been restated accordingly. The effect has been to decrease the Group’s net assets by £31 million in 2002 (2001 £32 million) with no impact on the profit and loss account. UITF 38 has no impact on cash flows.

Separation transaction

On April 15, 2003, following shareholder and regulatory approval, Six Continents PLC separated into two new listed groups, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC comprising the Hotels and Soft Drinks businesses and Mitchells & Butlers plc comprising the Retail and Standard Commercial Property Developments (“SCPD”) businesses. The mechanics of the Separation are detailed below.

The legal structure of the transaction was such that Mitchells & Butlers plc acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Six Continents PLC following implementation of a Court approved Scheme of Arrangement under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985. Shareholders of Six Continents PLC were allotted one Mitchells & Butlers plc share and an entitlement to a cash payment of 81p per share for each Six Continents PLC share held. This resulted in the issue of 866,665,032 Mitchells & Butlers plc ordinary shares of £4.20 each plus an undertaking to pay £702 million in cash.

On April 12, 2003, Six Continents PLC transferred the Retail and SCPD businesses to Mitchells & Butlers plc for £1,744 million and also paid a dividend to Mitchells & Butlers plc of the same amount.

On April 13, 2003, the ordinary share capital of Mitchells & Butlers plc was sub-divided and consolidated on a 50 to 59 basis which resulted in a reduction of the number of ordinary shares in issue to 734,461,900 with each share having a nominal value of £4.956.

On April 15, 2003, Mitchells & Butlers plc investment in Six Continents PLC was revalued to its market value. On the same day, the Court approved a reduction in the capital of Mitchells & Butlers plc. An amount equivalent to the market value of Six Continents PLC was returned to shareholders by the transfer of Six Continents PLC to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and the issue by InterContinental Hotels Group PLC of ordinary shares to the shareholders of Mitchells & Butlers plc.

The Company issued 734,461,900 ordinary £1 shares, which were recorded at nominal value. In accordance with Sections 131 and 133 of the Companies Act 1985, no premium was recognized on the shares issued. On consolidation, the difference between the nominal value of the Company’s shares issued and the amount of the share capital, share premium and capital redemption reserve of £1,164 million of Six Continents PLC at the date of Separation has been credited to the merger reserve.

Merger Accounting

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the principles of merger accounting as applicable to group reorganizations as set out in Financial Reporting Standard (“FRS”) 6

F-8


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Accounting Policies (continued)

‘Acquisitions and Mergers’. The financial statements have been prepared under merger accounting principles in order to present a true and fair view of the Group’s results and financial position, which has required the Group to utilize the overriding requirement of Section 227(6) of the Companies Act 1985.

The true and fair override requirement has been utilized as the Separation has been accounted for using merger accounting principles as applicable to group reorganizations, although it does not satisfy all the conditions required under Schedule 4A to the Companies Act 1985 and FRS 6. Mitchells & Butlers plc acquired Six Continents PLC for consideration that included a non-share element equivalent to more than 10% of the nominal value of the share element of the consideration. Schedule 4A and FRS 6 require such transfers to be accounted for using acquisition accounting principles which would have resulted in the restatement at fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, the recognition of goodwill and the consolidation of post acquisition results only. In the opinion of the directors, as the rights of shareholders were not affected by these internal company transfers, the financial statements would fail to give a true and fair view of the Group’s results and financial position if acquisition accounting had been used. The effects of this departure cannot reasonably be quantified.

Basis of consolidation

The financial statements comprise the financial statements of the parent company and its subsidiary undertakings (together, the “Group”). The results of those businesses acquired or disposed of are consolidated for the period during which they were under the Group’s dominant influence.

During 2003, the Company changed its fiscal year end to December 31 and thus its financial statements for its last fiscal period are presented for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 as permitted by the Companies Act 1985. In accordance with the transition period reporting requirements of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, an unaudited analysis of the financial statements and notes thereto for this 15 month period showing the three month period ended December 31, 2002 and the 12 month period ended December 31, 2003 is presented in Note 32 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

Foreign currencies

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rates ruling on the dates of the transactions, adjusted for the effects of any hedging arrangements. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the relevant rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.

The results of overseas operations are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange for the period. Exchange differences arising from the retranslation of opening net assets (including any goodwill previously eliminated against shareholders’ funds) denominated in foreign currencies and foreign currency borrowings and currency swap agreements used to hedge those assets are taken directly to shareholders’ funds. All other exchange differences are taken to the profit and loss account.

Treasury instruments

Net interest arising on interest rate agreements is taken to the profit and loss account.

Premiums payable on interest rate agreements are charged to the profit and loss account over the term of the relevant agreements.

Currency swap agreements are retranslated at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date with the net amount being included in either current asset investments or borrowings. Interest payable or receivable arising from currency swap agreements is taken to the profit and loss account on a gross basis over the term of the relevant agreements.

Gains or losses arising on forward exchange contracts are taken to the profit and loss account in line with the transactions they are hedging.

F-9


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Accounting Policies (continued)

Fixed assets and depreciation
   
(i)     Goodwill
       
     
Any excess of purchase consideration for an acquired business over the fair value attributed to its separately identifiable assets and liabilities represents goodwill. Goodwill is capitalized as an intangible asset. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to September 30, 1998 was eliminated against shareholders’ funds. To the extent that goodwill denominated in foreign currencies continues to have value, it is translated into sterling at each balance sheet date and any movements are accounted for as set out under ‘foreign currencies’ above. On disposal of a business, any goodwill relating to the business and previously eliminated against shareholders’ funds, is taken into account in determining the gain or loss on disposal.
   
(ii)     Other intangible assets
       
     
On acquisition of a business, no value is attributed to other intangible assets which cannot be separately identified and reliably measured. No value is attributed to internally generated intangible assets.
   
(iii)     Tangible assets
       
     
Freehold and leasehold land and buildings are stated at cost, or valuation, less depreciation. All other fixed assets are stated at cost less depreciation. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
       
     
When implementing FRS 15 ‘Tangible Fixed Assets’ in the year ended September 30, 2000, the Group did not adopt a policy of revaluing properties. The transitional rules of FRS 15 were applied so that the carrying values of properties include an element resulting from previous valuations.
   
(iv)     Revaluation
       
     
Surpluses or deficits arising from previous professional valuations of properties, realized on the disposal of an asset, are transferred from the revaluation reserve to the profit and loss account reserve.
   
(v)     Impairment
       
     
Any impairment arising on an income-generating unit, other than an impairment which represents a consumption of economic benefits, is eliminated against any specific revaluation reserve relating to the impaired assets in that income-generating unit with any excess being charged to the profit and loss account.
   
(vi)     Depreciation and amortization
       
     
Goodwill and other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, generally 20 years.
       
     
Freehold land is not depreciated. All other tangible fixed assets are depreciated to a residual value over their estimated useful lives, namely:
       
  Freehold buildings 50 years
  Leasehold buildings Lesser of unexpired term of
lease and 50 years
  Fixtures, fittings and equipment 3-25 years
  Plant and machinery 4-20 years
       
     
All depreciation and amortization is charged on a straight-line basis.

F-10


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Accounting Policies (continued)

Fixed assets and depreciation (continued)
   
(vii)     Investments
       
     
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less any provision for diminution in value.
 
Deferred taxation

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized, subject to certain exceptions, in respect of all material timing differences between the recognition of gains and losses in the financial statements and for tax purposes. Those timing differences recognized include accelerated capital allowances, unrelieved tax losses and short-term timing differences. Timing differences not recognized include those relating to the revaluation of fixed assets in the absence of a commitment to sell the assets, the gain on sale of assets rolled into replacement assets and the distribution of profits from overseas subsidiaries in the absence of any commitment by the subsidiary to make the distribution.

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated on a non-discounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which timing differences reverse, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Leases

Operating lease rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Pensions

The Group continues to account for pensions in accordance with Statement of Standard Accounting Practice (“SSAP”) 24 ‘Accounting for pension costs’. The regular cost of providing pensions to current employees is charged to the profit and loss account over the average expected service life of those employees. Variations in regular pension cost are amortized over the average expected service life of current employees on a straight line basis.

Accumulated differences between the amount charged to the profit and loss account and the payments made to the pension plans are treated as either prepayments or other provisions for liabilities and charges in the balance sheet.

The additional disclosures required by the transitional arrangements of FRS 17 ‘Retirement Benefits’ are given in Note 4.

Self insurance

The Group is self-insured for various levels of general liability, workers’ compensation and employee medical and dental insurance coverage. Insurance liabilities include projected settlements for known and incurred, but not reported claims. Projected settlements are estimated based on historical trends and actuarial data.

Stocks

Stocks are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

Trade debtors

Trade debtors are recognized and carried at original amount earned less an allowance for any doubtful accounts. An allowance for doubtful accounts is made when collection of the full amount is no longer probable.

F-11


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Accounting Policies (continued)

Revenue recognition

Revenue is derived from the following sources: owned and leased properties; management fees; franchise fees; sale of soft drinks and other revenues which are ancillary to the Group’s operations. Generally, revenue represents sales (excluding VAT and similar taxes) of goods and services, net of discounts, provided in the normal course of business and is recognized when services have been rendered. The following is a description of the composition of revenues of the Group.

Owned and leased – primarily derived from hotel operations, including the rental of rooms and food and beverage sales from a worldwide network of owned and leased hotels operated primarily under the Group’s brand names. Revenue is recognized when rooms are occupied and food and beverage is sold.

Management fees – earned from hotels managed by the Group, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner. Management fees include a base fee, which is generally a percentage of hotel revenue, and an incentive fee, which is generally based on the hotels’ profitability. Revenue is recognized when earned.

Franchise fees – received in connection with the franchise of the Group’s brand names, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner. The Group charges franchise royalty fees as a percentage of room revenue. Revenue is recognized when earned.

Soft Drinks – sales (excluding VAT and similar taxes) of goods and services, net of discounts, provided in the normal course of business.

Loyalty program

The hotel loyalty program, Priority Club Rewards, enables members to earn points during each stay at an InterContinental Hotels Group hotel and redeem the points at a later date for free accommodation or other benefits. The future redemption liability is included in creditors less than, and greater than, one year and is estimated using actuarial methods to give eventual redemption rates and points values. The cost to operate the program is funded through hotel assessments.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 2 — Segmental Analysis

The results of overseas operations have been translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange for the period. In the case of the US dollar, the translation rate is £1 = $1.62 (2002 £1 = $1.48, 2001 £1 = $1.44). In the case of the euro, the translation rate is £1 = €1.47 (2002 £1 = €1.60, 2001 £1 = €1.62).

Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities have been translated into sterling at the rates of exchange on the last day of the period. In the case of the US dollar, the translation rate is £1 = $1.78 (2002 £1 = $1.56, 2001 £1 = $1.47). In the case of the euro, the translation rate is £1 = €1.41 (2002 £1 = €1.59, 2001 £1 = €1.61).

F-12


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Segmental Analysis (continued)

During fiscal 2003, IHG undertook a fundamental review of the Hotels organization. Following this review, management in the regions now concentrate on the key revenue and profit drivers of the regional businesses, while key global functions have been centralized to maximize the benefits of scale and drive process efficiencies. As a result of these changes, the segmental analysis presented below for the year ended September 30, 2002 has been restated to reflect the new organizational structures. It has not been practicable to restate 2001 on this basis and hence 2002 and 2001 are shown to reflect the previous Group structure.

      Americas     EMEA     Asia
Pacific
    Central     Total
Hotels
    Soft
Drinks
    Total     Discontinued
(ii)
    Total
Group
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
15 months ended December 31, 2003 (i)
  (£ million)  
                                                         
Turnover
    661     1,010     148     51     1,870     820     2,690     793     3,483  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit before exceptional items
    195     114     22     (80 )   251     95     346     137     483  
Operating exceptional items
    (9 )   (41 )   (1 )       (51 )       (51 )       (51 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit after operating exceptional items
    186     73     21     (80 )   200     95     295     137     432  
Non-operating exceptional items:
                                                       
Cost of fundamental reorganization
    (11 )   (17 )   (2 )   (37 )   (67 )       (67 )       (67 )
Separation costs
                (51 )   (51 )       (51 )   (41 )   (92 )
Profit/(loss) on disposal of fixed assets
    10     (6 )           4         4     (2 )   2  
Provision against fixed asset
     investments
    (9 )           (47 )   (56 )       (56 )       (56 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
    176     50     19     (215 )   30     95     125     94     219  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended September 30, 2002 (i)
                                                       
                                                         
Turnover
    570     794     128     40     1,532     602     2,134     1,481     3,615  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit before exceptional items
    173     125     23     (55 )   266     63     329     289     618  
Operating exceptional items
    (39 )   (24 )   (14 )       (77 )       (77 )       (77 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit after operating exceptional items
    134     101     9     (55 )   189     63     252     289     541  
Non-operating exceptional items:
                                                       
Separation costs
                (4 )   (4 )       (4 )       (4 )
(Loss)/profit on disposal of fixed assets
    (7 )   9             2         2     (2 )    
Profit on disposal of operations
                                57     57  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
    127     110     9     (59 )   187     63     250     344     594  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Footnotes on page F-16.

F-13


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Segmental Analysis (continued)

The following tables show operating profit by segment for the year ended September 30, 2002 and the year ended September 30, 2001. As it has not been practicable to restate segmental information for the year ended September 30, 2001 to conform with the new presentation resulting from the new structure following the fundamental reorganization of the Hotels business, the 2002 financial information is presented on the same basis.

    Americas   EMEA   Asia
Pacific
  Other   Total
Hotels
  Soft
Drinks
  Other   Total   Discontinued (ii)   Total Group  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Year ended September 30, 2002 (i)
                                         
                                           
Turnover
  584   819   129     1,532   602     2,134   1,481   3,615  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before exceptional items
  178   125   24   (65 ) 262   63   4   329   289   618  
Operating exceptional items
  (39 ) (24 ) (14 )   (77 )     (77 )   (77 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit after operating exceptional items
  139   101   10   (65 ) 185   63   4   252   289   541  
Non-operating exceptional items:
                                         
Separation costs
              (4 ) (4 )   (4 )
(Loss)/profit on disposal of
     fixed assets
  (7 ) 9       2       2   (2 )  
Profit on disposal of operations
                  57   57  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
  132   110   10   (65 ) 187   63     250   344   594  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                           
Year ended September 30, 2001 (i)
                                         
                                           
Turnover
  1,045   750   101     1,896   571   6   2,473   1,560   4,033  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before exceptional items
  240   202   18   (33 ) 427   57   2   486   306   792  
Operating exceptional items
  (11 ) (18 )   (14 ) (43 )     (43 )   (43 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit after operating exceptional items
  229   184   18   (47 ) 384   57   2   443   306   749  
Non-operating exceptional items:
                     
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
            1   (3 ) (2 )   (2 )
Profit on disposal of operations
                  2   2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities
     before interest
  229   184   18   (47 ) 384   58   (1 ) 441   308   749  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Turnover

    15 months ended December 31,
2003 (i)

  Year ended September 30,
2002 (i)

  Year ended September 30,
2001 (i)

 
    By origin   By destination   By origin   By destination   By origin   By destination  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
United Kingdom
  2,131   2,124   2,491   2,485   2,446   2,440  
Rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa
  506   513   411   416   441   446  
United States of America
  571   571   476   476   908   908  
Rest of Americas
  127   127   108   108   137   137  
Asia Pacific
  148   148   129   130   101   102  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    3,483   3,483   3,615   3,615   4,033   4,033  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
Footnotes on the following page.

F-14


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Segmental Analysis (continued)

Profit on ordinary activities before interest
    15 months ended December 31,   Year ended September 30

 
    2003 (i)   2002 (i)   2001 (i)  
   
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
United Kingdom
  117   436   416  
Rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa
  (7 ) 57   113  
United States of America
  63   78   165  
Rest of Americas
  28   16   40  
Asia Pacific
  18   7   15  
   
 
 
 
    219   594   749  
   
 
 
 

 
(i)
Other than for Soft Drinks which reflects the 64 weeks ended December 20, 2003 (2002 52 weeks, 2001 52 weeks) and Mitchells & Butlers plc which reflects the 28 weeks ended April 12, 2003 (2002 52 weeks, 2001 52 weeks).
(ii)
Discontinued operations relate to Mitchell & Butlers plc for all periods presented and in 2002 and 2001 also included a profit on disposal of Bass Brewers of £57 million and £38 million, respetively, relating to the finalization of completion accounts.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
    15 months ended December 31, 2003   Year ended September 30, 2002  
   
 
 
    (£ million)  
Hotels
         
Americas
  54   46  
Asia Pacific
  16   11  
EMEA
  95   66  
Central
  30   16  
   
 
 
    195   139  
Soft Drinks
  54   46  
   
 
 
Continuing operations
  249   185  
Discontinued operations
  54   86  
   
 
 
    303   271  
   
 
 

Depreciation and amortization for the year ended September 30, 2001 for the Hotels division was £115 million, Soft Drinks was £38 million and discontinued operations was £85 million.

F-15


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Segmental Analysis (continued)

Assets
                         
    December 31,   September 30,  
    2003

  2002 restated (i)

 
      Total     Net
operating
    Total     Net
operating
 
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Hotels
                         
Americas
    1,146     859     1,458     1,134  
EMEA
    3,183     2,422     3,036     2,502  
Asia Pacific
    481     457     467     448  
   

 

 

 

 
      4,810     3,738     4,961     4,084  
Soft Drinks
    470     300     405     246  
   

 

 

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (ii)
    5,280     4,038     5,366     4,330  
Discontinued operations (ii)
            3,682     3,493  
   

 

 

 

 
      5,280     4,038     9,048     7,823  
   
       
       
Non-operating assets:
                         
Current asset investments
          377           218  
Cash at bank and in hand
          55           84  
Corporate taxation
          37           1  
Non-operating liabilities:
                         
Borrowings
          (1,001 )         (1,479 )
Proposed dividend of parent company
          (70 )         (213 )
Proposed dividend for minority shareholders
          (16 )          
Corporate taxation
          (389 )         (455 )
Deferred taxation
          (314 )         (495 )
Minority equity interests
          (163 )         (149 )
         
       
 
Net assets
          2,554           5,335  
         
       
 
United Kingdom
    2,329     1,586     5,963     5,202  
Rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa
    1,324     1,136     1,160     1,039  
United States of America
    1,020     751     1,328     1,013  
Rest of Americas
    126     108     130     121  
Asia Pacific
    481     457     467     448  
   

 

 

 

 
      5,280     4,038     9,048     7,823  
   
       
       
Net non-operating liabilities
          (1,484 )         (2,488 )
         
       
 
Net assets
          2,554           5,335  
         
       
 
 

Footnotes on following page.

F-16


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Segmental Analysis (continued)

    September 30,   September 30,  
    2002 restated (i)

 

  2001 restated (i)

 

 
      Total     Net
operating
    Total     Net
operating
 
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Hotels (iii)
    4,961     4,084     5,142     3,917  
Soft Drinks
    405     246     375     252  
   

 

 

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (ii)
    5,366     4,330     5,517     4,169  
Discontinued operations (ii)
    3,682     3,493     3,549     3,351  
   

 

 

 

 
      9,048     7,823     9,066     7,520  
   
       
       
Non-operating assets:
                         
Current asset investments
          218           366  
Cash at bank and in hand
          84           67  
Corporate taxation
          1           9  
Non-operating liabilities:
                         
Borrowings
          (1,479 )         (1,434 )
Proposed dividend
          (213 )         (207 )
Corporate taxation
          (455 )         (548 )
Deferred taxation
          (495 )         (487 )
Minority equity interests
          (149 )         (133 )
         
       
 
Net assets
          5,335           5,153  
         
       
 
United Kingdom
    5,963     5,202     5,917     4,941  
Rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa
    1,160     1,039     1,088     930  
United States of America
    1,328     1,013     1,462     1,100  
Rest of Americas
    130     121     99     77  
Asia Pacific
    467     448     500     472  
   

 

 

 

 
      9,048     7,823     9,066     7,520  
   
       
       
Net non-operating liabilities
          (2,488 )         (2,367 )
         
       
 
Net assets
          5,335           5,153  
         
       
 
                       

 
(i)
Restated on the adoption of UITF 38 (see Note 1).
(ii)
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC comprises continuing operations. Discontinued operations relate to Mitchells & Butlers plc.
(iii)
Hotels includes Other activities previously disclosed separately, excluding the assets of SCPD which was included within Retail on Separation.

F-17


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Costs and Overheads, Less Other Income

    15 months ended December 31, 2003

  Year ended September 30, 2002

 
      Continuing (i)     Discontinued (i)     Total     Continuing (i)     Discontinued (i)     Total  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Raw materials and consumables
    484     204     688     360     377     737  
Changes in stocks of finished goods and work in progress
    (1 )   2     1     3     (5 )   (2 )
Staff costs – (Note 4)
    815     198     1,013     659     378     1,037  
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
    236     54     290     175     86     261  
Impairment of tangible fixed assets
    51         51     77         77  
Amortization of goodwill
    13         13     9     1     10  
Hire of plant and machinery
    18     17     35     19     30     49  
Property rentals
    65     24     89     58     42     100  
Income from fixed asset investments
    (3 )       (3 )   (8 )       (8 )
Other external charges
    717     157     874     530     283     813  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
      2,395     656     3,051     1,882     1,192     3,074  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating exceptional items included above:
                                     
Impairment of tangible fixed assets
    51         51     77         77  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Year ended September 30, 2001

 
      Continuing (i)     Discontinued (i)     Total  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Raw materials and consumables
    378     410     788  
Staff costs – (Note 4)
    708     390     1,098  
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
    144     84     228  
Amortization of goodwill
    9     1     10  
Hire of plant and machinery
    17     34     51  
Property rentals
    179     37     216  
Income from fixed asset investments
    (18 )       (18 )
Other external charges
    613     298     911  
   

 

 

 
      2,030     1,254     3,284  
   

 

 

 
Operating exceptional items included above:
                   
Staff costs
    2         2  
Other external charges
    41         41  
   

 

 

 
      43         43  
   

 

 

 
                     

 
(i)
Continuing operations comprises InterContinental Hotels Group PLC. Discontinued operations relate to Mitchells & Butlers plc for all periods presented and in 2002 and 2001 also included a profit on disposal of Bass Brewers (2002 £57 million, 2001 £38 million).
 
Auditors’ remuneration paid to Ernst & Young LLP

   
 15 months ended
December 31

  Year ended September 30

 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Audit fees
    2.8     1.9     1.8  
Audit related fees
    7.2     3.2     3.8  
Tax fees
    1.2     1.2     1.3  
Other fees
        0.4     0.4  
   
 
 
 
      11.2     6.7     7.3  
   
 
 
 

Audit related fees for UK services were £6.6 million (2002 £4.1 million, 2001 £3.2 million) and include £6.3 million (2002 £1.7 million, 2001 £nil million) in relation to Separation and bid defense, which have been charged to exceptional items (see Note 5).

 

F-18


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 — Costs and Overheads, Less Other Income (continued)

The Audit Committee has introduced a process to ensure that any non-audit services do not compromise the independence and objectivity of the external auditor, and that relevant UK and US professional and regulatory requirements are met. A number of criteria are applied when deciding whether pre-approval for such services should be given. These include the nature of the service, the level of fees, and the practicality of appointing an alternative provider, having regard to the skills and experience required to supply the service effectively. Cumulative fees for audit and non-audit services are presented to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis for review. The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring adherence to the pre-approval policy.

Note 4 — Staff

Costs
 
   
 15 months ended December 31

  Year ended September 30

 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Wages and salaries
    884     942     997  
Social security costs
    96     84     89  
Pensions
    33     11     12  
   

 

 

 
      1,013     1,037     1,098  
   
 
 
 
 
Employee numbers

Average number of persons employed, including part-time employees:

   
 15 months ended December 31

  Year ended September 30

 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (Number)  
Hotels
    27,111     28,385     35,749  
Soft Drinks
    2,698     2,637     2,610  
   

 

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (i)
    29,809     31,022     38,359  
Discontinued operations (i)
    15,014     38,747     41,282  
   

 

 

 
      44,823     69,769     79,641  
   
 
 
 

             
(i)
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC comprises continuing operations. Discontinued operations relate to Mitchells & Butlers plc.
 
Pensions
 
   
 15 months ended
December 31

  Year ended September 30

 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Regular cost
    33     35     29  
Variations from regular cost
    (7 )   (28 )   (28 )
Notional interest on prepayment
    (4 )   (3 )   (2 )
   

 

 

 
Pension cost in respect of the principal plans
    22     4     (1 )
Other plans
    11     7     13  
   

 

 

 
      33     11     12  
   

 

 

 

F-19


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

Retirement and death benefits are provided for eligible Group employees in the United Kingdom principally by the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan which covers approximately 2,000 employees and the Britvic Pension Plan which covers approximately 2,300 employees. The plans are predominantly defined benefit schemes for current members. For new entrants, the plans will provide defined contribution benefits. The assets of the plans are held in self-administered trust funds separate from the Group’s assets. The Group also maintains a US-based InterContinental Hotels Pension Plan. This plan is now closed to new members and pensionable service no longer accrues for current employee members. In addition, the Group operates a number of minor pension schemes outside the United Kingdom, the most significant of which is a defined contribution scheme in the United States; there is no material difference between the pension costs of, and contributions to, these schemes.

On April 1, 2003, two new pension schemes were created for InterContinental Hotels Group PLC in the UK when Mitchells & Butlers Retail Limited become the sponsoring employer for the Six Continents Pension Plan and the Six Continents Executive Pension Plan. Approximately 30% of the assets and liabilities of these plans were transferred to the new InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan and the Britvic Pension Plan, which were established with effect from April 1, 2003.

The Group continues to account for its defined benefit obligations in accordance with SSAP 24. The pension costs related to the two UK principal plans are assessed in accordance with the advice of independent qualified actuaries using the projected unit method. They reflect the March 31, 2002 actuarial valuations of the Six Continents PLC pension plans. The significant assumptions in these valuations were that wages and salaries increase on average by 4% per annum, the long-term return on assets is 6.3% per annum and pensions increase by 2.5% per annum. The average expected remaining service life of current employees is 13 years.

At March 31, 2002, the market value of the combined assets of the Six Continents PLC pension plans was £1,187 million and the value of the assets was sufficient to cover 100% of the benefits that had accrued to members after allowing for expected increases in earnings.

In the period to December 31, 2003, the Group made regular contributions to the two UK principal plans of £26 million (2002 £18 million, 2001 £17 million) and additional contributions of £13 million (2002 £15 million, 2001 £nil million). The agreed employer contribution rates to the defined benefit arrangements for the year to December 31, 2004 are 10.8% for the staff section of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan and 25.7% for the executive section and 11.3% for the staff section of the Britvic Pension Plan and 30.5% for the executive section.

Certain pension benefits and post retirement insurance obligations are provided on an unfunded basis. Where assets are not held with the specific purpose of matching the liabilities of unfunded schemes, a provision is included within other provisions for liabilities and charges. Liabilities are generally assessed annually in accordance with the advice of independent actuaries.

FRS 17 disclosures

The valuations used for FRS 17 disclosures are based on the results of the actuarial valuations at March 31, 2002 updated by independent qualified actuaries to December 31, 2003. Scheme assets are stated at market value at December 31, 2003 and the liabilities of the schemes have been assessed as at the same date using the projected unit method. As the principal plans are now closed as defined benefit schemes, the current service cost as calculated under the projected unit method will increase as members approach retirement.

F-20


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

The principal assumptions used by the actuaries to determine the liabilities on a FRS 17 basis were:

   
December 31, 2003
September 30, 2002
September 30, 2001
 
   
 
 
 
      UK     US     UK     US     UK     US  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Wages and salaries increases
   
4.3
%  
   
3.8
%  
   
3.9
%  
 
Pension increases
   
2.8
%  
   
2.3
%  
   
2.4
%  
 
Discount rate
   
5.4
%  
6.3
%  
5.5
%  
6.8
%  
6.1
%  
7.5
%
Inflation rate
   
2.8
%  
   
2.3
%  
   
2.4
%  
 

The combined assets of the principal schemes and expected rate of return were:

UK Schemes
    Long-term rate of
return expected at
December 31, 2003
    Value at
December 31, 2003
    Long-term rate of
return expected at
September 30, 2002
    Value at
September 30, 2002
    Long-term rate of
return expected at
September 30, 2001
    Value at
September 30, 2001
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      (%)     (£ million)     (%)     (£ million)     (%)     (£ million)  
Equities
    8.0     238     8.0     507     7.5     700  
Bonds
    5.4     117     4.7     397     5.1     304  
Other
            8.0     92     7.5     94  
         
       
       
 
Total market value of assets
          355           996           1,098  
         
       
       
 
                                 
US Schemes
                                     

                                     
Equities
    9.2     29     11.2     27     11.5     29  
Bonds
    6.0     19     6.2     22     7.0     25  
         
       
       
 
Total market value of assets
          48           49           54  
         
       
       
 

                      September 30

 
    December 31, 2003

    2002     2001  
      UK     US     Total     Total     Total  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Total market value of assets
    355     48     403     1,045     1,152  
Present value of scheme liabilities
    (477 )   (102 )   (579 )   (1,415 )   (1,207 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Deficit in the scheme
    (122 )   (54 )   (176 )   (370 )   (55 )
Related deferred tax asset
    37     21     58     116     21  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net pension liability
    (85 )   (33 )   (118 )   (254 )   (34 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-21


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

If FRS 17 had been recognized in the financial statements, the effects would have been as follows:

    15 months ended
December 31,
2003

 
 Year ended
September 30,
2002

 
      UK     US     Total     Total  
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Operating profit charge
                         
Current service cost
    32         32     31  
Past service cost
    2         2      
   

 

 

 

 
Total operating profit charge
    34         34     31  
   

 

 

 

 
Finance income
                         
Expected return on pension scheme assets
    49     5     54     80  
Interest on pension scheme liabilities
    (53 )   (8 )   (61 )   (76 )
   

 

 

 

 
Net (expense)/return
    (4 )   (3 )   (7 )   4  
   

 

 

 

 
Actuarial loss recognized in the Statement of Total Recognized Group Gains and Losses (“STRGL”)
                         
Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets
    32     5     37     (182 )
Experience gains and losses arising on the scheme liabilities
    (17 )   (1 )   (18 )   (23 )
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the scheme liabilities
    (111 )   (10 )   (121 )   (126 )
   

 

 

 

 
Actuarial loss recognized in the STRGL
    (96 )   (6 )   (102 )   (331 )
   

 

 

 

 
Movement in deficit during the period
                         
At start of period
    (315 )   (55 )   (370 )   (55 )
Current service cost
    (32 )       (32 )   (31 )
Past service cost
    (2 )       (2 )    
Contributions
    39     2     41     40  
Finance income
    (4 )   (3 )   (7 )   4  
Actuarial loss
    (96 )   (6 )   (102 )   (331 )
Separation of MAB
    288         288      
Exchange adjustments
        8     8     3  
   

 

 

 

 
At end of period
    (122 )   (54 )   (176 )   (370 )
   

 

 

 

 

    15 months ended
December 31,
2003

 
 Year ended
September 30,
2002

 
      UK     US     Total     Total  
   

 

 

 

 
History of experience gains and losses
                         
Difference between the expected and actual return on scheme assets
                         
Amount (£ million)
    32     5     37     (182 )
Percentage of scheme assets
    9 %   10 %   9 %   (17% )
Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities
                         
Amount (£ million)
    (17 )   (1 )   (18 )   (23 )
Percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities
    (4% )   (1% )   (3% )   (2% )
Total amount recognized in the STRGL
                         
Amount (£ million)
    (96 )   (6 )   (102 )   (331 )
Percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities
    (20% )   (6% )   (18% )   (23% )

 

F-22


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

    December 31, 2003

  September 30, 2002 restated (i)

 
      Net assets     Profit and
loss account
reserve
    Net assets     Profit and
loss account
reserve
 
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Group net assets and reserves reconciliation
                         
As reported
    2,554     390     5,335     2,448  
Less: SSAP 24 pension prepayment (net of tax of £14 million (2002 £26 million))
    (33 )   (33 )   (62 )   (62 )
SSAP 24 pension provision (net of tax of
£16 million (2002 £14 million))
    30     30     25     25  
FRS 17 net pension liability
    (118 )   (118 )   (254 )   (254 )
   

 

 

 

 
Restated for FRS 17
    2,433     269     5,044     2,157  
   

 

 

 

 
                           

 
(i)
Restated on the adoption of UITF 38 (see Note 1).
 
Policy on remuneration of executive directors and senior executives

The following policy has applied since Separation and will apply in future years, subject to ongoing review.

Total level of remuneration
   
 
The Remuneration Committee aims to ensure that remuneration packages are offered which:
     
 
attract high quality executives in an environment where compensation levels are based on global market practice;
     
 
provide appropriate retention strength against loss of key executives;
     
 
drive aligned focus and attention to key business initiatives and appropriately reward their achievement;
     
 
support equitable treatment between members of the same executive team; and
     
 
facilitate global assignments and relocation.

The Committee is aware that, as a UK listed company, IHG PLC’s incentive arrangements may be expected to recognize UK investor guidelines. However, given the global nature of the Hotels business, an appropriate balance needs to be drawn in the design of relevant remuneration packages between domestic and international expectations.

The main components

The Group operates performance-related reward policies. These are designed to provide the appropriate balance between fixed remuneration and variable “risk” reward, which is linked to the performance of both the Group and the individual. Group performance-related measures are chosen carefully to ensure a strong link between reward and true underlying financial performance, and emphasis is placed on particular areas requiring executive focus. Individual performance is measured through an assessment of comprehensive business unit deliverables, demonstrated leadership behaviors, modeling the Group values and the achievement of specific key performance objectives. At the executive level, key performance objectives are linked directly to the Group’s strategic priorities. At a minimum, the individual performance of the executive directors is assessed on an annual basis.

The normal policy for executive directors is that, using ‘target’ or ‘expected value’ calculations, their performance-related incentives will equate to approximately 70% of total annual remuneration (excluding benefits).

 

F-23


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

The main components of remuneration are:

Basic salary

The salary for each executive director is based on individual performance and on information from independent professional sources on the salary levels for similar jobs in groups of comparable companies. Internal relativities and salary levels in the wider employment market are also taken into account.

In addition, benefits are provided to executive directors in accordance with the policy applying to other executives in their geographic location.

Annual performance bonus

Within the Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan, challenging performance goals are set and these must be achieved before the maximum bonus becomes payable. These goals include both personal objectives and targets linked to the Group’s financial performance. For executive directors, the maximum bonus opportunity is 100% of salary, with 30% linked to personal objectives, 35% to adjusted earnings per share and 35% to earnings before exceptional items, interest and taxation. The bonus will normally be paid in IHG PLC shares and deferred. Matching shares may also be awarded up to 0.5 times the deferred amount. Such awards are conditional on the directors’ continued employment with the Group until the release date. The shares will normally be released in equal amounts at the end of each of the three years following deferral.

The executive directors will be expected to hold all shares earned from the Group’s remuneration plans until the value of their holding equates to twice their basic salary or three times in the case of the Chief Executive.

Bonuses are not pensionable.

Executive share options

The Committee believes that share ownership by executive directors and senior executives strengthens the link between the individual’s personal interest and that of the shareholders. Grants of options are normally made annually and, except in exceptional circumstances, will not, in any year, exceed three times annual salary for executive directors.

A performance condition has to be met before options can be exercised. The performance condition is set by the Committee. For options granted in 2003, the Company’s adjusted earnings per share over the three-year period ending December 31, 2005 must increase by at least nine percentage points over the increase in the UK Retail Prices Index (“RPI”) for the same period for one-third of the options granted to vest; 12 percentage points over the increase in RPI for the same period for two-thirds of the options granted to vest; and 15 percentage points over the increase in RPI for the same period for the full award to vest. This was felt to be a realistic but challenging condition in the current economic climate. The achievement or otherwise of the performance condition is assessed, based on the Group’s published results; such assessment is then reviewed by the external auditor.

Executive directors were granted options on May 30, 2003 as shown on page F-33.

It is the current intention for similar performance conditions to apply to options granted in 2004 and later years.

Executive share options are not pensionable.

ShareSave Plan

Executive directors are entitled to participate in all-employee share schemes. Options granted under the IHG Sharesave Plan are not subject to performance conditions and are not pensionable.

 

F-24


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

Performance Restricted Shares

The Performance Restricted Share Plan allows executive directors and eligible employees to receive share awards, subject to the satisfaction of a performance condition, set by the Committee, which is normally measured over a three-year period. Awards are normally made annually and, except in exceptional circumstances, will not exceed three times annual salary for executive directors. In determining the level of awards within this maximum limit, the Committee takes into account the level of executive share options granted to the same person. The grant of awards is restricted so that in each year the aggregate of (i) 20% of the market value of the executive share options and (ii) 33% of the market value of Performance Restricted Shares, will not exceed 130% of annual salary, taking the market value in each case as at the date of grant.

For the 2003/05 cycle, performance will be measured by reference to:

•   the increase in IHG PLC Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) over the Performance Period relative to 11 identified comparator companies; Accor, De Vere, Hilton Group, Hilton Hotels Corp, Host Marriott, Marriott Hotels, Millenium & Copthorne, NH Hotels, Sol Melia, Starwood Hotels and Thistle (up to the point at which this company ceased to be listed); and

•   the increase in IHG Return On Capital Employed (“ROCE”) over the performance period.

In respect of TSR performance, 10% of the award will be released for the achievement of 6th place within the TSR Group and 50% of the award will be released for the achievement of 1st or 2nd place. In respect of ROCE performance, 10% of the award will be released for the achievement of 30% growth and 50% of the award will be released for the achievement of 80% growth. Vesting between all stated points will be on a straight line basis.

It is the current intention that similar performance targets will apply to awards made in 2004 and later years.

A ‘transitional’ award was also made in 2003, subject to TSR performance over the period to December 31, 2004. For executive directors the maximum value of this award equated to 140% of salary.

Benefits under the Performance Restricted Share Plan are not pensionable.

Companies used for comparison

In assessing levels of pay and benefits, IHG compares the packages offered by different groups of comparator companies.

These groups are chosen having regard to participants’:

•   size – turnover, profits and the number of people employed;

•   diversity and complexity of businesses;

•   geographical spread of businesses; and

•   industry type.

External consultants are used to advise the Committee on the structure and level of pay and benefits in IHG’s markets.

Policy on external appointments

The Company recognizes that its directors may be invited to become non-executive directors of other companies and that such duties can broaden experience and knowledge, and benefit the business. Executive directors are, therefore, allowed to accept one non-executive appointment (excluding positions where the director is appointed as the Company’s representative), subject to board approval, as long as this is not likely to lead to a conflict of interest, and to retain the fees received. Richard North receives £36,000 per annum for his services as a non-executive director.

 

F-25


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

Contracts of service
   
(i)
Policy

The Remuneration Committee’s policy is for executive directors to have rolling contracts with a notice period of 12 months.

Prior to the Separation, each of the following executive directors, Richard Hartman, Richard North, Stevan Porter and Richard Solomons entered into service agreements with a notice period of 12 months. All new appointments are intended to have 12 month notice periods.

No provisions for compensation for termination following change of control, or for liquidated damages of any kind, are included in the current directors’ contracts. In the event of any early termination of an executive director’s contract the policy is to seek to minimize any liability.

Sir Ian Prosser continued as executive Chairman under the terms of his previous service agreement until his normal retirement age of 60 years on July 5, 2003. After that date Sir Ian served as non-executive Chairman under revised terms, agreed prior to Separation, for a fixed period which expired on December 31, 2003.

Non-executive directors, Ralph Kugler, Robert C Larson, David Prosser, Sir Howard Stringer and David Webster signed letters of appointment effective from the listing of IHG PLC. David Webster became non-executive Chairman of the Company on January 1, 2004 on new terms.

(ii)
Directors’ contracts
   
Directors
    Contract effective date     Unexpired term/
notice period
 

 

 

 
               
Richard Hartman
    April 15, 2003     12 months  
Richard North
    April 15, 2003     12 months  
Stevan Porter
    April 15, 2003     12 months  
Richard Solomons
    April 15, 2003     12 months  
Sir Ian Prosser
    July 6, 2003     Expired  
 
Policy regarding pensions

UK-based executive directors and senior employees participate on the same basis in the executive section of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan and, if appropriate, the InterContinental Executive Top-Up Scheme. Stevan Porter and senior US-based executives participate in US retirement benefits plans. Executives in other countries, who do not participate in these plans, will participate in local plans, or the Six Continents International Retirement Income Plan.

F-26


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

Directors’ emoluments since the listing of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC on April 15, 2003

                    Total emoluments
excluding pensions

 
      Basic salaries and fees        Performance payments         Benefits        4.15.03
to 12.31.03
 
   Year ended September 30

 
 
2002 
   
2001 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  (£ thousand)  
Executive directors
                                   
Richard North
  429     398     27     854     629     889  
Richard Hartman
  260     214     189     663          
Stevan Porter
  264     218     28     510          
Sir Ian Prosser*
  183     276     5     464     971     1,200  
Richard Solomons
  250     232     15     497          
                                     
Non-executive directors
                                   
Ralph Kugler**
  30             30          
Robert C Larson
  30             30     36     36  
David Prosser#
  35             35          
Sir Ian Prosser*
  196         11     207          
Sir Howard Stringer
  30             30     13      
David Webster•++
  57             57          
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
  1,764     1,338     275     3,377     1,649     2,125  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*
Became non-executive Chairman on July 6, 2003.
**
All fees due to Ralph Kugler were paid to Unilever.
#
Fees paid to David Prosser included a proportion of a £7,500 per annum fee payable to the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee in recognition of the additional responsibilities of this role.
Fees paid to David Webster included a proportion of an £80,000 per annum fee payable to the senior independent director in recognition of the additional responsibilities of this role.
++
Became non-executive Chairman on January 1, 2004 for which a fixed fee of £275,000 per annum is paid.
Thomas Oliver retired from Six Continents PLC on March 31, 2003 and has not served as a director of IHG PLC. However, he has an ongoing consultancy agreement in respect of which he received fees of £115,000 during the period. In addition, he had an ongoing healthcare benefit of £7,000 during the period.

The figures above represent emoluments earned as directors during the period since the listing of IHG PLC following Separation. Comparative figures for 2002 and 2001 apply only to those directors who also served as directors of Six Continents PLC. ‘Performance payments’ include payments in respect of participation in the Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan (but excluding any matching shares) and payments from the Performance Restricted Share Plan ‘transitional incentive’ for the period ended December 31, 2003 (further details of which are set out below under Long Term Reward).

Benefits’ incorporate all tax assessable benefits arising from the individual’s employment. For Sir Ian Prosser and Messrs Hartman, North and Solomons, this relates in the main to the provision of a fully expensed company car and private healthcare cover. In addition, Mr Hartman received housing, child education and relocation benefits. For Stevan Porter, benefits relate in the main to private healthcare cover and relocation.

F-27


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan

The table below shows the vesting of shares during the period, representing entitlements earned prior to Separation and carried forward.

Short Term Deferred
Incentive Plan (STDIP)
    STDIP
shares
held at
4.15.03*
    Vesting
date 
    STDIP
shares
awarded
during
the period
4.15.03 to 12.31.03 
    STDIP
shares
vested
during
the period
4.15.03 to 12.31.03 
    Award Date      Market
price per
share at
award
date** 
    Market
price per
share at
vesting
date 
    STDIP
shares
held at
12.31.03 
    Vesting
date 
    Value
based on
share
price at
12.31.03***
£
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Directors
                                                             
Richard North
    39,628     12.18.03         39,628     12.18.02     335.5p     540.75p                    
      3,789     5.31.04                                   3,789     5.31.04     20,444  
Stevan Porter
    55,428     12.18.03         55,428     12.18.01     434.3p     540.75p                    
      55,428     12.18.04                                   55,428     12.18.04     293,214  

 
Messrs Hartman, North, Porter and Solomons participated in the STDIP during the period April 15, 2003 to December 31, 2003, but were not eligible to receive an award.
*
IHG PLC shares provided at 372p per share in equal value exchange for Six Continents PLC shares outstanding at April 14, 2003 under the Six Continents Special Deferred Incentive Plan.
**
Award originally made in Six Continents PLC shares. The share prices shown are the equivalent IHG PLC share prices, based on a five day average immediately preceding the award date.
***
The IHG PLC share price on December 31, 2003 was 529p per share.

F-28


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

Directors’ emoluments from Six Continents PLC from October 1, 2002 to April 14, 2003
                         
                      Total emoluments
excluding pensions

 
      Basic salaries and fees     Performance payments     Benefits     10.01.02 to 4.15.03     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ thousand)  
Executive directors
                                     
Tim Clarke*
    322     26     14     362     694     725  
Iain Napier (resigned September 4, 2000)*+
            409     409         985  
Richard North
    282     31     16     329     629     889  
Thomas Oliver*++
    263     409     283     955     956     1,267  
Sir Ian Prosser
    438     38     12     488     971     1,200  
                                       
Non-executive directors
                                     
Roger Carr*
    56             56     46     38  
Robert C Larson
    23             23     36     36  
Sir Peter Middleton (retired July 31, 2001)*
                        30  
Sir Geoffrey Mulcahy*
    23             23     36     36  
Sir Michael Perry (retired July 31, 2001)*
                        61  
Bryan Sanderson*
    23             23     36     6  
Sir Howard Stringer
    23             23     13      
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
    1,453     504     734     2,691     3,417     5,273  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
                                       

 
*
In accordance with the principle of full disclosure, details of emoluments earned by former directors of Six Continents PLC who have not served as directors of IHG PLC have also been presented.
+
As previously disclosed, Iain Napier, a former director, was entitled to certain benefits under the terms of an agreement reached with him prior to the sale of Bass Brewers. Specifically, Mr Napier was entitled to an annuity (index linked at 5% per annum) after May 22, 2003 of approximately £24,000 per annum or an appropriate lump sum. The figure above represents the lump sum paid to Iain Napier in this regard.
++
Thomas Oliver retired on March 31, 2003 and, under the terms of his contract, was repatriated to the United States.
 
Six Continents Special Deferred Incentive Plan (SDIP)
 
      SDIP
shares
held at
10.1.02
    Vesting
date
    SDIP
shares
awarded
during
the
period
10.1.02 to
4.14.03
    Market
price
per share
at award
date**
    Vesting
date
    SDIP
shares
vested
during
the
period
10.1.02 to
4.14.03
    Award
date
    Market
price
per share
at award
date**
    Market
price per
share at
vesting
date
    SDIP
shares
held at
4.14.03
    Vesting
date
    Value
based on
share
price at
4.14.03***
£
 
                                                                           
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Directors+
                                                                         
Tim Clarke
    44,433     12.18.02     23,790     534p     12.18.03     44,433     12.18.01     691.1p     502p     23,790     12.18.03     140,837  
                  2,195     592p     5.31.04                             2,195     5.31.04     12,994  
Richard North
    72,348     12.18.02     24,901     534p     12.18.03     72,348     12.18.01     691.1p     502p     24,901     12.18.03     147,414  
                  2,381     592p     5.31.04                             2,381     5.31.04     14,096  
Thomas Oliver*
    74,104     4.16.03     20,806     534p     4.16.03                             94,910     4.16.03     561,867  

 
+
Neither Tim Clarke nor Thomas Oliver, both former directors of Six Continents PLC, have served as directors of IHG PLC.
*
The vesting date for all awards applicable to Thomas Oliver was extended from March 10, 2003 to April 16, 2003.
**
The share prices shown are based on a five day average immediately preceding the award date.
***
The Six Continents PLC share price on April 14, 2003 was 592p per share.

 

F-29


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

Directors’ emoluments — Totals excluding employers’ pension contributions, for fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001
 
      Basic salaries and fees     Performance Payments     Benefits     Total emoluments excluding pensions  
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ thousand)  
Total 2003
    3,217     1,842     1,009     6,068  
   

 

 

 

 
Total 2002
    2,600     563     254     3,417  
   

 

 

 

 
Total 2001
    2,490     1,517     1,266     5,273  
   

 

 

 

 
 
Directors’ pensions

The following information relates to the pension arrangements provided for Richard Hartman (from September 2, 2003), Richard North, Sir Ian Prosser, Richard Solomons and Tim Clarke under the Six Continents Executive Pension Plan (“the SC Plan”) up to March 31, 2003, and the executive section of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan (“the IC Plan”) from April 1, 2003. In the cases of Richard North, Richard Solomons and Tim Clarke, they were also members of the unfunded Six Continents Executive Top-Up Scheme (“SCETUS”) up to April 14, 2003, and Richard Hartman, Richard North and Richard Solomons were members of the unfunded InterContinental Executive Top-Up Scheme (“ICETUS”) from April 15, 2003 (September 2, 2003 in the case of Richard Hartman). Richard Hartman was a member of the Six Continents International Retirement Income Plan (“SCIRIP”) until September 1, 2003 at which point his UK pension arrangements replaced his international retirement arrangements. The SC Plan and executive section of the IC Plan are similar in that they are funded, Inland Revenue approved, final salary, occupational pension schemes. The main features applicable to the executive directors are: a normal pension age of 60; pension accrual of 1/30th of final pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service; life assurance cover of four times pensionable salary; pensions payable in the event of ill health; and spouses’ and dependants’ pensions on death.

All plan benefits are subject to Inland Revenue limits. Where such limitation is due to the earnings ‘cap’, SCETUS and/or ICETUS are used to increase pension and death benefits to the level that would otherwise have applied. The SCIRIP is a Jersey-based funded international defined contribution plan.

Thomas Oliver (up to April 2003) and Stevan Porter have retirement benefits provided via the 401(k) Retirement Plan for employees of Six Continents Hotels Inc. (“401(k)”) and the Six Continents Hotels Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (“DCP”). The 401(k) is a tax qualified plan providing benefits on a defined contribution basis, with the member and the relevant company both contributing. The DCP is a non-tax qualified plan, providing benefits on a defined contribution basis, with the member and the relevant company both contributing.

April 15, 2003 to December 31, 2003
 
Directors’
pension
benefits
     Age at
12.31.03
    Directors’ Contributions
(note 1)
  Transfer value of accrued pension

    Increase in transfer value over the period, less directors’
contributions
    Increase in accrued pension
(note 2)
    Increase in accrued pension
(note 3)
    Accrued Pension at 12.31.03
(note 4)
 
           
4.15.03
    12.31.03
(note 5)
                 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            (£)     (£)     (£)     (£)     (£pa)     (£pa)     (£pa)  
Richard Hartman
    57     3,700         652,200     648,500     38,400     38,400     38,400  
Richard North
    53     9,900     1,930,700     2,423,800     483,200     32,500     28,100     180,000  
Sir Ian Prosser
    60     7,200     11,153,800     11,352,500     191,500     7,500     7,500     573,100  
Richard Solomons
    42     9,900     418,500     569,400     141,000     18,000     16,300     75,500  

 
Footnotes on following page.

F-30


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

October 1, 2002 to April 14, 2003
 
Directors’           Directors’   Transfer value of accrued
pension


    Increase in
transfer value
over the
period less
    Increase in accrued     Accrued Pension at  
Pension
Benefits
    Age at
04.14.03
    Contributions
(note 1)
    10.1.02
(note 5)
    4.14.03     directors’
contributions
    pension
(note 2)
    4.14.03
(note 4)
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
            (£)     (£)     (£)     (£)     (£pa)     (£pa)  
Tim Clarke     46     7,300     1,261,000     1,903,500     635,200     15,000     208,200  
Richard North     53     7,300     1,408,400     1,903,700     515,000     12,800     147,500  
Sir Ian Prosser     59     21,600     10,727,100     11,153,800     405,100     17,800     565,600  
Richard Solomons     41     7,300     288,700     418,500     122,500     6,600     57,500  

 
 
note 1:
Contributions paid in the period by the directors under the terms of the plans. Richard Hartman’s contributions were paid after December 31, 2003. The aggregate of the company contributions was £258,700.
note 2:
The absolute increase in accrued pension during the period.
note 3:
The increase in accrued pension during the period excluding any increase for inflation, on the basis that increases to accrued pensions are applied at October 1.
note 4:
Accrued pension is that which would be paid annually on retirement at 60, based on service to the end of the period.
note 5:
The transfer value in respect of Sir Ian Prosser as at October 1, 2002 has been restated to allow for his right to draw the accrued pension without deduction, which was already funded and charged in previous accounts, and to allow for a 3% increase to his annual salary for pension purposes on October 1, 2001 and 2002. The transfer value shown in respect of Sir Ian as at December 31, 2003 is the figure at his date of retirement of July 5, 2003.

The figures shown in the above tables relate to the final salary plans only. For defined contribution plans, the contributions made by and in respect of Richard Hartman, Thomas Oliver and Stevan Porter are:

    Company contribution
October 1, 2002 to April 14, 2003

  Company contribution
April 15, 2003 to December 31, 2003

 
      SCIRIP     DCP     401(k)     SCIRIP     DCP     401(k)  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
      (£)     (£)     (£)     (£)     (£)     (£)  
Richard Hartman     27,700             22,800          
Thomas Oliver         54,100     4,900         13,100      
Stevan Porter         21,900     7,700         18,900     300  

The aggregate of these contributions was £171,400.

Directors’ emoluments — Totals relating to employers’ pension contributions for fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001
 
      Employers’ pension contributions  
   

 
      (£ thousand)  
Total 2003     430  
   

 
Total 2002     374  
   

 
Total 2001     332  
   

 

F-31


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

The following additional information relates to directors’ pensions under the various plans.

Dependants’ Pensions

On the death of a director before his normal retirement age, a widow’s pension equal to one-third of his own pension is payable; a child’s pension of one-sixth of his pension is payable for each of a maximum of two eligible children. On the death of a director after payment of his pension commences, a widow’s pension of two-thirds of the director’s full pension entitlement is payable; in addition, a child’s pension of one-sixth of his full pension entitlement is payable for each of a maximum of two eligible children.

Early Retirement Rights

After leaving the service of the relevant company, the director has the right to draw his accrued pension at any time after his 50th birthday, subject to a discount for early payment.

Pension Increases

All pensions (in excess of Guaranteed Minimum Pensions) are subject to contractual annual increases in line with the annual rise in RPI, subject to a maximum of 5% per annum. In addition, it is current policy to pay additional increases based on two-thirds of any rise in RPI above 5% per annum.

Other Discretionary Benefits

Other than the discretionary pension increases mentioned above, there are no discretionary practices which are taken into account in calculating transfer values on leaving service.

Long Term Reward

The Performance Restricted Share Plan was introduced on Separation and in 2003 there were three cycles in operation.

The awards made in respect of the performance period ended December 31, 2003, which are to be paid in cash, were:

Directors     Awards held at
4.15.03
    Pre-tax awards granted during
period to

12.31.03
    Total pre-tax
awards held at

12.31.03
 
   
 
 
 
    (£ thousand)  
Richard Hartman         214     214  
Richard North         398     398  
Stevan Porter         218     218  
Sir Ian Prosser*         276     276  
Richard Solomons         232     232  
                     

 
This ‘transitional’ award was based on performance during the period to December 31, 2003 where the performance measure related to the achievement of actual and annualised overhead reduction targets. The award is to be paid in cash, equivalent to 66% of salary.
*
Sir Ian Prosser’s award was pro-rated to reflect his actual service during the performance period following his retirement from the role of executive Chairman on July 5, 2003.

F-32


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

The awards made in respect of the Performance Restricted Share Plan cycles ending on December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 and the maximum pre-tax number of ordinary shares due if performance targets are achieved in full are:

      Awards held at
4.15.03
Ordinary shares
  Awards granted during period to
12.31.03 max potential entitlement
Ordinary shares
    Max potential entitlement at
12.31.03
Ordinary shares
    Value based on
share price of
445p at award
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
                              (£ thousand)  
Directors           2003/04 *   2003/05 **            
         
 
             
Richard Hartman         111,930     167,900     279,830     1,245  
Richard North         188,760     283,140     471,900     2,100  
Stevan Porter         113,810     170,710     284,520     1,266  
Sir Ian Prosser***         65,410     65,410     130,820     582  
Richard Solomons         110,110     165,160     275,270     1,225  
                             
 
                              6,418  
                             
 
                                 

 
*
This ‘transitional’ award is based on performance to December 31, 2004 where the performance measure relates to the Company’s total shareholder return against a group of 11 other comparator companies. The number of shares released will be graded, according to where the Company finishes in the comparator group, with 100% of the award being released for first or second position and 20% of the award being released for sixth place. Below sixth place there will be no release.
**
This award is based on performance to December 31, 2005 where the performance measure relates to both the Company’s total shareholder return against a group of 11 other comparator companies and growth in return on capital employed. Further details of the performance measure are set out on page F-25.
***
Sir Ian Prosser’s award was pro-rated to reflect his actual service during the performance period following his retirement from the role of executive Chairman on July 5, 2003.

F-33


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

Directors’ Options
    Ordinary shares under option
   
    Six
Continents
Options held
at 10.1.02 or
date of
appointment
  Equivalent
value IHG
Options
rolled over
following
Separation+
  Granted
during the
period
  Lapsed
during the
period
  Exercised
during the
period
  Options held
at 12.31.03
  Weighted
average
option price
(p)
  Option
Price (p)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Richard Hartman
  213,100   364,388                   398.98    
 
          250,684 *                 438.00
A
                      364,388   398.98    
C
                      250,684   438.00    
Total
  213,100   364,388   250,684       615,072   414.88    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Richard North
  416,400   712,017                   388.66    
 
          410,958 *                 438.00
 
          2,193 **                 420.50
A
                      693,379   383.16    
B
                      18,638   593.29    
C
                      413,151   437.91    
Total
  416,400   712,017   413,151       1,125,168   406.74    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Stevan Porter
  104,200   178,176                   409.36    
 
          254,883 *                 438.00
A
                      178,176   409.36    
C
                      254,883   438.00    
Total
  104,200   178,176   254,883       433,059   426.22    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Sir Ian Prosser
  722,075   1,234,704                   430.84    
 
                  33,343 o         304.10
 
                  1,105 
#
        350.00 
 
                               
 
              532 *** 1,054 #         366.00
A
                      1,157,461   428.87    
B
                      41,209   593.29    
Total
  722,075   1,234,704     532   35,502   1,198,670   434.52    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Richard Solomons
  211,858   362,261                   374.92    
 
          239,726 *                 438.00
 
          3,769 **                 420.50
 
              3,862 *** 854 #         351.00
A
                      335,487   360.90    
B
                      22,058   593.29    
C
                      243,495   437.73    
Total
  211,858   362,261   243,495   3,862   854   601,040   400.55    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   

 
+
The number and the exercise prices of options over IHG PLC shares exchanged for former options over Six Continents PLC shares were calculated in accordance with a formula based on the closing Six Continents PLC and opening IHG PLC share prices, both averaged over a five-day period. All outstanding rolled over options are immediately exercisable and the latest date that any rolled over options may be exercised is October 2012.
A
Where options are exercisable and the market price per share at December 31, 2003 was above the option price;
B
Where the options are exercisable but the market price per share at December 31, 2003 was below the option price; and
C
Where options are not yet exercisable.
*
Share options under the IHG Executive Share Option Plan were granted on May 30, 2003 at an option price of 438p. These options are exercisable between May 2006 and May 2013, subject to the achievement of the performance condition.
**
Share options under the IHG Sharesave Plan were granted on December 19, 2003 at an option price of 420.5p. These options are exercisable between March 2007 and March 2009.
Footnotes continue on next page

 

F-34


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Staff (continued)

***
Represents the entitlement to IHG PLC shares which lapsed on October 11, 2003 under the former Six Continents Sharesave Schemes, due to early termination of individual sharesave contracts, as a consequence of the Separation.
o
Represents rolled over options under the Six Continents 1985 Executive Share Option Scheme which would otherwise have lapsed on October 11, 2003, as a consequence of the Separation.
#
Represents rolled over options under the Six Continents Sharesave Schemes which would otherwise have lapsed on October 11, 2003 as a consequence of the Separation.

Option prices range from 295.33p to 593.29p per IHG PLC share. The closing market value share price on December 31, 2003 was 529p and the range during the period from listing on April 15, 2003 to December 31, 2003 was 339p to 556.25p per share.

The gain on exercise by directors in aggregate was £69,491 in the period ended December 31, 2003 (no gains in the year ended September 30, 2002).

Directors’ shareholdings
 
Executive directors   December 31, 2003
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
Ordinary shares of £1
  October 1, 2002*
Six Continents PLC
Ordinary shares of 28p**
 

 
 
 
Richard Hartman   30,345   35,808  
Richard North   171,470   80,649  
Stevan Porter   56,754   19,348  
Richard Solomons   17,956   20,182  
           
Non-executive directors          
Ralph Kugler   1,000    
Robert C Larson***   9,805   11,571  
Sir Ian Prosser   270,060   276,238  
David Prosser   5,000    
Sir Howard Stringer   8,474    
David Webster****   824   793  
           

 
*
Or date of appointment, if later.
**
These share interests were in Six Continents PLC prior to the Separation in April 2003. For every 59 Six Continents PLC shares held on April 11, 2003, shareholders received 50 IHG PLC and 50 Mitchells & Butlers plc shares plus 81p in cash per Six Continents PLC share.
***
Held in the form of American Depositary Receipts.
****
David Webster purchased a further 5,000 shares in the Company on March 16, 2004.

The above shareholdings are all beneficial interests and include shares held by directors’ spouses and other connected persons, shares held on behalf of executive directors by the Trustees of the Six Continents Employee Profit Share Scheme and of the Company’s ESOP. None of the directors has a beneficial interest in the shares of any subsidiary.

At December 31, 2003, the executive directors, as potential beneficiaries under the Company’s ESOP, were each technically deemed to be interested in 2,222,519 unallocated IHG PLC shares held by the Trustees of the ESOP. In the period from December 31, 2003 to March 10, 2004 a further 65,018 shares were released from the ESOP, reducing the number of shares in which the executive directors hold a residual interest to 2,157,501 in total.

The Company’s Register of Directors’ Interests, which is open to inspection at the Registered Office, contains full details of directors’ shareholdings and share options.

F-35


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 – Exceptional Items

  15 months ended December 31

  Year ended September 30

 
  2003

  2002

  2001

 
  Continuing operations (i)   Discontinued operations (i)   Total   Continuing operations (i)   Discontinued operations (i)   Total   Continuing operations (i)   Discontinued operations (i)   Total  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (£ million)  
Operating exceptional items:
                                   
 Hotels impairment charge (ii)
(51 )   (51 ) (77 )   (77 )      
 Hotels exceptional costs (iii)
            (43 )   (43 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total operating exceptional items
(51 )   (51 ) (77 )   (77 ) (43 )   (43 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-operating exceptional items:
                                   
Cost of fundamental reorganization (iv)
(67 )   (67 )            
Separation costs (v)
(51 ) (41 ) (92 ) (4 )   (4 )      
Profit/(loss) on disposal of fixed assets
4   (2 ) 2   2   (2 )   (2 )   (2 )
Provision against fixed asset investments (vi)
(56 )   (56 )            
Profit/(loss) on disposal of operations
                                   
 Bass Brewers (vii)
        57   57     38   38  
 Other operations (viii)
              (36 ) (36 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (170 ) (43 ) (213 ) (2 ) 55   53   (2 ) 2    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total exceptional items before interest and taxation
(221 ) (43 ) (264 ) (79 ) 55   (24 ) (45 ) 2   (43 )
Premium on early settlement of debt (ix)
(136 )   (136 )            
Tax credit/(charge) on above items
36   28   64   (10 ) 1   (9 ) 10   (11 ) (1 )
Exceptional tax credit (x)
        114   114        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total exceptional items after interest and taxation
(321 ) (15 ) (336 ) (89 ) 170   81   (35 ) (9 ) (44 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(i)
Continuing operations comprise InterContinental Hotels Group PLC. Discontinued operations relate to Mitchells & Butlers plc for all periods presented and in 2002 and 2001 also included profits on disposal of Bass Brewers of £57 million and £38 million respectively, relating to the finalization of completion accounts and in 2002 included an exceptional tax credit representing the release of over provisions of tax in relation to Bass Brewers and other businesses.
(ii)
Tangible fixed assets were written down by £73 million (2002 £113 million, 2001 £mil million) following an impairment review of the hotel estate. £51 million (2002 £77 million, 2001 £nil million) was charged above as an operating exceptional item and £22 million (2002 £36 million, 2001 £nil million) reversed previous revaluation gains (see F-4).
(iii)
Related to reorganization, restructuring and strategic appraisal costs in the InterContinental Hotels division.
(iv)
Relates to a fundamental reorganization of the Hotels business. The cost includes redundancy entitlements, property exit costs and other implementation costs.
(v)
On April 15, 2003, the Separation of Six Continents PLC was completed. Costs of the Separation and bid defense total £96 million. Of the costs, £4 million were incurred in the year to September 30, 2002, the remainder in the period to December 31, 2003.
(vi)
Relates to a provision for diminution in value in the Group’s investment in FelCor Lodging Trust Inc. and other fixed asset investments and reflects the directors’ view of the fair value of the holdings.
(vii)
Bass Brewers was disposed of in August 2000. The profit in 2002 comprises £9 million received in respect of the finalization of completion account adjustments, together with the release of disposal provisions no longer required of £48 million. The profit in 2001 arose from deferred consideration and the finalization of the pension scheme transfer.
(viii)
Related to and resulting from the disposal of 988 smaller unbranded pubs by MAB.
(ix)
Relates to the premiums paid on the repayment of the Group’s £250 million 10 3/8% debenture and EMTN loans. £23 million of the associated tax credit is shown as relating to discontinued operations as a result of the terms relating to Group relief in the Separation Agreement.
(x)
Represents the release of over provisions for tax in respect of prior years.

F-36


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — Interest Payable and Similar Charges

     15 months ended December 31

  Year ended September 30

 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Bank loans and overdrafts
    38     21     26  
Other
    113     155     198  
   

 

 

 
      151     176     224  
   

 

 

 

Note 7 — Tax on Profit on Ordinary Activities

    15 months ended December 31, 2003

  Year ended September 30

 
Tax charge
    Before
exceptional
items
    Exceptional
items
    Total     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
UK corporation tax at 30% (2002 30%, 2001 30%):
                               
Current year
    42     (38 )   4     106     95  
Prior years
    (80 )       (80 )   (129 )   (13 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
      (38 )   (38 )   (76 )   (23 )   82  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign tax:
                               
Current year
    72     (3 )   69     65     92  
Prior years
    (20 )       (20 )   (1 )   20  
   

 

 

 

 

 
      52     (3 )   49     64     112  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total current tax
    14     (41 )   (27 )   41     194  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax:
                               
Origination and reversal of timing differences
    53     (23 )   30     17     72  
Adjustments to estimated recoverable deferred tax assets
    (11 )       (11 )   11     (35 )
Prior years
    (9 )       (9 )   (17 )   (8 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total deferred tax
    33     (23 )   10     11     29  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Tax on profit on ordinary activities
    47     (64 )   (17 )   52     223  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Further analyzed as tax relating to:
                               
Profit before exceptional items
    47         47     157     222  
Exceptional items (see Note 5):
                               
Operating
                    (10 )
Non-operating
        (64 )   (64 )   9     11  
Tax credit
                (114 )    
   

 

 

 

 

 
      47     (64 )   (17 )   52     223  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-37


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7 — Tax on Profit on Ordinary Activities (continued)

Tax reconciliations
 
Reconciliation of current tax rate
 
      15 months ended December 31   Year ended September 30  
   
 
 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (%)  
UK corporation tax standard rate
    30.0     30.0     30.0  
Permanent differences
    20.7     1.3     0.3  
Capital allowances in excess of depreciation
    (12.6 )   (3.7 )   (2.6 )
Other timing differences
    (104.2 )   (1.3 )   (1.0 )
Net effect of different rates of tax in overseas businesses
    46.1     3.1     0.3  
Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior years
    (276.7 )   (2.9 )   1.0  
Capital gains
            (0.1 )
Other
    2.1          
Exceptional items
    219.9     (18.8 )   0.2  
   

 

 

 
Effective current tax rate
    (74.7 )   7.7     28.1  
   
 
 
 
Effective current tax rate before exceptional items
    3.2     26.1     28.0  
   

 

 

 
 
Reconciliation of overall tax rate
 
      15 months ended December 31   Year ended September 30  
   
 
 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (%)  
UK corporation tax standard rate
    30.0     30.0     30.0  
Permanent differences
    20.7     1.3     0.3  
Net effect of different rates of tax in overseas businesses
    46.1     4.0     0.8  
Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior years
    (302.8 )   (6.0 )   (0.2 )
Capital gains
            (0.1 )
Other
    4.6     (0.6 )   (0.5 )
Exceptional items
    154.4     (19.0 )   1.9  
   

 

 

 
Effective tax rate
    (47.0 )   9.7     32.2  
   

 

 

 
 
Factors which may affect future tax charges

The key factors which may affect future tax charges include the availability of accelerated tax depreciation, utilization of unrecognized losses, changes in tax legislation, settlements with tax authorities and the proportion of profits subjected to higher overseas tax rates.

F-38


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8 — Dividends

      15 months ended December 31

  Year ended September 30 restated (i)

    15 months ended December 31

  Year ended September 30 restated (i)

 
      2003     2002     2001     2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (pence per share)   (£ million)  
Dividends on ordinary shares
                                     
Interim Six Continents PLC
    7.65     12.58     12.27     56     92     86  
Proposed final Six Continents PLC
        29.14     28.20         213     207  
Interim InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
    4.05             30          
Proposed final InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
    9.45             70          
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
      21.15     41.72     40.47     156     305     293  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

The proposed final IHG dividend is payable on the shares in issue at March 26, 2004.


 
(i)
Restated based on an equivalent number of shares of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

Note 9 — Earnings per Ordinary Share

Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the earnings available for shareholders of £19 million (2002 £457 million, 2001 £443 million) by 733 million (2002 731 million, 2001 731 million), being the weighted average number of ordinary shares, excluding investment in own shares, in issue during the period. The weighted average number of shares in issue has been based on the aggregate of the weighted average number of shares of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and Six Continents PLC adjusted to equivalent shares of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC. The comparatives have been restated accordingly.

Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by adjusting basic earnings per ordinary share to reflect the notional exercise of the weighted average number of dilutive ordinary share options outstanding during the period. The resulting weighted average number of ordinary shares is 733 million (2002 734 million, 2001 736 million).

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share is calculated as follows:

      15 months ended
December 31
  Year ended September 30 restated  
   
 
 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (pence per ordinary share)  
Basic earnings
    2.6     62.5     60.6  
Exceptional items, less tax thereon
    45.8     (11.1 )   6.0  
   

 

 

 
Adjusted earnings
    48.4     51.4     66.6  
   

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share is disclosed in order to show performance undistorted by exceptional items.

F-39


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — Cash flow from operating activities

   
 15 months ended December 31

  Year ended September 30

 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Operating profit before exceptional items
    483     618     792  
Depreciation and amortization
    303     271     238  
   
 
 
 
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortization
and exceptional items
    786     889     1,030  
Other non-cash items
    (2 )   (4 )   1  
Increase in stocks
    (1 )   (1 )    
(Increase)/decrease in debtors
    (10 )   (92 )   83  
Increase/(decrease) in creditors
    69     (37 )   (94 )
Provisions expended – (Note 22)
    (10 )   (18 )   (13 )
   
 
 
 
Operating activities before expenditure relating to exceptional items
    832     737     1,007  
Cost of fundamental reorganization
    (37 )        
Operating exceptional expenditure
        (17 )   (23 )
   
 
 
 
Operating activities
    795     720     984  
Net capital expenditure – (Note 12)
    (248 )   (513 )   (868 )
   
 
 
 
Operating cash flow – (Note 13)
    547     207     116  
   
 
 
 

Note 11 — Net Debt

    Cash and overdrafts

 
 Liquid
resources

  Financing

 
      Cash at
bank and
in hand
    Overdrafts     Total     Current
asset
investments
    Other
borrowings
due within
one year
    Other
borrowings
due after
one year
    Total  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
At October 1, 2000
    125     (49 )   76     862     (70 )   (1,213 )   (345 )
Net cash flow
    (538 )   12     (526 )(i)               (526 )
Management of liquid resources and financing
    493         493 (i)   (497 )   (276 )   186     (94 )
Other movements arising on acquisitions
                    (38 )       (38 )
Exchange and other adjustments
    (13 )       (13 )   1     6     8     2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2001
    67     (37 )   30     366     (378 )   (1,019 )   (1,001 )
Net cash flow
    (276 )   (29 )   (305 )(i)               (305 )
Management of liquid resources and financing
    295         295 (i)   (232 )   (414 )   354     3  
Exchange adjustments
    (2 )       (2 )   84     10     34     126  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2002
    84     (66 )   18     218     (782 )   (631 )   (1,177 )
Net cash flow
    (86 )   64     (22 )(i)               (22 )
Management of liquid resources and financing
    77         77 (i)   129     758     (369 )   595  
Separation of MAB
    (7 )       (7 )   (7 )   4         (10 )
Exchange and other adjustments
    (13 )   (3 )   (16 )   37     12     12     45  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2003
    55     (5 )   50     377     (8 )   (988 )   (569 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
Current asset investments include currency swaps.
(i)
Represents a movement in cash and overdrafts of £55 million inflow (2002 £10 million outflow, 2001 £33 million outflow) (see Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows).

F-40


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 12 — Net Capital Expenditure

   
15 months ended December 31

 
Year ended
September 30

 
   
 2003
 
 2002
 
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Hotels
             
      Americas
    (42 )   92  
      EMEA
    103     121  
      Asia Pacific
    37     4  
      Central
    24     39  
   

 

 
      122     256  
Soft Drinks
    65     31  
   

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (i)
    187     287  
Discontinued operations (i)
    61     226  
   

 

 
      248     513  
   

 

 
               

 
(i)
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC comprises continuing operations. Discontinued operations relate to Mitchells & Butlers plc.

Net capital expenditure for the year ended September 30, 2001 for the Hotels division was £552 million, Soft Drinks was £28 million and discontinued operations was £288 million.

Note 13 — Operating Cash Flow

   
 15 months ended December 31

  Year ended September 30

 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Hotels
    336     (15 )   (82 )
Soft Drinks
    59     77     99  
   

 

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (i)
    395     62     17  
Discontinued operations (i)
    152     145     99  
   

 

 

 
      547     207     116  
   

 

 

 
                     

 
(i)
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC comprises continuing operations. Discontinued operations relate to Mitchells & Butlers plc for all periods presented and in 2001 includes £43 million related to Bass Brewers.

F-41


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14 — Management of Liquid Resources and Financing

   
 15 months ended December 31,

  Year ended September 30

 
      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
New borrowings (i)
    18,672     8,260     5,510  
Net commercial paper repaid
            (21 )
Other borrowings repaid (i)
    (19,061 )   (8,200 )   (5,399 )
   

 

 

 
      (389 )   60     90  
Debt assumed by MAB
    577          
Ordinary shares issued by InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and Six Continents PLC
    18     3     9  
Ordinary shares repurchased
            (103 )
   

 

 

 
Financing
    206     63     (4 )
Movement in liquid resources (ii)
    (129 )   232     497  
   

 

 

 
      77     295     493  
   

 

 

 
                     

 
(i)
Includes amounts rolled over under bank loan facilities.
(ii)
Liquid resources primarily comprise short-term deposits of less than one year, short-term investments and currency swaps.

F-42


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Intangible Fixed Assets

   
 Goodwill
 
   
 
   
 (£ million)
 
Year ended September 30, 2002
       
         
Cost:
       
At October 1, 2001
    189  
Exchange adjustments
    (3 )
Acquisitions
    11  
   
 
At September 30, 2002
    197  
   
 
Amortization:
       
At October 1, 2001
    15  
Exchange adjustments
    (1 )
Provided
    10  
   
 
At September 30, 2002
    24  
   
 
Net book value at September 30, 2002
    173  
   
 
15 months ended December 31, 2003
       
At October 1, 2002
    197  
Acquisitions
    10  
Separation of MAB
    (15 )
   
 
At December 31, 2003
    192  
   
 
Amortization:
       
At October 1, 2002
    24  
Provided
    13  
Separation of MAB
    (3 )
   
 
At December 31, 2003
    34  
   
 
Net book value at December 31, 2003
    158  
   
 

F-43


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16 — Tangible Fixed Assets

By activity
 
   
 Hotels
 
 Soft
Drinks
 
 Total
 
 Discontinued(i)
 
 Total Group
 
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Year ended September 30, 2002
                               
Cost or valuation:
                               
At October 1, 2001
    4,234     408     4,642     3,521     8,163  
Exchange and other adjustments
    (87 )       (87 )       (87 )
Additions
    364     36     400     254     654  
Disposals
    (113 )   (36 )   (149 )   (53 )   (202 )
Impairment
    (36 )       (36 )       (36 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
At September 30, 2002
    4,362     408     4,770     3,722     8,492  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Depreciation:
                               
At October 1, 2001
    290     175     465     140     605  
Exchange and other adjustments
    (16 )       (16 )       (16 )
Provided
    133     42     175     86     261  
On disposals
    (17 )   (29 )   (46 )   (30 )   (76 )
Impairment
    77         77         77  
   

 

 

 

 

 
At September 30, 2002
    467     188     655     196     851  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net book value at September 30, 2002
    3,895     220     4,115     3,526     7,641  
   

 

 

 

 

 
15 months ended December 31, 2003
                               
Cost or valuation:
                               
At October 1, 2002
    4,362     408     4,770     3,722     8,492  
Exchange and other adjustments
    2     4     6     1     7  
Additions
    314     66     380     81     461  
Disposals
    (281 )   (27 )   (308 )   (64 )   (372 )
Separation of MAB
                (3,740 )   (3,740 )
Impairment
    (22 )       (22 )       (22 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
At December 31, 2003
    4,375     451     4,826         4,826  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Depreciation:
                               
At October 1, 2002
    467     188     655     196     851  
Exchange and other adjustments
    (7 )   1     (6 )       (6 )
Provided
    186     50     236     54     290  
On disposals
    (37 )   (24 )   (61 )   (40 )   (101 )
Separation of MAB
                (210 )   (210 )
Impairment
    51         51         51  
   

 

 

 

 

 
At December 31, 2003
    660     215     875         875  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net book value at December 31, 2003
    3,715     236     3,951         3,951  
   

 

 

 

 

 
                                 

 
(i)
Discontinued operations relate to Mitchells & Butlers plc.

Tangible fixed assets have been written down in total by £73 million (2002 £113 million, 2001 £nil million) following an impairment review of the hotel estate. The impairment has been measured by reference to the value in use of income-generating units, using either the higher of value in use or estimated recoverable amount. The discount rate used for value in use calculations was 11.4%.

 

F-44


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16 — Tangible Fixed Assets (continued)

By category
 
   
 Land and
buildings
 
 Fixtures,
fittings
and
equipment
 
 Plant and
machinery
 
 Total
 
   

 

 

 

 
  (£ million)  
Year ended September 30, 2002
                         
Cost or valuation:
                         
At October 1, 2001
    5,836     2,198     129     8,163  
Exchange and other adjustments
    (59 )   (28 )       (87 )
Additions
    261     381     12     654  
Disposals
    (96 )   (101 )   (5 )   (202 )
Impairment
    (36 )           (36 )
   

 

 

 

 
At September 30, 2002
    5,906     2,450     136     8,492  
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation:
                         
At October 1, 2001
    51     480     74     605  
Exchange and other adjustments
    (4 )   (12 )       (16 )
Provided
    26     223     12     261  
On disposals
    (3 )   (69 )   (4 )   (76 )
Impairment
    77             77  
   

 

 

 

 
At September 30, 2002
    147     622     82     851  
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value at September 30, 2002
    5,759     1,828     54     7,641  
 
 
 
 
 
15 months ended December 31, 2003
                         
Cost or valuation:
                         
At October 1, 2002
    5,906     2,450     136     8,492  
Exchange and other adjustments
    11     (8 )   4     7  
Additions
    139     291     31     461  
Disposals
    (221 )   (146 )   (5 )   (372 )
Separation of MAB
    (2,809 )   (930 )   (1 )   (3,740 )
Impairment
    (22 )           (22 )
   

 

 

 

 
At December 31, 2003
    3,004     1,657     165     4,826  
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation:
                         
At October 1, 2002
    147     622     82     851  
Exchange and other adjustments
    3     (10 )   1     (6 )
Provided
    28     243     19     290  
On disposals
    (13 )   (83 )   (5 )   (101 )
Separation of MAB
    (48 )   (162 )       (210 )
Impairment
    51             51  
   

 

 

 

 
At December 31, 2003
    168     610     97     875  
 
 
 
 
 
Net book value at December 31, 2003
    2,836     1,047     68     3,951  
 
 
 
 
 

F-45


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16 — Tangible Fixed Assets (continued)

Land and buildings
 
    December 31,   September 30,  
    2003

  2002

 
      Cost or
valuation
    Depreciation     Net book
value
    Cost or
valuation
    Depreciation     Net book
value
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Freehold
    2,109     (107 )   2,002     4,692     (94 )   4,598  
Leasehold: unexpired term of more than 50 years
    825     (25 )   800     948     (16 )   932  
unexpired term of 50 years or less
    70     (36 )   34     266     (37 )   229  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      3,004     (168 )   2,836     5,906     (147 )   5,759  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Cost or valuation of properties comprises:

      December 31,     September 30,  
      2003     2002  
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
1999 valuation
    1,567     3,032  
1992 valuation
    17     29  
Cost
    1,420     2,845  
   
 
 
      3,004     5,906  
   
 
 
 
Properties

Properties, comprising land, buildings and certain fixtures, fittings and equipment, are included above at cost or valuation, less depreciation as required. The transitional rules of FRS 15 have been followed, permitting the carrying values of properties as at October 1, 1999 to be retained.

The most recent valuation of properties was undertaken in 1999 and covered all properties then owned by the Group other than hotels acquired or constructed in that year and leasehold properties having an unexpired term of 50 years or less. This valuation was undertaken by external Chartered Surveyors and internationally recognized valuers (Jones Lang LaSalle Hotels) in accordance with the Appraisal and Valuation Manual of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. The basis of valuation was predominantly existing use value and had regard to trading potential.

Historical cost

The comparable amounts under the historical cost convention for properties would be:

      December 31,     September 30,  
      2003     2002  
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Cost
    2,931     4,998  
Depreciation
    (177 )   (199 )
   

 

 
Net book value
    2,754     4,799  
   
 
 

F-46


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 17 — Fixed Asset Investments

      Investments
and
advances
restated (i)
 
   

 
      (£ million)  
Year ended September 30, 2002
       
Cost:
       
 
At October 1, 2001
    364  
Exchange and other adjustments
    (19 )
Additions
    14  
Disposals and repayments
    (20 )
   

 
At September 30, 2002
    339  
   

 
Provision for diminution in value:
       
At October 1, 2001
    130  
Exchange and other adjustments
    (7 )
On disposals
    (2 )
   

 
At September 30, 2002
    121  
   

 
Net book value at September 30, 2002
    218  
   

 
15 months ended December 31, 2003
       
Cost:
       
At October 1, 2002
    339  
Exchange adjustments
    (34 )
Reclassifications
    6  
Additions
    42  
Disposals and repayments
    (12 )
   

 
At December 31, 2003
    341  
   

 
Provision for diminution in value:
       
At October 1, 2002
    121  
Exchange adjustments
    (20 )
Reclassifications
    3  
Provisions made (ii)
    65  
   

 
At December 31, 2003
    169  
   

 
Net book value at December 31, 2003
    172  
   

 
         

 
(i)
Restated on the adoption of UITF 38 (see Note 1).
(ii)
Relates to a provision for diminution in value of the Group’s investment in FelCor Lodging Trust Inc. and other fixed asset investments.

F-47


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 17 — Fixed Asset Investments (continued)

Analysis of investments and advances
 
    December 31, 2003   September 30, 2002 restated (i)  
   
 
 
      Cost less
amount
written off
    Market
value
    Cost less
amount
written off
    Market
value
 
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Listed investments (i)
    64     66     116     87  
Unlisted investments
    108           102        
   
       
       
      172           218        
   
       
       
                       

 
(i)
Restated on the adoption of UITF 38 (see Note 1).

All listed investments are listed on a recognized investment exchange.

Note 18 — Stocks

      December 31,     September 30,  
      2003     2002  
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Raw materials
    9     8  
Work in progress
        22  
Finished goods
    21     47  
Consumable stores
    14     14  
   

 

 
      44     91  
   

 

 

Note 19 — Debtors

    December 31, 2003   September 30, 2002 restated(i)  
   
 
 
      Total     After one year     Total     After one year  
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)   (£ million)  
Trade debtors
    316           339        
Less: Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    (39 )         (50 )      
   
       
       
      277           289        
Other debtors (net of provisions for bad and doubtful debts £6 million) (2002 £5 million)
    104     17     153     2  
Corporate taxation
    37     7     1      
Pension prepayment
    47     47     88     88  
Other prepayments
    58     5     98     1  
   

 

 

 

 
      523     76     629     91  
   

 

 

 

 
                           

 
(i)
Restated for the reclassification of pension provisions (see Note 1).

F-48


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 20 — Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

      December 31,     September 30,  
      2003     2002  
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Borrowings — (Note 23)
    13     848  
Trade creditors
    133     178  
Corporate taxation
    389     455  
Other taxation and social security
    46     82  
Accrued charges
    235     274  
Proposed dividend of parent company
    70     213  
Proposed dividend for minority shareholders
    16      
Other creditors
    183     223  
   

 

 
      1,085     2,273  
   

 

 

Note 21 — Creditors: amounts falling due after one year

            September 30,  
      December 31,
2003
    2002
restated (i)
 
               
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Borrowings — (Note 23)
    988     631  
Other creditors and deferred income
    97     100  
   

 

 
      1,085     731  
   

 

 
               

 
(i)
Restated for the reclassification of pension provisions (see Note 1).

F-49


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 22 — Deferred Taxation and Other Provisions for Liabilities and Charges

          Other provisions for liabilities and charges

 
     
Deferred
Taxation
    Hotels
Reorganization (ii)
   
MAB Reorganization
   
Onerous
contracts (iii)
   

Pensions (iv)
   

Other (v)
   

Total
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
At October 1, 2001
    487         9     22         73     104  
Reclassification of pension balances
                    36         36  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
At October 1, 2001 (restated)
    487         9     22     36     73     140  
Profit and loss account
    11         2         3     (56 )   (51 )
Expenditure
                (10 )       (8 )   (18 )
Exchange and other adjustments
    (3 )                        
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
At September 30, 2002
    495         11     12     39     9     71  
                                             
Profit and loss account
    10     67         (6 )   6     (1)     66  
Expenditure
        (37 )   (2 )   (4 )       (4 )   (47 )
Exchange and other adjustments
    (2 )   (3 )   (6 )   3     1         (5 )
Separation of MAB
    (189 )       (3 )           (3 )   (6 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
At December 31, 2003
    314     27         5     46     1     79  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)
Restated for the reclassification of pension provisions (see Note 1).
(ii)
Relates to the Hotels reorganization charged as a non-operating exceptional item and is expected to be largely utilized in the year to 31 December 2005.
(iii)
Primarily relates to onerous fixed lease contracts acquired with the InterContinental hotels business and having expiry dates to 2008.
(iv)
Relates to unfunded post retirement benefit plans (see Note 4).
(v)
Represents liabilities with varying expected utilization dates. During 2002, disposal provisions no longer required of £48 million were released to the profit and loss account as a non-operating exceptional item (see Note 5).
 
Deferred taxation
 

    December 31,     September 30,  
Analyzed as tax on timing differences related to:
    2003     2002  
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
               
Fixed assets
    252     437  
Deferred gains on loan notes
    123     125  
Losses
    (37 )   (67 )
Pension prepayment
    14     26  
Other
    (38 )   (26 )
   

 

 
      314     495  
   

 

 

The deferred tax asset of £37 million (2002 £67 million) recognized in respect of losses includes £6 million (2002 £30 million) of capital losses available to be utilized against the realization of capital gains which are recognized as a deferred tax liability and £31 million (2002 £37 million) in respect of revenue tax losses. Tax losses with a value of £317 million (2002 £157 million), including capital losses with a value of £112 million (2002 £111 million), have not been recognized as their use is uncertain or not currently anticipated.

No provision has been made for deferred tax on the sale of properties at their revalued amounts. The total amount unprovided is estimated at £215 million (2002 £348 million restated(i)).

No provision has been made for deferred tax on the sale of properties where gains have been, or are expected to be, deferred against expenditure on replacement assets for an indefinite period until the sale of the replacement assets. The total amount unprovided is estimated at £52 million (2002 £166 million restated (i)). It is not anticipated that any such tax will be payable in the foreseeable future.


 
(i)     Restated following a review of historical tax basis and unrealized gains in respect of the Group’s properties, principally related to MAB.

 

F-50


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 23 — Borrowings

Analysis of borrowings
 
    December 31, 2003

  September 30, 2002

 
      Within
one year
    After
one year
    Total     Within
one year
    After
one year
    Total  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Secured bank loans and overdrafts:
                                     
Bank loans (i)
    3     57     60     4     55     59  
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts:
                                     
Bank loans
    5     489     494     579     46     625  
Overdrafts
    5         5     66         66  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total bank loans and overdrafts
    13     546     559     649     101     750  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Secured — other borrowings:
                                     
2016 debenture stock 10.375% (ii)
                    250     250  
Other debenture stock and loans (iii)
        1     1     7     2     9  
Unsecured — other borrowings:
                                     
2003 Guaranteed Notes 6.625% ($300 million)
                192         192  
2007 Guaranteed Notes 5.75% (£250 million)
        18     18         250     250  
2010 Guaranteed Notes 4.75% (€600 million)
        420     420              
Other loan stock (iv)
        3     3         28     28  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total other borrowings
        442     442     199     530     729  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total borrowings
    13     988     1,001     848     631     1,479  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           

 
(i)
Secured by way of mortgage over individual hotel properties. The terms, rates of interest and currencies of these bank loans vary.
(ii)
Secured by a first floating charge on the assets of Six Continents PLC and certain of its UK subsidiaries and by cross guarantees given by these subsidiaries.
(iii)
Secured on the individual assets purchased by using such borrowings. The terms, rates of interest and currencies of these borrowings vary.
(iv)
Amounts due after more than one year at September 30, 2002, include borrowings of £16 million bearing interest at a fixed rate of 4.52%.

The weighted average interest rate on overdrafts outstanding at December 31, 2003 is 4.75% (September 30, 2002 5.00%). Interest on all other borrowings is at variable rates unless otherwise stated. Interest on the unsecured bank loans drawn at December 31, 2003 is at a weighted average rate of 2.2% (September 30, 2002 2.6%). All borrowings are redeemable at par.

F-51


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 23 — Borrowings (continued)

Analysis by year of repayment
 
    December 31, 2003

  September 30, 2002

 
      Bank
loans and
overdrafts
    Other
borrowings
    Total     Bank
loans and
overdrafts
    Other
borrowings
    Total  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Due:
                                     
Within one year
    13         13     649     199     848  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Between one and two years
    42         42     3     11     14  
Between two and three years
    452         452     12         12  
Between three and four years
    33     18     51     32     16     48  
Between four and five years
    11         11     24         24  
Thereafter
                                     
By installment
    3         3     12         12  
Other than by installment
    5     424     429     18     503     521  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Due after more than one year
    546     442     988     101     530     631  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total borrowings
    559     442     1,001     750     729     1,479  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Amounts repayable by installments, some of which fall due after five years
    22         22     23         23  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Facilities committed by banks
 
      December 31,
2003
    September 30,
2002
 
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Utilized
    554     684  
Unutilized
    408     944  
   

 

 
      962     1,628  
   

 

 
Unutilized facilities expire:
             
Within one year
        590  
After one year but before two years
    36     30  
After two years
    372     324  
   

 

 
      408     944  
   
 
 

F-52


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 24 — Financial Instruments

The following disclosures provide information regarding the effect of financial instruments on the financial assets and liabilities of the Group, other than short-term debtors and creditors.

Interest rate risk

In order to manage interest rate risk, the Group enters into interest rate swap, interest rate option and forward rate agreements. At December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2002 notional principal balances and related interest rates under interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements were:

    Expected to mature before December 31                    
Interest rate swaps and forward rate
 
                   
agreements
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     Thereafter     Total     Fair value (i)  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
At December 31, 2003
                                                 
Principal
    $250 m   $600 m   $300 m               $1,150 m   $(44)m  
Fixed rate payable
    5.7 %   4.4 %   4.4 %               4.7 %      
Variable rate receivable
    1.2 %   1.2 %   1.2 %               1.2 %      
Principal
    €100 m   €65 m                   €165 m   €(4)m  
Fixed rate payable
    4.0 %   4.2 %                   4.1 %      
Variable rate receivable
    2.2 %   2.2 %                   2.2 %      
Principal
                        €300 m   €300 m    
Variable rate payable
                        3.0 %   3.0 %      
Fixed rate receivable
                        4.8 %   4.8 %      
Principal
    A$50 m                       A$50 m    
Fixed rate payable
    4.7 %                       4.7 %      
Variable rate receivable
    5.5 %                       5.5 %      
Principal
    HK$370 m                       HK$370 m   HK$(17)m  
Fixed rate payable
    5.2 %                       5.2 %      
Variable rate receivable
    0.4 %                       0.4 %      

 
(i)
Represents the net present value of the expected cash flows discounted at current market rates of interest.

The principal indicates the extent of the use of the instrument, but exposure is limited to the interest rate differential on the principal. At December 31, 2003 the risk was approximately equal to the fair value shown. The variable rates shown are those prevailing on December 31, 2003.

F-53


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 24 — Financial Instruments (continued)

    Expected to mature before September 30                    
Interest rate swaps and forward rate
 
                   
agreements
    2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     Thereafter     Total     Fair Value (i)  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
At September 30, 2002
                                                 
Principal
    $505 m   $100 m   $300 m   $250 m   $150 m       $1,305 m   $(51 )m
Fixed rate payable
    3.6 %   6.0 %   5.1 %   4.2 %   4.2 %       4.3 %      
Variable rate receivable
    1.8 %   1.8 %   1.8 %   1.8 %   1.8 %       1.8 %      
Principal
    £200 m   £50 m               £250 m   £500 m   £19 m
Variable rate payable
    4.3 %   4.0 %               4.6 %   4.4 %      
Fixed rate receivable
    4.2 %   6.8 %               5.8 %   5.2 %      
Principal
    €256 m                       €256 m   €(3 )m
Fixed rate payable
    4.5 %                       4.5 %      
Variable rate receivable
    3.4 %                       3.4 %      
Principal
                €25 m           €25 m   €1 m
Variable rate payable
                3.7 %           3.7 %      
Fixed rate receivable
                4.5 %           4.5 %      
Principal
        A$50 m                   A$50 m    
Fixed rate payable
        4.7 %                   4.7 %      
Variable rate receivable
        4.9 %                   4.9 %      
Principal
        HK$700 m                   HK$700 m   HK$(11 )m
Fixed rate payable
        3.2 %                   3.2 %      
Variable rate receivable
        1.8 %                   1.8 %      
Principal (ii)
        $150 m       $150 m           $300 m   $(10 )m
Fixed rate payable
        5.4 %       3.9 %           4.6 %      
Principal (ii)
        €50 m   €115 m               €165 m   €(2 )m
Fixed rate payable
        4.0 %   4.1 %               4.1 %      
Principal (ii)
            HK$370 m               HK$370 m   HK$(8 )m
Fixed rate payable
            5.2 %               5.2 %      

 
(i)
Represents the net present value of the expected cash flows discounted at current market rates of interest.
(ii)
Contracts entered into before September 30, 2002 and commencing after that date with variable rates set in accordance with the contracts on commencement.

The principal indicates the extent of the use of the instrument, but exposure is limited to the interest rate differential on the principal. At September 30, 2002 the risk was approximately equal to the fair value shown. The variable interest rates are those prevailing on September 30, 2002.

Interest rate option agreements

At December 31, 2003, the Group had not entered into any interest rate option agreements. At September 30, 2002, the Group had entered into the following interest rate option agreements:

    2002

 
     
Principal
   
Cap rate
   
Swap rate
   
Maturity
 
   

 

 

 

 
US dollar swaption — Interest payable
    $250 m       3.47 %   2005  
US dollar cap — Interest payable
    $100 m   4.00 %       2005  

F-54


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 24 — Financial Instruments (continued)

At December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2002, the interest rate profile of the Group’s material financial assets and liabilities, after taking account of the interest rate swap agreements and currency swap agreements detailed above, was:

                                  Interest at fixed rate

 
                      Principal

    Weighted     Weighted
average
period for
 
      Net debt     Currency Swap agreements     Total     at variable
rate (i)
    at fixed
rate
    average
rate
    which rate
is fixed
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
                  (£ million)                 (%)     (years)  
At December 31, 2003
                                           
Current asset investments and cash at bank and in hand:
                                           
Sterling
    377     934     1,311     1,311              
US dollar
    9         9     9              
Other
    46         46     46              
Borrowings:
                                           
Sterling
    (24 )       (24 )   (3 )   (21 )   5.0     4.1  
US dollar
    (337 )   (615 )   (952 )   (301 )   (651 )   4.7     1.5  
Euro
    (514 )   (258 )   (772 )   (403 )   (369 )   4.8     4.7  
Hong Kong dollar
    (84 )       (84 )   (57 )   (27 )   5.2     0.8  
Other
    (42 )   (61 )   (103 )   (82 )   (21 )   4.7     0.7  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
      (569 )       (569 )   520     (1,089 )   4.8     2.6  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
At September 30, 2002                                      
Current asset investments and cash at bank and in hand:
                                           
Sterling
    196     2,153     2,349     2,349              
US dollar
    30         30     30              
Other
    76         76     76              
Borrowings:
                                           
Sterling
    (532 )       (532 )   (327 )   (205 )   10.2     13.5  
US dollar
    (463 )   (1,490 )   (1,953 )   (1,195 )   (758 )   5.4     2.1  
Euro
    (183 )   (628 )   (811 )   (598 )   (213 )   4.9     1.9  
Hong Kong dollar
    (215 )       (215 )   (158 )   (57 )   3.2     1.0  
Other
    (86 )   (35 )   (121 )   (104 )   (17 )   4.7     2.0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
      (1,177 )       (1,177 )   73     (1,250 )   6.0     4.2  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(i)
Primarily based on the relevant inter-bank rate.

At December 31, 2003, the Group had investments and advances totaling £172 million (2002 £218 million) on which no interest is receivable and which do not have a maturity date. These interests are denominated primarily in US dollars.

The Group had other creditors and deferred income, denominated primarily in US dollars, due after one year of £97 million at December 31, 2003 (2002 £100 million) on which no interest is payable.

F-55


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 24 — Financial Instruments (continued)

Currency risk

In order to manage currency risk, the Group enters into agreements for the forward purchase or sale of foreign currencies as well as currency options. Foreign currency flows in respect of imports and exports are also netted where practical. As virtually all foreign exchange gains and losses are charged to the Statement of Total Recognized Group Gains and Losses under the hedging provisions of SSAP 20 ‘Foreign Currency Translation’, no disclosure of the remaining currency risks has been provided on the grounds of materiality.

At December 31, 2003, the Group had contracted to exchange within one year the equivalent of £49 million (2002 £35 million) of various currencies.

Currency swap agreements

The Group had entered into the following currency swap agreements at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2002:

    Deposited

  Borrowed

 
      2003     2002     2003     2002  
   

 

 

 

 
Sterling to US dollar
    £639m     £1,518m     $1,097m     $2,331m  
Sterling to euro
    £250m     £640m     €364m     €999m  
Sterling to Australian dollar
    £42m     £35m     A$100m     A$100m  
Sterling to New Zealand dollar
    £19m         NZ$51m      
 
Liquidity risk

A liquidity analysis of the Group’s borrowings is provided in Note 23, along with details of the Group’s material unutilized committed borrowing facilities.

The liquidity analysis of the Group’s other financial liabilities at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2002 is set out below.

      December 31,
2003
    September 30,
2002

restated (i)
 
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Other creditors and deferred income
             
Due:
             
between one and two years
    36     36  
between two and five years
    35     39  
after five years
    26     25  
   

 

 
      97     100  
   

 

 

             
(i)
Restated for the reclassification of pension provisions (see Note 1).

F-56


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 24 — Financial Instruments (continued)

Fair values

The net book values and related fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2002 are:

    December 31,   September 30,  
    2003

  2002 restated (i)

 
      Net book value     Fair value     Net book value     Fair value  
   
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Fixed asset investments
    172     174     218     189  
   

 

 

 

 
Cash and overdrafts
    50     50     18     18  
Current asset investments
    361     361     178     178  
Currency swap agreements
    16     20     40     44  
Other borrowings
    (996 )   (1,000 )   (1,413 )   (1,535 )
   

 

 

 

 
Net debt
    (569 )   (569 )   (1,177 )   (1,295 )
   

 

 

 

 
Other financial liabilities
    (97 )   (97 )   (100 )   (100 )
Interest rate swap agreements
        (29 )       (24 )
Forward exchange contracts
        (1 )       (1 )
   

 

 

 

 
      (494 )   (522 )   (1,059 )   (1,231 )
   

 

 

 

 
                           

 
(i)
Restated on the adoption of UITF 38 and for the reclassification of pension provisions (see Note 1).

The fair values of listed fixed asset investments and borrowings are based on market prices at the year end. Other assets and liabilities have been fair valued by discounting expected future cash flows to present value.

Hedges

The Group’s unrecognized gains and losses for the year on derivative financial instruments are:

      Gains     Losses     Total  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Unrecognized at October 1, 2001
    10     (21 )   (11 )
Recognized in the year
    (5 )   16     11  
Arising in the year but not recognized
    19     (40 )   (21 )
   

 

 

 
Unrecognized at September 30, 2002
    24     (45 )   (21 )
   

 

 

 
Recognized in the period
    (2 )   31     29  
Arising in the period but not recognized
    (18 )   (16 )   (34 )
   

 

 

 
Unrecognized at December 31, 2003
    4     (30 )   (26 )
   

 

 

 
Expected to be recognized in the year ending December 31, 2004
    3     (6 )   (3 )
Expected to be recognized thereafter
    1     (24 )   (23 )
   

 

 

 
 
Counterparty risk

The Group is exposed to loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to the above agreements but such non-performance is not expected to occur.

F-57


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 25 — Goodwill eliminated

Goodwill purchased prior to September 30, 1998 and eliminated against Group reserves is as follows:

      Cost of goodwill eliminated     Exchange adjustments     Total  
   
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Eliminated to September 30, 2001
    2,403     220     2,623  
Exchange adjustments
        (98 )   (98 )
   

 

 

 
Eliminated to September 30, 2002
    2,403     122     2,525  
Separation of MAB
    (50 )       (50 )
Exchange adjustments
        (139 )   (139 )
   

 

 

 
Eliminated to December 31, 2003
    2,353     (17 )   2,336  
   

 

 

 

Note 26 — Major Acquisitions and Disposals

Year ended September 30, 2001

In the year the Group acquired the Posthouse hotel business.

      Net book value     Fair value adjustments     Fair value  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)
Goodwill
    381     (381 ) (i)    
Tangible fixed assets
    1,058     (160 ) (ii)   898  
Current assets (excluding cash)
    31         31  
Cash
    262         262  
Creditors due within one year
    (41 )   (37 ) (iii)   (78 )
Borrowings
    (38 )       (38 )
Deferred taxation
        (41 ) (iv)   (41 )
   

 

 

 
Net assets
    1,653     (619 )   1,034  
   
 
       
Consideration:
                   
     Preference shares (v)     (20 )
     Cash     (1,014 )
               
 
Goodwill      
               
 
                   

 
          The Posthouse hotel business was acquired on April 4, 2001. The consideration shown includes costs and working capital and net debt adjustments. The main fair value adjustments are:
(i)
write off of goodwill arising on a prior transaction;
(ii)
revaluation of hotels;
(iii)
reassessment of creditors including corporate tax and other acquired liabilities; and
(iv)
reassessment of the deferred taxation effect of all timing differences including those relating to fair value adjustments.
(v)
Preference shares were issued by a subsidiary undertaking.

For the period October 1, 2000 to the date of acquisition and for its preceding financial year ended September 30, 2000, the Posthouse business generated operating profit of £40 million and £80 million, respectively.

The pro forma effect on earnings of this acquisition is not significant.

F-58


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 26 — Major Acquisitions and Disposals (continued)

Year ended September 30, 2002

There were no major acquisitions or disposals in the year ended September 30, 2002.

15 months ended December 31, 2003

Separation of MAB

      £ million  
   

 
Net assets disposed
       
Intangible assets
    12  
Tangible assets
    3,530  
Stocks
    47  
Debtors
    140  
Current asset investments
    7  
Cash at bank and in hand
    7  
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
    (244 )
Provisions for liabilities and charges
    (195 )
Debt assumed by MAB
    (577 )
   

 
      2,727  
Goodwill previously eliminated against reserves
    50  
   

 
      2,777  
   

 

There were no major acquisitions in the 15 months ended December 31, 2003.

Note 27 — Share Options

Former Six Continents Share Schemes

Under the terms of the Separation, holders of options under the Six Continents Executive Share Option Schemes were given the opportunity to exchange their Six Continents PLC options for equivalent value new options over IHG PLC shares. As a result of this exchange, 23,195,482 IHG PLC shares were put under option at prices ranging from 295.33p to 593.29p. The exchanged options are immediately exercisable and are not subject to performance conditions. The latest date that any rolled over options may be exercised is October 2012.

Options held under the Six Continents Savings Related Share Option Schemes by eligible UK employees became exercisable for a period of six months from April 11, 2003. Options exercised during this period resulted in the issue of 1,659,515 IHG PLC shares. The remainder of these options lapsed on October 11, 2003.

New Share Plans established on Separation
 
Executive Share Option Plan

The Remuneration Committee, consisting solely of non-executive directors, may select employees, including executive directors, of the Group, for the grant of options to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. The option price will not be less than the market value of an ordinary share, or the nominal value if higher. The market value will be the quoted price on the business day preceding the date of grant, or the average of the middle market quoted prices on the three consecutive dealing days immediately preceding the date of grant. The International Schedule to the Scheme extends it to executives outside the United Kingdom. Grants of options under the Executive Share Option Plan are normally made annually and except in exceptional circumstances, will not, in any year, exceed three times annual salary for executive directors. A performance condition has to be met before options can be exercised. The performance condition is set by the Remuneration Committee.

In May and September 2003, options were granted to 170 employees over 7,375,272 IHG PLC shares at 438p and 491.75p per share, respectively. For options granted in 2003, the Company’s adjusted earnings per share over the three-year period ending December 31, 2005 must increase by at least nine percentage points over

F-59


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 27 — Share Options (continued)

the increase in the UK Retail Prices Index for the same period for any of the award to vest. Options granted in 2003 are exercisable between 2006 and 2013, subject to achievement of the performance condition.

Performance Restricted Share Plan

The Performance Restricted Share Plan allows executive directors and eligible employees to receive share awards, subject to the satisfaction of a performance condition, set by the Remuneration Committee, normally measured over a three-year period. Awards are normally made annually and, except in exceptional circumstances, will not exceed three times salary for executive directors. In determining the level of awards within this maximum limit, the Remuneration Committee takes into account the level of Executive Share Options already granted to the same person. As of March 22, 2004 conditional rights over 5,281,020 IHG PLC shares had been awarded to 46 employees under the plan. The plan provides for the grant of ‘nil cost options’ to participants as an alternative to conditional share awards. As of March 22, 2004 no such nil cost options had been granted.

Sharesave Plan

The Sharesave Plan is a savings plan whereby employees contract to save a fixed amount each month with a Savings Institution for three or five years. At the end of the savings term, employees are given the option to purchase shares at a price set before savings began. The Sharesave Plan is available to all UK employees (including executive directors) employed by participating Group companies provided they have been employed for at least one year. The plan provides for the grant of options to subscribe for ordinary shares at the higher of nominal value and not less than 80% of the middle market quotations of the ordinary shares on the three dealing days immediately following an announcement of results. As of March 22, 2004, 1,365,251 ordinary shares were subject to options under the Sharesave Plan at a subscription price of 420.5p, exercisable up to the year 2009.

US Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The US Employee Stock Purchase Plan will allow eligible employees resident in the United States an opportunity to acquire Company ADSs on advantageous terms. The plan, when operational, will comply with Section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The option to purchase ADSs may be offered only to employees of designated subsidiary companies. The option price may not be less than the lesser of either 85% of the fair market value of an ADS on the date of grant or 85% of the fair market value of an ADS on the date of exercise. Options granted under the plan must generally be exercised within 27 months from the date of grant. The plan was not operated during fiscal 2003 and at March 22, 2004 no options had been granted under the plan.

In any ten-year period, not more than 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company may be allocated under all the employee share plans operated by the Company. In addition, in any ten-year period, not more than 5% of the issued ordinary share capital may be allocated under the discretionary share plans operated by the Company. These limits include rights to ordinary shares issued in respect of options granted under the former Six Continents Share Schemes referred to above.

F-60


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 27 — Share Options (continued)

Movements in the options outstanding under these schemes for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2001 and 2002 are as follows:

    InterContinental Hotels Group
Employee Savings Share
Schemes


  InterContinental Hotels Group
Executive Share Option
Schemes


 
   
 No. of
shares
 
 Range of
option prices
 
 No. of
shares
 
 Range of
option prices
 
   

 

 

 

 
   
 (000)
 
 (pence)
 
 (000)
 
 (pence)
 
Options outstanding at October 1, 2000
    7,378     367.0-886.0     16,637     469.4-1,014.5  
Granted
    1,061     626.0-626.0     4,651     723.0-723.0  
Exercised
    (1,345 )   367.0-886.0     (375 )   476.6-746.0  
Lapsed or canceled
    (3,021 )   367.0-886.0     (267 )   597.0-1,014.5  
   
       
       
Options outstanding at September 30, 2001
    4,073     400.0-886.0     20,646     469.4-1,014.5  
Granted
    1,883     600.0-600.0     5,308     700.0-700.4  
Exercised
    (285 )   400.0-734.0     (198 )   505.0-746.0  
Lapsed or canceled
    (876 )   400.0-886.0     (3,109 )   469.4-1,014.5  
   
       
       
Options outstanding at September 30, 2002
    4,795     470.0-886.0     22,647     505.0-1,014.5  
Granted
            658     527.5  
Exercised
    (31 )   470.0-654.0     (24 )   505.0-527.5  
Lapsed or canceled
    (969 )   470.0-886.0     (163 )   584.0-1,014.5  
Transferred to MAB
            (9,523 )   505.0-1,014.5  
   
       
       
Closing Six Continents PLC share options
    3,795     470.0-886.0     13,595     505.0-1,014.5  
Rolled over share options
    2,694         9,651      
   
       
       
Opening InterContinental Hotels Group PLC share options
    6,489     350.0-518.1     23,246     295.3-593.3  
Granted
    1,375     420.5     7,375     438.0-491.7  
Exercised
    (1,661 )   350.0-518.1     (3,242 )   295.3-466.7  
Lapsed or canceled
    (4,830 )   350.0-518.1     (159 )   304.1-438.0  
   
       
       
Options outstanding at December 31, 2003
    1,373     420.5     27,220     295.3-593.3  
   

 

 

 

 
Options exercisable:
                         
At December 31, 2003
            19,998     295.3-593.3  
   

 

 

 

 
At September 30, 2002
    384     470.0-734.0     4,052     505.0-1,014.5  
   
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2001
    300     400.0-886.0     5,790     469.5-851.5  
   
 
 
 
 
Fair value of options granted during the period ended:
                         
December 31, 2003
          176.2           99.3  
September 30, 2002
          122.6           160.7  
September 30, 2001
          165.0           142.0  
         
       
 

The weighted average fair values of options granted were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: dividend yield of 3% (2002 5%, 2001 5%) expected volatility of 30% (2002 26%, 2001 32%), risk free interest rate of 5% (2002 5%, 2001 6%) and expected life of 3 to 5 years (2002 3 to 5 years, 2001 5 years).

F-61


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 27 — Share Options (continued)

Movements in the options outstanding under the option schemes for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 and the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001 and the related weighted average option prices are as follows:

    InterContinental Hotels Group
Employee Savings
Share Schemes

  InterContinental Hotels Group Executive
Share Option Schemes

 
   
 No. of
shares
 
 Weighted
average
option price
 
 
No. of
shares
 
 Weighted
average
option price
 
   

 

 

 

 
   
 (000)
 
 (pence)
 
 (000)
 
 (pence)
 
Options outstanding at October 1, 2000
    7,378     657.7     16,637     711.3  
Granted
    1,061     626.0     4,651     723.0  
Exercised
    (1,345 )   568.7     (375 )   578.3  
Lapsed or canceled
    (3,021 )   707.6     (267 )   785.6  
   
       
       
Options outstanding at September 30, 2001
    4,073     641.9     20,646     715.4  
Granted
    1,883     600.0     5,308     700.4  
Exercised
    (285 )   474.7     (198 )   600.3  
Lapsed or canceled
    (876 )   673.9     (3,109 )   720.5  
   
       
       
Options outstanding at September 30, 2002
    4,795     629.5     22,647     707.7  
Granted
            658     527.5  
Exercised
    (31 )   493.7     (24 )   519.0  
Lapsed or canceled
    (969 )   641.0     (163 )   695.5  
Transferred to MAB
            (9,523 )   712.9  
   
       
       
Closing Six Continents PLC
    3,795     627.7     13,595     695.8  
Conversion into InterContinental Hotels Group PLC share options
    2,694         9,651      
   
       
       
Rolled over InterContinental Hotels Group PLC share options
    6,489     367.2     23,246     413.5  
Granted
    1,375     420.5     7,375     439.6  
Exercised
    (1,661 )   364.8     (3,242 )   375.7  
Lapsed or canceled
    (4,830 )   368.0     (159 )   433.5  
   
       
       
Options outstanding at December 31, 2003
    1,373     420.5     27,220     424.9  
   
 
 
 
 
Options exercisable:
                         
At December 31, 2003
            19,998     419.6  
   
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2002
    384     665.9     4,052     848.7  
   
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2001
    300     624.2     5,790     759.3  
   
 
 
 
 

F-62


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 27 — Share Options (continued)

Summarized information about options outstanding at December 31, 2003 under the share option schemes is as follows:

    Options outstanding

  Options exercisable

 
Range of exercise prices (pence)
 
 Number
outstanding
 
 Weighted
average
remaining
contract life
 
 Weighted
average
option price
 
 Number
exercisable
 
 Weighted
average
option price
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 (000)
 
 (years)
 
 (pence)
 
 (000)
 
 (pence)
 
InterContinental Hotels Group Employee Savings Share Schemes
                               
420.5
    1,373     3.8     420.5          
   
 
 
 
 
 
InterContinental Hotels Group Executive Share Option Schemes
                               
295.3 to 353.8
    5,310     6.2     344.3     5,310     344.3  
353.9 to 498.0
    21,173     7.8     439.3     13,951     439.2  
498.1 to 593.3
    737     4.3     593.3     737     593.3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      27,220     7.4     424.9     19,998     419.6  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Note 28 – Financial Commitments

The Group has annual commitments under noncancelable operating leases which expire as follows:

    December 31,   September 30,  
    2003

  2002

 
   
 Properties
 
 Other
 
 Properties
 
 Other
 
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Within one year
    1     2     3     4  
Between one and five years
    10     5     17     9  
After five years
    32         75      
   
 
 
 
 
      43     7     95     13  
   
 
 
 
 

Total commitments under non-cancellable operating leases at December 31, 2003 are as follows:

   
 December 31, 2003
 
   
 
   
 (£ million)
 
Due within one year
    50  
One to two years
    47  
Two to three years
    44  
Three to four years
    41  
Four to five years
    33  
Thereafter
    853  
   
 
      1,068  
   
 

There are a number of property and equipment leases used in the Group’s operations where, in addition to a specified minimum rental, the leases provide for contingent rentals based on percentages of revenue. The average remaining term of these leases, which generally contain renewal options, is approximately 12 years. No material restrictions or guarantees exist in the Group’s lease obligations.

 

F-63


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 29 — Contracts for Expenditure on Fixed Assets

   
 December 31,
 
 September 30,
 
   
 2003
 
 2002
 
   
 
 
    (£ million)  
Contracts placed for expenditure on fixed assets not
             
   provided for in the financial statements
    63     314  
   
 
 

Note 30 — Contingencies

Contingent liabilities not provided for in the financial statements relate to:

   
 December 31,
 
 September 30,
 
   
 2003
 
 2002
 
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Guarantees
    11     16  
   

 

 

In limited cases, the Group may provide performance guarantees to third-party owners to secure management contracts. The maximum exposure under such guarantees is £88 million. It is the view of the directors that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in these financial statements, such guarantees are not expected to result in financial loss to the Group.

As of December 31, 2003 the Group had outstanding letters of credit of approximately £18 million mainly relating to self-insurance programs.

The Group may guarantee loans made to facilitate third-party ownership of hotels that the Group has an equity interest in and manages. As of December 31, 2003 the Group was a guarantor of loans which could reach a maximum of £18 million.

The Group has given warranties in respect of the disposal of certain of its former subsidiaries. It is the view of the directors that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in these financial statements, such warranties are not expected to result in financial loss to the Group.

Note 31 — Companies Act 1985

These financial statements do not comprise the Company’s “statutory accounts” within the meaning of Section 240 of the Companies Act 1985 of Great Britain. Statutory accounts for the period ended December 31, 2003 will be delivered to the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales in due course and statutory accounts for the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001 have been so delivered. The auditors’ reports on such accounts were unqualified.

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003

As discussed in Note 1, during 2003 the Company changed its fiscal year end to December 31 and thus its financial statements for its last fiscal period are presented for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 as permitted by the Companies Act 1985. In accordance with the transition period reporting requirements of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, an unaudited analysis of the financial statements and notes thereto for this 15 month period showing the three month period ended December 31, 2002 and the 12 month period ended December 31, 2003 is presented below.

F-64


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

(a) Consolidated profit and loss account

    Unaudited   Unaudited              
    Three months ended
December 31, 2002

  12 months ended
December 31, 2003

  15 months ended
December 31, 2003

 
    Before
exceptional
items
  Exceptional
items
  Total     Before
exceptional
items
  Exceptional
items
  Total   Before
exceptional
items
  Exceptional
items
  Total  
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million, except per ordinary share amounts)  
Turnover
  871     871     2,612     2,612   3,483     3,483  
                                         
Analyzed as:
                                       
Continuing operations
  529     529     2,161     2,161   2,690     2,690  
Discontinued operations
  342     342     451     451   793     793  
                                         
                                         
Costs and overheads, less other income
  (759 )   (759 )   (2,241 ) (51 ) (2,292 ) (3,000 ) (51 ) (3,051 )
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit
  112     112     371   (51 ) 320   483   (51 ) 432  
                                         
Analyzed as:
                                       
Continuing operations
  60     60     286   (51 ) 235   346   (51 ) 295  
Discontinued operations
  52     52     85     85   137     137  
                                         
                                         
Non-operating exceptional items
    (3 ) (3 )     (210 ) (210 )   (213 ) (213 )
                                         
Analyzed as:
                                       
Continuing operations:
                                       
Cost of fundamental reorganization
            (67 ) (67 )   (67 ) (67 )
Separation costs
    (3 ) (3 )     (48 ) (48 )   (51 ) (51 )
Profit on disposal of fixed assets
            4   4     4   4  
Provision against fixed asset
     investments
            (56 ) (56 )   (56 ) (56 )
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
      (3 ) (3 )     (167 ) (167 )   (170 ) (170 )
Discontinued operations:
                                       
Separation costs
            (41 ) (41 )   (41 ) (41 )
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
            (2 ) (2 )   (2 ) (2 )
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
              (43 ) (43 )   (43 ) (43 )
                                         
                                         
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
  112   (3 ) 109     371   (261 ) 110   483   (264 ) 219  
Interest receivable
  27     27     77     77   104     104  
Interest payable and similar charges
  (39 )   (39 )   (112 )   (112 ) (151 )   (151 )
Premium on early settlement of debt
            (136 ) (136 )   (136 ) (136 )
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation
  100   (3 ) 97     336   (397 ) (61 ) 436   (400 ) 36  
Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities
  (29 )   (29 )   (18 ) 64   46   (47 ) 64   17  
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after taxation
  71   (3 ) 68     318   (333 ) (15 ) 389   (336 ) 53  
Minority equity interests
  (4 )   (4 )   (30 )   (30 ) (34 )   (34 )
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings available for shareholders
  67   (3 ) 64     288   (333 ) (45 ) 355   (336 ) 19  
Dividends on equity shares
          (156 )   (156 ) (156 )   (156 )
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Retained for reinvestment in the business
  67   (3 ) 64     132   (333 ) (201 ) 199   (336 ) (137 )
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per ordinary share
                                       
Basic
  9.1 p (0.4 )p 8.7 p   39.3p   (33.2 )p (6.1 )p 48.4p   (45.8 )p 2.6 p
Diluted
          8.7 p           (6.1 )p         2.6 p

F-65


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

(b)
Consolidated statement of total recognized gains and losses

      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited 12 months ended December 31, 2003     15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
      (£ million) 
                     
Earnings available for shareholders
    64     (45 )   19  
   

 

 

 
Reversal of previous revaluation gains due to impairment
        (22 )   (22 )
Exchange differences
                   
Goodwill eliminated
        (139 )   (139 )
Other assets and liabilities
    9     70     79  
   

 

 

 
Other recognized gains and losses
    9     (91 )   (82 )
   

 

 

 
Total recognized gains and losses for the period
    73     (136 )   (63 )
   

 

 

 
   
(c)
Note of historical cost Group profits and losses
   
      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited 12 months ended December 31, 2003     15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
     
(£ million)
                     
Reported profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation
    97     (61 )   36  
Realization of revaluation gains of previous periods
    2     14     16  
   
 
 
 
Historical cost profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation
    99     (47 )   52  
   

 

 

 
Historical cost profit/(loss) retained after taxation, minority
equity interests and dividends
    66     (187 )   (121 )
   

 

 

 

F-66


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

(d)
Consolidated statement of cash flows
   
      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Operating activities
    164     631     795  
   

 

 

 
Interest paid
    (39 )   (102 )   (141 )
Costs associated with new facilities
        (20 )   (20 )
Premium on early settlement of debt
        (136 )   (136 )
Dividends paid to minority shareholders
        (22 )   (22 )
Interest received
    35     76     111  
   

 

 

 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
    (4 )   (204 )   (208 )
   

 

 

 
UK corporation tax (paid)/received
    (14 )   39     25  
Overseas corporate tax paid
    (14 )   (7 )   (21 )
   

 

 

 
Taxation
    (28 )   32     4  
   

 

 

 
Paid:
                   
Intangible fixed assets
        (10 )   (10 )
Tangible fixed assets
    (127 )   (348 )   (475 )
Fixed asset investments
    (1 )   (36 )   (37 )
Received:
                   
Tangible fixed assets
    6     259     265  
Fixed asset investments
    2     7     9  
   

 

 

 
Capital expenditure and financial investment
    (120 )   (128 )   (248 )
   

 

 

 
Separation costs
    (7 )   (59 )   (66 )
   

 

 

 
Acquisitions and disposals
    (7 )   (59 )   (66 )
   

 

 

 
Equity dividends
        (299 )   (299 )
   

 

 

 
Net cash flow
    5     (27 )   (22 )
Management of liquid resources
    43     (172 )   (129 )
Financing
    15     191     206  
   

 

 

 
Movement in cash and overdrafts
    63     (8 )   55  
   

 

 

 

F-67


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

(e)
Segmental analysis

Three months ended December 31, 2002 (unaudited)
    Americas     EMEA     Asia Pacific     Central     Total Hotels     Soft Drinks     Total     Discontinued     Total
Group
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Turnover
    136     203     34     10     383     146     529     342     871  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit after operating exceptional items
    34     22     10     (18 )   48     12     60     52     112  
Non-operating exceptional items:
                                                       
Separation costs
                (3 )   (3 )       (3 )       (3 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
    34     22     10     (21 )   45     12     57     52     109  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12 months ended December 31, 2003 (unaudited)
                                                       
                                                         
Turnover
    525     807     114     41     1,487     674     2,161     451     2,612  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit before exceptional items
    161     92     12     (62 )   203     83     286     85     371  
Operating exceptional items
    (9 )   (41 )   (1 )       (51 )       (51 )       (51 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit after operating exceptional items
    152     51     11     (62 )   152     83     235     85     320  
Non-operating exceptional items:
                                                       
Cost of fundamental reorganization
    (11 )   (17 )   (2 )   (37 )   (67 )       (67 )       (67 )
Separation costs
                (48 )   (48 )       (48 )   (41 )   (89 )
Profit/(loss) on disposal of fixed assets
    10     (6 )           4         4     (2 )   2  
Provision against fixed asset investments
    (9 )           (47 )   (56 )       (56 )       (56 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
    142     28     9     (194 )   (15 )   83     68     42     110  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 months ended December 31, 2003
                                                       
                                                         
Turnover
    661     1,010     148     51     1,870     820     2,690     793     3,483  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit before exceptional items
    195     114     22     (80 )   251     95     346     137     483  
Operating exceptional items
    (9 )   (41 )   (1 )       (51 )       (51 )       (51 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Operating profit after operating exceptional items
    186     73     21     (80 )   200     95     295     137     432  
Non-operating exceptional items:
                                                       
Cost of fundamental reorganization
    (11 )   (17 )   (2 )   (37 )   (67 )       (67 )       (67 )
Separation costs
                (51 )   (51 )       (51 )   (41 )   (92 )
Profit/(loss) on disposal of fixed assets
    10     (6 )           4         4     (2 )   2  
Provision against fixed asset investments
    (9 )           (47 )   (56 )       (56 )       (56 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
    176     50     19     (215 )   30     95     125     94     219  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-68


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

Turnover by geographic region
 
    Unaudited
Three months ended
December 31, 2002

  Unaudited
12 months ended
December 31, 2003

  15 months ended
December 31, 2003

 
      By origin     By
destination
    By origin     By
destination
    By origin     By
destination
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
United Kingdom
    598     598     1,533     1,526     2,131     2,124  
Rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa
    95     95     411     418     506     513  
United States of America
    117     117     454     454     571     571  
Rest of Americas
    27     27     100     100     127     127  
Asia Pacific
    34     34     114     114     148     148  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
      871     871     2,612     2,612     3,483     3,483  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest by geographic region
 
      Unaudited
Three months
ended
December 31, 2002
    Unaudited
12 months
ended
December 31, 2003
    15 months
ended
December 31, 2003
 
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
United Kingdom
    67     50     117  
Rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa
    8     (15 )   (7 )
United States of America
    17     46     63  
Rest of Americas
    7     21     28  
Asia Pacific
    10     8     18  
   

 

 

 
      109     110     219  
   

 

 

 

F-69


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

(f)
Costs and overheads, less other income
   
    Unaudited   Unaudited              
    Three months ended
December 31, 2002

  12 months ended
December 31, 2003

  15 months ended
December 31, 2003

 
      Continuing     Discontinued     Continuing     Discontinued     Continuing     Discontinued  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Raw materials and consumables
    93     102     391     102     484     204  
Changes in stocks of finished goods and work in progress
        (11 )   (1 )   13     (1 )   2  
Staff costs (see note (g))
    173     89     642     109     815     198  
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
    49     22     187     32     236     54  
Impairment of tangible fixed assets
            51         51      
Amortization of goodwill
    2     1     11     (1 )   13      
Hire of plant and machinery
    4     8     14     9     18     17  
Property rentals
    14     10     51     14     65     24  
Income from fixed asset investments
    (1 )       (2 )       (3 )    
Other external charges
    135     69     582     88     717     157  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
      469     290     1,926     366     2,395     656  
         
       
       
 
Discontinued per above
    290           366           656        
   
       
       
       
      759           2,292           3,051        
   
       
       
       
 
Operating exceptional items included above:
 
Impairment of tangible fixed assets
            51         51      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditors’ remuneration paid to Ernst & Young LLP
 
      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Audit fees
    0.5     2.3     2.8  
Audit related fees
    3.4     3.8     7.2  
Tax fees
    0.3     0.9     1.2  
   

 

 

 
      4.2     7.0     11.2  
   

 

 

 
   
(g)
Staff

Costs

      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Wages and salaries
    231     653     884  
Social security costs
    22     74     96  
Pensions
    9     24     33  
   
 
 
 
      262     751     1,013  
   
 
 
 

F-70


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

Pensions
 
      Unaudited
Three months ended December 31, 2002
    Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Regular cost
    9     24     33  
Variations from regular cost
    (2 )   (5 )   (7 )
Notional interest on prepayment
    (1 )   (3 )   (4 )
   

 

 

 
Pension cost in respect of the principal plans
    6     16     22  
Other plans
    3     8     11  
   

 

 

 
      9     24     33  
   
 
 
 
   
(h)
Exceptional items
   
    Unaudited   Unaudited                    
    Three months ended December 31, 2002

  12 months ended December 31, 2003

  15 months ended December 31, 2003

 
      Continuing
operations
    Discontinued
operations
    Total     Continuing
operations
    Discontinued
operations
    Total     Continuing
operations
    Discontinued
operations
    Total  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Operating exceptional items:
                                                       
Hotels impairment charge
                (51 )       (51 )   (51 )       (51 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total operating exceptional items
                (51 )       (51 )   (51 )       (51 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Non-operating exceptional items:
                                                       
     Cost of fundamental
     reorganization
                (67 )       (67 )   (67 )       (67 )
     Separation costs
    (3 )       (3 )   (48 )   (41 )   (89 )   (51 )   (41 )   (92 )
     Profit/(loss) on disposal of
     fixed assets
                4     (2 )   2     4     (2 )   2  
     Provision against fixed
     asset investments
                (56 )       (56 )   (56 )       (56 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
      (3 )       (3 )   (167 )   (43 )   (210 )   (170 )   (43 )   (213 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total exceptional items before interest and taxation
    (3 )       (3 )   (218 )   (43 )   (261 )   (221 )   (43 )   (264 )
Premium on early settlement of debt
                (136 )       (136 )   (136 )       (136 )
Tax credit on above items
                36     28     64     36     28     64  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total exceptional items after interest and taxation
    (3 )       (3 )   (318 )   (15 )   (333 )   (321 )   (15 )   (336 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-71


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

(i)
Interest
   
      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
                     
Interest payable and similar charges:
                   
Bank loans and overdrafts
    9     29     38  
Other
    30     83     113  
   

 

 

 
      39     112     151  
   

 

 

 
Interest receivable
    27     77     104  
   

 

 

 
   
(j)
Tax on profit on ordinary activities
   
Tax charge
    Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
UK corporation tax at 30%:
                   
Current year
    18     (14 )   4  
Prior years
    (4 )   (76 )   (80 )
   

 

 

 
      14     (90 )   (76 )
   

 

 

 
Foreign tax:
                   
Current year
    9     60     69  
Prior years
    (5 )   (15 )   (20 )
   

 

 

 
      4     45     49  
   

 

 

 
Total current tax
    18     (45 )   (27 )
   

 

 

 
Deferred tax:
                   
Origination and reversal of timing differences
    11     19     30  
Adjustments to estimated recoverable deferred tax assets
        (11 )   (11 )
Prior years
        (9 )   (9 )
   

 

 

 
Total deferred tax
    11     (1 )   10  
   

 

 

 
Tax on profit on ordinary activities
    29     (46 )   (17 )
   

 

 

 
Further analyzed as tax relating to:
                   
Profit before exceptional items
    29     18     47  
Exceptional items (see note (h)):
                   
Non-operating
        (64 )   (64 )
   

 

 

 
      29     (46 )   (17 )
   

 

 

 

F-72


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

Tax reconciliations
 
Reconciliation of current tax rate
    Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited 12 months ended December 31, 2003     15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (%)  
UK corporation tax standard rate
    30.0     30.0     30.0  
Permanent differences
    1.8     (9.5 )   20.7  
Capital allowances in excess of depreciation
    (3.5 )   1.9     (12.6 )
Other timing differences
    (4.2 )   55.3     (104.2 )
Net effect of different rates of tax in overseas businesses
    2.6     (23.4 )   46.1  
Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior years
    (9.8 )   149.3     (276.7 )
Other
    0.8         2.1  
Exceptional items
    1.0     (129.3 )   219.9  
   

 

 

 
Effective current tax rate
    18.7     74.3     (74.7 )
   

 

 

 
                     
Reconciliation of overall tax rate
    Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited 12 months ended December 31, 2003     15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (%)  
UK corporation tax standard rate
    30.0     30.0     30.0  
Permanent differences
    1.8     (9.5 )   20.7  
Net effect of different rates of tax in overseas businesses
    2.6     (23.4 )   46.1  
Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior years
    (6.1 )   170.7     (302.8 )
Other
    0.8     (1.3 )   4.6  
Exceptional items
    1.0     (90.4 )   154.4  
   

 

 

 
Effective tax rate
    30.1     76.1     (47.0 )
   

 

 

 

F-73


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

(k)
Cash flow from operating activities
   
      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Operating profit before exceptional items
    112     371     483  
Depreciation and amortization
    74     229     303  
   

 

 

 
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortization
and exceptional items
    186     600     786  
Other non-cash items
    1     (3 )   (2 )
(Increase)/decrease in stocks
    (13 )   12     (1 )
(Increase)/decrease in debtors
    (18 )   8     (10 )
Increase in creditors
    10     59     69  
Provisions expended
    (2 )   (8 )   (10 )
   

 

 

 
Operating activities before expenditure relating to exceptional items
    164     668     832  
Cost of fundamental reorganization
        (37 )   (37 )
   

 

 

 
Operating activities
    164     631     795  
Net capital expenditure
    (120 )   (128 )   (248 )
   

 

 

 
Operating cash flow
    44     503     547  
   

 

 

 
   
(l)
Net debt
   
    Unaudited

 
      Cash and overdrafts     Current
asset
investments
    Borrowings     Total  
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
At October 1, 2002
    18     218     (1,413

)

  (1,177 )
Net cash flow
    5             5  
Management of liquid resources and financing
    58     (43 )   (15 )    
Exchange and other adjustments
        20     10     30  
   

 

 

 

 
At December 31, 2002
    81     195     (1,418 )   (1,142 )
Net cash flow
    (27 )           (27 )
Management of liquid resources and financing
    19     172     404     595  
Separation of MAB
    (7 )   (7 )   4     (10 )
Exchange and other adjustments
    (16 )   17     14     15  
   

 

 

 

 
At December 31, 2003
    50     377     (996 )   (569 )
   

 

 

 

 

F-74


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

(m)
Management of liquid resources and financing
   
      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited 12 months ended December 31, 2003     15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
New borrowings
    1,598     17,074     18,672  
Other borrowings repaid
    (1,583 )   (17,478 )   (19,061 )
   

 

 

 
      15     (404 )   (389 )
Debt assumed by MAB
        577     577  
Ordinary shares issued by InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
        18     18  
   

 

 

 
Financing
    15     191     206  
Movement in liquid resources
    43     (172 )   (129 )
   

 

 

 
      58     19     77  
   

 

 

 
   
(n)
Net capital expenditure
   
      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited 12 months ended December 31, 2003     15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Hotels
                   
Americas
    14     (56 )   (42 )
EMEA
    54     49     103  
Asia Pacific
    4     33     37  
Central
    5     19     24  
   

 

 

 
      77     45     122  
Soft Drinks
    10     55     65  
   

 

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
    87     100     187  
Discontinued operations
    33     28     61  
   

 

 

 
      120     128     248  
   

 

 

 

F-75


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

(o)
Operating cash flow
   
      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited 12 months ended December 31, 2003     15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Hotels
    28     308     336  
Soft Drinks
    (12 )   71     59  
   

 

 

 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
    16     379     395  
Discontinued operations
    28     124     152  
   

 

 

 
      44     503     547  
   

 

 

 
   
(p)
Earnings per share

Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the earnings available to shareholders of £64 million for the three months ended December 31, 2002, £45 million loss for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 and £19 million for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003, by 731 million, 733 million and 733 million, respectively being the weighted average number of shares, excluding investment in own shares, in issue during the period.

Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by adjusting basic earnings per ordinary share to reflect the notional exercise of the weighted average number of dilutive ordinary share options outstanding during the period. The resultant number of shares is 731 million for the three months ended December 31, 2002, 733 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 and 733 million for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003.

F-76


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 32 — Fifteen months ended December 31, 2003 (continued)

Pensions
 
    UK Pension Benefits

 
      Unaudited Three months ended December 31, 2002     Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Service cost
    8     24     32  
Interest cost
    18     35     53  
Expected return on plan assets
    (17 )   (32 )   (49 )
Net amortization and deferral
    5     9     14  
Cost of contractual benefits recognized
        2     2  
   

 

 

 
Net periodic pension cost
    14     38     52  
   

 

 

 

    US Pension Benefits

 
      Unaudited
Three months ended December 31, 2002
    Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Interest cost
    2     5     7  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1 )   (4 )   (5 )
Recognized net actuarial gain
        2     2  
   

 

 

 
Net periodic pension cost
    1     3     4  
   

 

 

 
                     
    US Pension Benefits

 
      Unaudited
Three months ended December 31, 2002
    Unaudited
12 months ended December 31, 2003
    15 months ended December 31, 2003  
   

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Interest cost
        1     1  
   

 

 

 
Net periodic pension cost
        1     1  
   

 

 

 

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

The Group’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom (“UK GAAP”) which differ from those generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”). The significant differences, as they apply to the Group, are summarized below.

This US GAAP information provides a reconciliation between earnings available for shareholders under UK GAAP and net income under US GAAP and between shareholders’ funds under UK GAAP and shareholders’ equity under US GAAP, respectively.

 

F-77


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

During 2003, the Company changed its fiscal year to December 31 and thus its financial statements for its last fiscal period are presented for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 as permitted by the Companies Act 1985. In accordance with the transition reporting period reporting requirements of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, an unaudited analysis of the financial statements and notes thereto for this 15 month period showing the three-month period ended December 31, 2002 and the 12 month period ended December 31, 2003 is presented in Note 32. The unaudited analysis of the significant adjustments for the purposes of US GAAP for the 15 month period are analysed in Note 33.

Classification of borrowings

Under US GAAP the amounts shown as repayable after one year for unsecured bank loans and overdrafts drawn under or supported by bank facilities with maturities of up to five years and amounting to £489 million (2002 £46 million) would be classified as current liabilities.

Pension costs

The Group provides for the cost of retirement benefits based upon consistent percentages of employees’ pensionable pay as recommended by independent qualified actuaries. Under US GAAP, the projected benefit obligation (pension liability) in respect of the Group’s principal pension plans would be matched against the fair value of the plans’ assets and would be adjusted to reflect any unrecognized obligations or assets in determining the pension cost or credit for the year.

At December 31, 2003, the accumulated benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of the plans’ assets. In these circumstances, US GAAP would require the recognition of the difference as a balance sheet liability and the elimination of any amounts previously recognized as a prepaid pension cost. An equal amount, but not exceeding the amount of unrecognized past service cost, would be recognized as an intangible asset with the balance reported in other comprehensive income.

Intangible fixed assets

Under UK GAAP, prior to October 1, 1998, goodwill arising on acquisitions was eliminated against reserves. Since October 1, 1998, acquired goodwill has been capitalized and amortized over a period not exceeding 20 years. On disposal of a business, the profit or loss on disposal is determined after incorporating the attributable amount of any purchased goodwill, including any previously written off to reserves. Under US GAAP, goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to July 1, 2001 would be capitalized and amortized over its estimated useful life, not exceeding 40 years. For the purposes of US GAAP, the Group adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“FAS”) 142 ‘Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets’ on October 1, 2002 and from that date, goodwill including that which arose in the period from July 1, 2001 to October 1, 2002 would not be amortized but would be reviewed annually for impairment.

Under US GAAP, separately identified intangible assets arising on acquisitions would be capitalized and amortized over their useful lives. Under UK GAAP, these assets are included within goodwill.

Under UK GAAP, where purchase consideration is contingent on a future event, the cost of acquisition includes a reasonable estimate of the amount expected to be payable in the future. Under US GAAP, contingent consideration is not recognized until the related contingencies are resolved.

Impairment of goodwill

Under UK GAAP, goodwill is reviewed for potential impairment where there is an indicator that impairment may have occurred. The impairment is measured by comparing the carrying value of goodwill for each income-generating unit (“IGU”) with the higher of net realizable value and value in use. Under US GAAP, goodwill impairment reviews are also conducted when an indicator of impairment exists, in addition to an annual goodwill impairment test required by FAS 142. The impairment is measured by comparing the carrying value of each reporting unit with its fair value. Where the carrying value, including any separately identified intangible assets, is greater than the fair value, the impairment loss is based on the excess of the carrying value of goodwill

 

F-78


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

over the implied fair value of the goodwill. Where reporting units identified under US GAAP differ from IGUs identified under UK GAAP, a reconciling item may arise.

Tangible fixed assets

Prior to October 1, 1999, the Group’s properties were valued from time to time by professionally qualified external valuers. Book values were adjusted to accord with the valuations, except where a directors’ valuation was deemed more appropriate. Under US GAAP, revaluations would not have been permitted.

Depreciation is based on the book value of assets, including revaluation where appropriate. Prior to October 1, 1999, freehold pubs and hotels were not depreciated under UK GAAP, as any charge would have been immaterial given that such properties were maintained, as a matter of policy, by a program of repair and maintenance such that their residual values were at least equal to their book values. Following the introduction of FRS 15, which was implemented by the Group with effect from October 1, 1999, all properties are depreciated under UK GAAP. There is now no difference between UK GAAP and US GAAP with regard to depreciation policies.

Under UK GAAP, the impairment of tangible fixed assets is measured by reference to discounted cash flows. Under US GAAP, if the carrying value of assets is supported by undiscounted cash flows, there would be no impairment.

The Group recognizes a profit on disposal of fixed assets provided substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred. For the purposes of US GAAP, the Group would account for sales of real estate in accordance with FAS 66 ‘Accounting for Sales of Real Estate’. Gains on sales of real estate are deferred if there is a continuing involvement with the property. Consequently, for the purposes of US GAAP, the Group has reduced gains on sales where this criterion exists.

Staff costs

The Group charges against earnings the cost of shares acquired to settle awards under certain incentive schemes. The charge is based on an apportionment of the cost of shares over the period of the scheme. Prior to Separation, for the purposes of US GAAP, the Group accounted for those plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion 25 ‘Accounting for Stock Issue Employees’ and related interpretations. Under APB 25 these awards would be accounted for as variable plans and the charge would be based on the intrinsic value of the shares using the share price at the balance sheet date. Effective from the date of Separation, the Group adopted the preferable fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123 ‘Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation’. The Group selected the modified prospective method of adoption described in FAS 148 ‘Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure’. Compensation cost recognized since Separation are the same as those which would have been recognized had the fair value method of FAS 123 been applied from its original effective date. In accordance with the modified prospective method of adoption, results for years prior to 2002 have not been restated.

The Group provides certain compensation arrangements in the United States through a rabbi trust. Under UK GAAP, the net deficit is recorded as a provision in the accounts and the net change in the underlying value of the assets and liabilities is recorded as a charge (or credit) to the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, the marketable securities held by the rabbi trust would be accounted for in accordance with US GAAP for those assets and, accordingly, any change in their value would be recorded in other comprehensive income. The deferred compensation obligation would be recorded as a liability with a corresponding charge (or credit) to compensation cost.

Severance and restructuring costs

Under UK GAAP, severance costs are provided for in the financial statements if it is determined that a constructive or legal obligation has arisen from a restructuring program where it is probable that it will result in the outflow of economic benefits and the costs involved can be estimated with reasonable accuracy. Under US

F-79


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

GAAP, severance costs are recognized over the remaining service period to termination. Accordingly, timing differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP arise on the recognition of such costs.

Deferred taxation

The Group provides for deferred taxation in respect of timing differences, subject to certain exceptions, between the recognition of gains and losses in the financial statements and for tax purposes. Timing differences recognized, include accelerated capital allowances, unrelieved tax losses and short-term timing differences. Under US GAAP, deferred taxation would be computed on all temporary differences between the tax bases and book values of assets and liabilities which will result in taxable or tax deductible amounts arising in future years. Deferred taxation assets under UK GAAP and US GAAP are recognized only to the extent that it is more likely than not that they will be realized.

Fixed asset investments

Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less any provision for diminution in value. Under US GAAP, these investments are recorded at market value and unrealized gains and losses are reported in other comprehensive income except for other than temporary which would be recognized in the profit and loss account.

Derivative instruments and hedging

The Group enters into derivative instruments to limit its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risk. Under UK GAAP, these instruments are measured at cost and accounted for as hedges, whereby gains and losses are deferred until the underlying transaction occurs. Under US GAAP, all derivative instruments (including those embedded in other contracts) are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair values. Changes in fair value would be recognized in net income unless specific hedge criteria are met. If a derivative qualifies for hedge accounting as defined under US GAAP, changes in fair value are recognized periodically in net income or in shareholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income depending on whether the derivative qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge. Substantially all derivatives held by the Group during the period did not qualify for hedge accounting under US GAAP.

Guarantees

The Group gives guarantees in connection with obtaining long-term management contracts. Under UK GAAP, a contingent liability under such guarantees is not recognized unless it is probable that it will result in a future loss to the Group. For the purposes of US GAAP, under FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) 45 ‘Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Direct Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others in the Year’, at the inception of guarantees issued after December 31, 2002, the Group would record the fair value of the guarantee as an asset and a liability, which would then be amortized over the life of the contract.

Proposed dividends

Final ordinary dividends are provided for in the year in respect of which they are proposed by the board for approval by the shareholders. Under US GAAP, dividends would not be provided for until the year in which they are declared.

Reimbursements

Under UK GAAP, reimbursements of costs incurred on behalf of managed hotel properties are not reflected in the profit and loss accounts. These costs primarily relate to payroll costs where the Group is the employer. Reimbursements are made based upon the costs incurred with no added margin. For purposes of US GAAP, such reimbursements would be included in turnover and operating expenses.

Exceptional items

Certain exceptional items are shown on the face of the profit and loss account statement after operating profit. Under US GAAP, these items would be classified as operating profit or expenses.

F-80


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

Exceptional items for the 15 and 12 months ended December 31, 2003 include restructuring charges associated with the fundamental reorganization within the Hotels business which is an expressly permitted exceptional item in accordance with FRS 3.

Discontinued operations

For the purposes of the reconciliations of Net (loss)/income in accordance with US GAAP, discontinued operations are the same for both UK GAAP and US GAAP. Under US GAAP, the results of operations from discontinued activities and the profit/(loss) on disposal are reported as separate line items immediately before net income.

The summary of the significant adjustments to earnings available to shareholders and to shareholders’ funds which would be required if US GAAP had been applied instead of UK GAAP have been restated, as required by APB 20, to reflect changes to deferred taxation arising during the year resulting from a review of historical tax basis and unrealized gains in respect of the Group’s properties, relating principally to an acquisition by MAB with a consequential adjustment to goodwill in prior years.

Net (loss)/income in accordance with US GAAP

The significant adjustments required to convert earnings available for shareholders in accordance with UK GAAP to net (loss)/income in accordance with US GAAP are:

    Unaudited
Three
months
ended
  Unaudited
12 months
ended
  15 months
ended
  Year ended September 30

 
    December 31,
2002
  December 31,
2003
  December 31,
2003
  2002
restated (i)
  2001
restated (i)
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Earnings available for shareholders in accordance with UK GAAP
  64   (45 ) 19   457   443  
Adjustments:
                     
Pension costs
  (9 ) (14 ) (23 ) (21 ) (22 )
Amortization of intangible fixed assets
  (4 ) (5 ) (9 ) (105 ) (108 )
Impairment of intangible fixed assets on adoption of FAS 142
  (712 )   (712 )    
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
    (4 ) (4 )    
Disposal of tangible fixed assets
  3   5   8   6   339  
Impairment of tangible fixed assets
    45   45   77    
Provisions
  (1 ) 3   2     (4 )
Staff costs
    (6 ) (6 )   (1 )
Deferred revenue
    3   3      
Change in fair value of derivatives (ii)
  7   26   33   79   (5 )
Deferred taxation:
                     
on above adjustments
  2   4   6   (4 ) 26  
methodology
  (2 ) 14   12   7   6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  (716 ) 71   (645 ) 39   231  
Minority share of above adjustments
    3   3   3   2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  (716 ) 74   (642 ) 42   233  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss)/income in accordance with
US GAAP
  (652 ) 29   (623 ) 499   676  
   
 
 
 
 
 
                       

 
See page F-83 for footnotes.

F-81


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

The condensed consolidated income statement presented below reflects the adjustments to attributable profit for the year.

    Unaudited
Three
months
ended
  Unaudited
12 months
ended
  15 months
ended
  Year ended September 30

 
    December 31,
2002
  December 31,
2003
  December 31,
2003
  2002
restated (i)
  2001
restated (i)
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million, except per ADS amounts)  
Net sales
  546   2,275   2,821   2,241   2,496  
Operating and administrative expense
  (495 ) (2,150 ) (2,645 ) (1,947 ) (2,139 )
Interest expense, net
  (2 ) (158 ) (160 ) (17 ) (1 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income/(loss) before income tax expense
  49   (33 ) 16   277   356  
Income tax expense
  (15 ) 59   44   (89 ) (143 )
Minority interest
  (4 ) (27 ) (31 ) (22 ) (22 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect on prior years of change in accounting principle
  30   (1 ) 29   166   191  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued operations:
                     
Income, net of tax (v) (vii)
  30   30   60   162   460  
Surplus on disposal, net of tax (vi) (viii)
        171   25  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    30   30   60   333   485  
Cumulative effect on prior years of adoption of
     FAS 142
  (712 )   (712 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss)/income
  (652 ) 29   (623 ) 499   676  
   
 
 
 
 
 
                       
Per ordinary share and American Depositary Share (iii)
                     
Basic
                     
Income/(loss) before cumulative effect on prior years of change in accounting principle:
                     
Continuing operations before effect of restatement
  4.1p   (0.1)p   4.0p   15.0p   26.1p  
Effect of restatement for the period
        7.7p    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total continuing operations as restated
  4.1p   (0.1)p   4.0p   22.7p   26.1p  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued operations before effect of
     restatement
  4.1p   4.1p   8.2p   46.9p   70.6p  
Effect of restatement for the period
        (1.3)p   (4.3)p  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total discontinued operations as restated
  4.1p   4.1p   8.2p   45.6p   66.3p  
Cumulative effect on prior years of adoption of FAS 142
  (97.1)p     (97.1)p      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss)/income
  (88.9)p   4.0p   (84.9)p   68.3p   92.4p  
   
 
 
 
 
 
                       
Diluted
                     
Income/(loss) before cumulative effect on prior years of change in accounting principle:
                     
Continuing operations before effect of restatement
  4.1p   (0.1)p   4.0p   14.9p   26.0p  
Effect of restatement for the period
        7.7p    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total continuing operations as restated
  4.1p   (0.1)p   4.0p   22.6p   26.0p  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued operations before effect of
     restatement
  4.1p   4.1p   8.2p   46.7p   70.2p  
Effect of restatement for the period
        (1.3)p   (4.3)p  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total discontinued operations as restated
  4.1p   4.1p   8.2p   45.4p   65.9p  
Cumulative effect on prior years of adoption of FAS 142
  (97.1)p     (97.1)p      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss)/income
  (88.9)p   4.0p   (84.9)p   68.0p   91.9p  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Footnotes on the following page.

F-82


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

(i)
Restated following a review of historical tax basis and unrealized gains in respect of the Group’s properties used in prior years. This has resulted in additional goodwill of £145 million arising on an acquisition in 2000. The impact on the income statement has been to increase the amortization of intangible fixed assets by £4 million in 2002 and £4 million in 2001, and to decrease the deferred tax methodology charge by £50 million in 2002 and an increase of £27 million in 2001.
(ii)
Comprises net gains in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting of £28 million (2002 £75 million, 2001 £12 million losses) and net gains reclassified form other comprehensive income of £5 million (2002 £4 million, 2001 £7 million).
(iii)
Calculated by dividing net (loss)/income in accordance with US GAAP of £623 million loss (2002 £499 million income, 2001 £676 million income), by 733 million (2002 731 million, 2001 731 million) shares, being the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period. Each American Depositary Share represents one ordinary share.
(iv)
Calculated by adjusting basic net (loss)/income in accordance with US GAAP to reflect the notional exercise of the weighted average number of dilutive ordinary share options outstanding during the period. The resulting weighted average number of ordinary shares is 733 million (2002 734 million, 2001 736 million).
(v)
Discontinued operations relate to Mitchells & Butlers plc for all periods presented and Bass Brewers in fiscal 2002 and 2001.
(vi)
Relates to profit on disposal of Bass Brewers relating to the finalization of completion accounts and the release of prior over provisions for tax.
(vii)
Tax for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 of £9 million (12 months ended December 31, 2003 (unaudited) of £5 million credit, three months ended December 31, 2002 (unaudited) of £14 million, 2002 £40 million, 2001 £39 million).
(viii)
Tax for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 of £nil million (12 months ended December 31, 2003 (unaudited) of £nil million, three months ended December 31, 2002 (unaudited) of £nil million, 2002 £114 million credit, 2001 £13 million).

F-83


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income under US GAAP is as follows:

    Unaudited
Three months
ended
December 31
  Unaudited
12 months
ended
December 31
  15 months
ended
December 31
  Year ended September 30

 
    2002   2003   2003   2002   2001  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Net (loss)/income in accordance with US GAAP
  (652 ) 29   (623 ) 499   676  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income:
                     
Transfer to MAB of minimum pension liability
     on April 1, 2003, net of tax of £108 million
    253   253      
Minimum pension liability, net of tax of
     £22 million (three months (unaudited)
     £16 million, 12 months (unaudited)
     £6 million, 2002 £108 million,
     2001 £nil million)
  (37 ) (14 ) (51 ) (253 )  
Change in valuation of marketable securities,
     net of tax of £nil million (2002 £nil million,
     2001 £9 million credit)
  (9 ) 40   31   (1 ) (56 )
Change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax
     of £1 million (three months (unaudited)
     £nil million, 12 months (unaudited)
     £1 million, 2002 £1 million,
     2001 £2 million)
  (1 ) (3 ) (4 ) (3 ) (5 )
Cumulative effect on prior years of adoption of
     FAS 133 in 2001
          (6 )
Currency translation differences
  (21 ) (99 ) (120 ) (107 ) 11  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (68 ) 177   109   (364 ) (56 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive (loss)/income in accordance with US GAAP
  (720 ) 206   (514 ) 135   620  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Movements in other comprehensive income amounts (net of related tax) are as follows:

    Minimum
pension
liability
adjustment
  Change in
valuation of
marketable
securities
  Derivative
financial
instruments
gains/(losses)
 
Currency
translation
differences
 
Total
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
At October 1, 2000
    28     248   276  
Effect on adoption of FAS 133 in 2001
      16   (22 ) (6 )
Movement in the year
    (56 ) (5 ) 11   (50 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2001
    (28 ) 11   237   220  
Movement in the year
  (253 ) (1 ) (3 ) (107 ) (364 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
At September 30, 2002
  (253 ) (29 ) 8   130   (144 )
Movement in the three months to December 31, 2002 (unaudited)
  (37 ) (9 ) (1 ) (21 ) (68 )
Movement in the 12 months to December 31, 2003 (unaudited)
  239   40   (3 ) (99 ) 177  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Movement in the 15 months to December 31, 2003
  202   31   (4 ) (120 ) 109  
   
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2003
  (51 ) 2   4   10   (35 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-84


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

Shareholders’ equity in accordance with US GAAP

The significant adjustments required to convert shareholders’ funds in accordance with UK GAAP to shareholders’ equity in accordance with US GAAP are:

    December 31,
2003
  September 30,
2002
restated (i)
 
   
 
 
    (£ million)  
Shareholders’ funds in accordance with UK GAAP
  2,554   5,335  
   
 
 
Adjustments:
         
Intangible fixed assets:
         
Cost: goodwill
  837   2,269  
  other
  843   1,194  
Accumulated amortization
  (257 ) (958 )
   
 
 
    1,423   2,505  
Intangible asset – minimum pension liability
  6   24  
   
 
 
    1,429   2,529  
Tangible fixed assets:
         
Cost
  (68 ) (956 )
Accumulated depreciation
  33   (133 )
   
 
 
    (35 ) (1,089 )
Fixed asset investments:
         
Investments and advances
  2   (29 )
Current assets:
         
Pension prepayment
  (47 ) (88 )
Other debtors
  22   25  
Derivatives
  4   24  
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year:
         
Other creditors
  (2 )  
Proposed dividend of parent company
  70   213  
Proposed dividend for minority shareholders
  16    
Derivatives
  (6 ) (3 )
Creditors: amounts falling due after one year:
         
Other creditors
  (114 ) (18 )
Borrowings
    4  
Derivatives
  (24 ) (41 )
Provisions for liabilities and charges:
         
Provisions
  25   19  
Accrued pension cost
  (54 ) (235 )
Deferred taxation:
         
on above adjustments
  (238 ) (206 )
methodology
  (169 ) (161 )
   
 
 
    879   944  
Minority share of above adjustments
  (53 ) (58 )
   
 
 
    826   886  
   
 
 
Shareholders’ equity in accordance with US GAAP
  3,380   6,221  
   
 
 

Footnote on the following page.

F-85


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)


 
(i)
Restated for UITF 38 (see Note 1), which has not changed the overall shareholders’ equity in accordance with US GAAP, and following a review of historical tax basis and unrealized gains in respect of the Group’s properties. This has resulted in additional goodwill of £145 million arising on an acquisition in 2000. At September 30, 2002 the impact was to increase the US GAAP adjustment for intangible fixed assets by £134 million and reduce the deferred tax methodology adjustment by £53 million. The overall impact has increased previously reported shareholders’ equity under US GAAP by £187 million.
 
Additional information required by US GAAP in respect of earnings per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations under US GAAP:

      Unaudited Three months ended December 31,     Unaudited
12 months ended December 31,
    15 months ended December 31,   Year ended September 30

 
      2002     2003     2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million, except for ADS amounts)  
Numerator:
                               
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share and ADS – continuing activities before cumulative effect on prior years of change in accounting principle
    30     (1 )   29     166     191  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Denominator:
                               
Denominator for basic earnings per ordinary share and ADS
    733     733     733     731     731  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                               
Employee share options
                3     5  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Denominator for diluted earnings per ordinary share and ADS
    733     733     733     734     736  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Basic earnings per ordinary share and ADS from continuing operations
    4.1p     (0.1)p     4.0p     22.7p     26.1p  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share and ADS from continuing operations
    4.1p     (0.1)p     4.0p     22.6p     26.0p  
   

 

 

 

 

 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flows

The consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under UK GAAP presents substantially the same information as that required under US GAAP but may differ, with regard to classification of items within the statements and as regards the definition of cash under UK GAAP and cash and cash equivalents under US GAAP.

US GAAP requires that cash and cash equivalents include short-term highly liquid investments but do not include bank overdrafts. Under UK GAAP, cash flows are presented separately for operating activities, dividends received from associates, returns on investments and servicing of finance, taxation, capital expenditure and financial investment, acquisitions, equity dividends and management of liquid resources and financing. US GAAP, however, require only three categories of cash flow activity to be reported: operating, investing and financing. Cash flows from taxation and returns on investments and servicing of finance shown under UK GAAP would, with the exception of dividends paid to minority shareholders, be included as operating activities under US GAAP. The payment of dividends would be included as a financing activity under US GAAP. Under US GAAP, capitalized interest is treated as part of the cost of the asset to which it relates and is thus included as part of investing cash flows. Under UK GAAP all interest is treated as part of returns on investments and servicing of

F-86


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

finance. Under US GAAP capital expenditure and financial investment and acquisitions are reported within investing activities.

The categories of cash flow activity under US GAAP can be summarized as follows:

      Unaudited Three months ended December 31,     Unaudited 12 months ended December 31,     15 months ended December 31,   Year ended September 30

 
      2002     2003     2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Cash inflow from operating activities
    132     481     613     535     766  
Cash outflow on investing activities
    (127 )   (200 )   (327 )   (320 )   (1,169 )
Cash outflow from financing activities
    (32 )   (147 )   (179 )   (220 )   (311 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (27 )   134     107     (5 )   (714 )
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
    20     1     21     82     (12 )
Cash and cash equivalents
                               
At start of the fiscal period
    301     294     301     224     950  
   

 

 

 

 

 
At end of the fiscal period
    294     429     429     301     224  
   

 

 

 

 

 
 
Additional information required by US GAAP in respect of the Group’s principal pension plans

The pension cost for these plans computed in accordance with the requirements of US GAAP comprises:

    UK Pension Benefits

  US Pension Benefits

  US Postretirement Benefits

 
      15 months ended December 31 2003     Year ended September 30 2002     Year ended September 30 2001     15 months ended December 31 2003     Year ended September 30 2002     Year ended September 30 2001     15 months ended December 31 2003     Year ended September 30 2002     Year ended September 30 2001  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Service cost
    34     31     29                          
Interest cost
    53     66     59     7     9     7     1     1     1  
Expected return on plan assets
    (49 )   (76 )   (170 )   (5 )   (4 )   (6 )            
Net amortization and deferral
    14     2     90                          
Recognized net actuarial gain
                2                      
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net periodic pension cost
    52     23     8     4     5     1     1     1     1  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-87


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

The major assumptions used in computing the pension expense were:

 

    UK Pension Benefits

  US Pension Benefits

  US Postretirement Benefits

 
      15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002     Year ended September 30, 2001     15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002     Year ended September 30, 2001     15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002     Year ended September 30, 2001  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    6.9%     7.0%     7.0%     8.0%     9.0%     9.5%              
Discount rate
    5.4%     5.5%     6.1%     6.3%     6.8%     7.5%     6.3%     6.8%     7.5%  
Expected long-term rate of earnings increases
    4.3%     3.8%     3.9%     3.5%     3.5%     3.5%              

The plans’ expected return on assets, as shown above, is based on the Company’s expectations of long-term average rates of return to be achieved by the underlying investment portfolios. In establishing this assumption, management considers historical and expected returns for the asset classes in which the plans are invested, as well as current economic and capital market conditions.

The assumed health care cost trends rates for medical and dental plans at December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

      2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
    10.0%     7.5%     8.0%  
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines
    4.5%     5.0%     5.0%  
Year that rate reaches the assumed ultimate rate
    2014     2007     2007  

A one-percentage point increase/(decrease) in assumed health care costs trend rate would increase/(decrease) the accumulated post-employment benefit obligations as of December 31, 2003, by £1 million, and would increase/(decrease) the total of the service and interest cost components of net post-employment health care cost for the period then ended by approximately £nil million.

Change in Benefit Obligation
     
  UK Pension Benefits

  US Pension Benefits

  US Postretirement Benefits

 
      15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002     15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002     15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
    1,311     1,107     95     92     9     8  
Service cost
    34     31                  
Members contributions
    6     7                  
Interest expense
    53     66     7     9     1     1  
Benefits paid
    (50 )   (48 )   (7 )   (6 )   (1 )   (1 )
Age-related national insurance rebates
    5     1                  
Actuarial loss arising in the period
    128     147     7     6     3     1  
Separation of MAB
    (1,010 )                    
Foreign exchange
            (12 )   (6 )        
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Benefit obligation at end of period
    477     1,311     90     95     12     9  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-88


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

The following table sets forth movements in fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation of the principal plan.

 

    UK Pension Benefits

  US Pension Benefits

  US Postretirement Benefits

 
      15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002     15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002     15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
    996     1,098     49     54          
Contributions payable
    45     40     1     6     1     1  
Age-related national insurance rebates
    5     1                  
Benefits paid
    (50 )   (48 )   (7 )   (6 )   (1 )   (1 )
Expected return on assets
        76                  
Actuarial loss on assets
    81     (171 )   10     (7 )        
Separation of MAB
    (722 )                    
Foreign exchange
            (5 )   2          
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
    355     996     48     49          
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
                                       
Accumulated benefit obligation (all vested)
    409     1,214     88     92     12     9  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
                                       
Fair value of plan assets
    355     996     48     49          
Projected benefit obligation
    (477 )   (1,311 )   (90 )   (95 )   (12 )   (9 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net plan (obligation)/assets
    (122 )   (315 )   (42 )   (46 )   (12 )   (9 )
Unrecognized transitional (asset)/obligation, net of amortization
    (1 )   (9 )                
Unrecognized prior service cost
    5     22                  
Unrecognized net loss
    142     453     20     23     3     1  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net asset/(obligation) recognized
    24     151     (22 )   (23 )   (9 )   (8 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
The amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:
                                     
Accrued pension cost
    (54 )   (235 )   (40 )   (44 )   (8 )   (8 )
Pension costs
                    (1 )    
Intangible asset
    6     24                  
Other comprehensive income (before tax)
    72     362     18     21          
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net asset/(obligation) recognized
    24     151     (22 )   (23 )   (9 )   (8 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-89


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

Additional information required by US GAAP in respect of Group’s share options
 
Accounting and disclosure of stock-based compensation

FAS 123 ‘Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation’, established accounting disclosure standards for stock-based employee compensation plans. The statement gives companies the option of continuing to account for such costs under the intrinsic value accounting provisions set out in Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations. Prior to Separation, for the purposes of US GAAP, the Group accounted for those plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB 25. Under APB 25 these awards would be accounted for as variable plans and the charge would be based on the intrinsic value of the shares using the share price at the balance sheet date. Had the Group chosen to account for such costs under FAS 123, net (loss)/income for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003 would have been a loss of £631 million (2002 £497 million income, 2001 £672 million income), basic net income per ordinary share and ADS would have been (86.1)p (2002 68.0p, 2001 91.9p) and diluted net income per ordinary share and ADS would have been (86.1)p (2002 67.7p, 2001 91.3p).

Effective from the date of Separation, the Group adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123. The Group selected the modified prospective method of adoption described in FAS 148 ‘Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure’. Compensation costs recognized since Separation is the same as that which would have been recognized had the fair value method of FAS 123 been applied from its original effective date. In accordance with the modified prospective method of adoption, results for years prior to 2002 have not been restated.

Details of the fair values of stock awards in the year are given in Note 27. Because options vest over several years and additional options grants are expected, the effects of these hypothetical calculations are not likely to be representative of similar future calculations.

Concentrations of credit risk

Potential concentrations of credit risk to the Group consist principally of short-term cash investments, trade loans and trade debtors.

The Group only deposits short-term cash surpluses with counterparties with an A credit rating or better, or those providing adequate security and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any one bank or institution. Trade debtors in the United Kingdom comprise a large, widespread customer base. Trade debtors in the United States are widely dispersed and include a significant amount of debtors due from InterContinental Hotels franchisees.

At December 31, 2003, the Group did not consider there to be any significant concentration of credit risk.

F-90


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

Fair values of financial instruments

The following information is presented in compliance with the requirements of US GAAP. The carrying amounts and fair values of the material financial instruments of the Group are as follows:

    December 31, 2003   September 30, 2002 restated (i)  
   
 
 
      Carrying
amount
    Fair
value
    Carrying
amount
    Fair
value
 
   

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Assets
                         
Cash
    55     55     84     84  
Current asset investments
    377     381     218     222  
Listed investments
    64     66     116     87  
Unlisted investments
    108     108     102     102  
Liabilities
                         
Total borrowings
                         
Loan capital and noncurrent bank loans
    (988 )   (992 )   (830 )   (952 )
Current bank loans and overdrafts
    (13 )   (13 )   (649 )   (649 )
Off-balance sheet instruments
                         
Interest rate swaps
        (29 )       (24 )
Foreign exchange contracts
        (1 )       (1 )
                           

 
(i)
Restated on the adoption of UITF 38 (see Note 1).

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Group in establishing its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Cash: the carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for cash at bank approximates to its fair value.

Current asset investments: the carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for current asset investments approximates their fair value.

Listed investments: these investments are valued based on market prices.

Unlisted investments: the fair value of these investments approximates their replacement cost.

Borrowings: the fair value of the Group’s loan capital and noncurrent bank loans (including short-term portion) are estimated using quoted prices, or where such prices are not available, discounted cash flow analyses, based on available market rates of interest for similar types of arrangements and maturities. The carrying amount of the bank loans and overdrafts approximates their fair value.

Off-balance sheet instruments: the fair value of the Group’s interest rate swaps is based on discounted cash flow analyses. The fair value of other instruments is based on contracted and relevant exchange rates.

 

F-91


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

Additional information required by US GAAP in respect of accounting for the impairment of fixed assets and fixed assets to be disposed of

A summary of the impairment charges that have been recognized under US GAAP is as follows:

      Unaudited
Three months ended December 31,
    Unaudited
12 months ended December 31,
    15 months ended December 31,   Year ended September 30

 
      2002     2003     2003     2002     2001  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Assets to be disposed of
        9     9     14      
Assets to be held and used
        6     6          
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total
        15     15     14      
   

 

 

 

 

 
Disclosed as:
                               
Impairment charges recognized under UK GAAP:
                               
Operating exceptional –
     impairment charges
        51     51     77      
Non-operating exceptional –
     provision for loss on disposal
        9     9     14      
   

 

 

 

 

 
Charge for the year under UK GAAP
        60     60     91      
Less: Adjustment to impairment recognized under US GAAP
        (45 )   (45 )   (77 )    
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total charge before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
        15     15     14      
Add: Cumulative effect on adoption of FAS 142 under US GAAP
    712         712          
   

 

 

 

 

 
      712     15     727     14    
 —
 
   

 

 

 

 

 
Charged against:
                               
Intangible assets – goodwill
    712         712          
Tangible assets
        15     15     14      
   

 

 

 

 

 
      712     15     727     14      
   

 

 

 

 

 

The £712 million goodwill impairment charge recognized as a result of the implementation of FAS 142 under US GAAP includes £225 million in respect of Americas Hotels owned and leased operations and £487 million in respect of EMEA hotels owned and leased operations. The FAS 142 impairment charges recorded in respect of these two reporting units have arisen as a result of the present value of projected cash flows of these reporting units being insufficient to cover the carrying value of the net asset, including both pre and post 1998 goodwill. Reporting units have been determined by reference to the way IHG conducts business and reflects internal management structures. FAS 142 does not provide prescriptive guidance for the allocation of goodwill hence for the purposes of the impairment review trademark balances have been allocated to reporting units based on historic revenue figures and goodwill has been allocated on the basis of historic operating profit, which management consider to be the most appropriate methodology.

 

F-92


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

The operating exceptional charge recognized under UK GAAP of £51 million recognised in 2003, and £77 million recognized in 2002 relate to various hotels within Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific, where it has been necessary to make an impairment charge for the difference in these hotels’ carrying values compared to the higher of value in use or net realizable value.

With the exception of the impairment charge of £6 million in 2003 in respect of short leasehold properties, the UK GAAP impairment charge is reversed under US GAAP as the impairment test is first performed using undiscounted cash flows and is therefore shown as a reduction in the difference between the charge under UK GAAP and US GAAP in the reconciliation to US GAAP accounting principles.

Additional information required by US GAAP in respect of accounting for intangible assets subject to amortization

Other intangible assets subject to amortization consist of:

    December 31, 2003

  September 30, 2002

 
      Cost     Accumulated amortization     Net book value     Cost     Accumulated amortization     Net book value  
   
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Management & franchise contracts
    326     (291 )   35     413     (308 )   105  
Other
    4         4     4         4  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
      330     (291 )   39     417     (308 )   109  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years is £5 million, £5 million, £5 million, £4 million and £4 million. The weighted average remaining life of intangible assets subject to amortization is 12 years.

Additional information required by US GAAP in respect of accounting for intangible assets not subject to amortization
 
    December 31, 2003

  September 30, 2002

 
      Hotels     Soft Drinks     Total     Hotels     Soft Drinks     MAB     Total  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)        
Goodwill
    907     122     1,029     1,674     122     188     1,984  
Trademarks
    513         513     585             585  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total
    1,420     122     1,542     2,259     122     188     2,569  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-93


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

Additional pro forma information required by US GAAP in respect of FAS 142

FAS 142 requires that in the period of adoption, and until all periods presented are accounted for in accordance with the standard, a reconciliation of reported net income to the adjusted net income should be disclosed along with adjusted earnings per share, as if the standard had been adopted for each period.

Net (loss)/income and, basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share and ADS, adjusted to exclude amortization expense no longer required due to the adoption of FAS 142, are as follows:

      Unaudited
Three months
    Unaudited
12 months
    15 months   Year ended September 30  
      ended     ended     ended  
 
      December 31,
2002
    December 31,
2003
    December 31,
2003
    2002
restated (i)
    2001
restated (i)
 
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million, except per ADS amounts)  
Net (loss)/income in accordance with US GAAP, as reported
    (652 )   29     (623 )   499     676  
Add back: goodwill amortization
                69     70  
 trademarks amortization
                13     13  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Pro forma net income in accordance with US GAAP
    (652 )   29     (623 )   581     759  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Pro forma basic net (loss)/income per ordinary share and ADS (ii)
    (88.9 )p   4.0 p   (84.9 )p   68.3 p   92.4 p
Add back: goodwill amortization
                9.4 p   9.6 p
 trademarks amortization
                1.8 p   1.8 p
   

 

 

 

 

 
Pro forma basic net (loss)/income per ordinary share and ADS
    (88.9 )p   4.0 p   (84.9 )p   79.5 p   103.8 p
   

 

 

 

 

 
Pro forma diluted net (loss)/income per ordinary share and ADS (iii)
    (88.9 )p   4.0 p   (84.9 )p   68.0 p   91.9 p
Add back: goodwill amortization
                9.4 p   9.5 p
 trademarks amortization
                1.8 p   1.8 p
   

 

 

 

 

 
Pro forma diluted net (loss)/income per ordinary share and ADS
    (88.9 )p   4.0 p   (84.9 )p   79.2 p   103.2 p
   

 

 

 

 

 
                                 

 
(i)
Restated following a review of historical tax basis and unrealized gains in respect of the Group’s properties. This has resulted in additional goodwill of £145 million arising on an acquisition in 2000. The impact on the income statement has been to increase the amortization of intangible fixed assets by £4 million in 2002 and £4 million in 2001, and to decrease the deferred tax methodology charge by £50 million in 2002 and an increase of £27 million in 2001.

 

F-94


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

Additional information required by US GAAP in respect of deferred taxation

The analysis of the deferred taxation liability required by US GAAP is as follows:

      15 months ended December 31, 2003     Year ended September 30, 2002  
   

 

 
    (£ million)  
Deferred taxation liabilities:
             
Excess of book value over taxation value of fixed assets
    667     886  
Other temporary differences
    188     243  
   

 

 
      855     1,129  
   

 

 
Deferred taxation assets:
             
Taxation effect of losses carried forward
    (37 )   (67 )
Taxation effect of pension cost liability
    (13 )   (87 )
Other temporary differences
    (84 )   (60 )
   

 

 
      (134 )   (214 )
   

 

 
      721     915  
   

 

 
Of which:
             
Current
    (4 )   (18 )
Noncurrent
    725     933  
   

 

 
      721     915  
   

 

 

The taxation effect of losses carried forward is stated net of a valuation allowance of £317 million (2002 £157 million).

Additional information required under US GAAP in respect of restructuring provisions
 
    IHG

    MAB

       
      Employee costs     Facilities costs     Other costs     IHG total     Reorganization     Group total  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Balance at October 1, 2000
                    10     10  
Expenditure
                    (1 )   (1 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Balance at September 30, 2001
                    9     9  
Profit and loss account
                    2     2  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Balance at September 30, 2002
                    11     11  
Expenditure
                    (1 )   (1 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2002
                    10     10  
Exchange and other adjustments
        (3 )       (3 )   (6 )   (9 )
Profit and loss account
    30     13     15     58         58  
Expenditure
    (23 )   (3 )   (11 )   (37 )   (1 )   (38 )
Separation of MAB
                    (3 )   (3 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    7     7     4     18         18  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-95


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

New Accounting Standards

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, and Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, which requires a variable interest entity (“VIE”) to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary (“PB”). The PB is the party that absorbs a majority of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receives a majority of the expected residual returns.

In December 2003, the FASB revised FIN 46 (“FIN 46-(R)”), delaying the effective date for certain entities created before February 1, 2003 and making other amendments to clarify the application of guidance. In adopting FIN 46 and in anticipation of adopting FIN 46-(R), the Group has evaluated its various variable interests to determine whether they are VIEs. These variable interests, which generally represent a modest interest relative to other investors in the ventures, are primarily related to the Group’s strategy to expand its role as a third-party manager of hotels, allowing the Group to increase the presence of its lodging brands and gain additional cash flow. The process identified the following types of variable interests: a) loans to ventures b) equity investments in ventures usually less than 30% of the equity c) other types of guarantees/contributions to ventures owning hotels to secure the management or franchise contract. The Group also reviewed its other management and franchise agreements related to hotels that the Group has no other investments in and concluded that such arrangements were not variable interest since the Group is paid commensurate with the services provided and on the same level as other operating liabilities and the hotel owners retain the right to terminate the arrangements.

Of the 3,349 managed or franchised hotels, the Group does not anticipate identifying more than 12 fixed asset investments in which it has a variable interest. The Group’s outstanding loan balances exposed to losses as a result of its involvement in entities with a variable interest totaled £6 million at December 31, 2003. Equity investments and other types of investments related to these variable interests totaled £62 million at December 31, 2003. Information concerning the Group’s exposure to guarantees and commitments is summarized in Note 30 – Contingencies.

The Group has adopted FIN 46 for entities created subsequent to February 1, 2003 as of December 31, 2003 and will adopt FIN 46-(R) as of the end of the year ending December 31, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46 did not result in the consolidation of any VIEs, nor is the adoption of FIN 46-(R) expected to result in the consolidation of any VIEs.

The Group has entered into management contracts with HPT that included guarantees and long-term deposits. The Group has determined that this arrangement constitutes a VIE and that the Group is not the PB. The maximum exposure to loss is £67 million.

F-96


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 33 — Differences between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (continued)

In December 2003, the FASB issued FAS 132 (revised 2003), ‘Employees’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits’. FAS 132-(R) retains the disclosure requirements in the original FAS 132, but requires additional disclosures related to plan assets, plan obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The Group adopted FAS 132-(R) effective December 31, 2003. FAS 132-(R) is effective December 31, 2004.

In May 2003, the FASB issued FAS 150 ‘Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity’. This standard establishes guidance for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity, and is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. As a result of further discussion by the FASB on October 8, 2003, the FASB announced that minority interests in consolidated partnerships with specified finite lives should be reclassified as liabilities and presented at fair market value unless the interests are convertible into equity of the parent. Fair market value adjustments occurring subsequent to July 1, 2003 should be recorded as a component of interest expense. At their October 29, 2003 meeting, the FASB agreed to indefinitely defer the implementation of their announcement at the October 8, 2003 meeting regarding the accounting treatment of minority interests in finite life partnerships. Therefore, until a final resolution is reached, the Group will not implement this aspect of the standard. If the Group were to adopt this aspect of the standard under its current provisions, it is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information

The Company has filed a registration statement on Form F-3 in respect of Guaranteed debt securities of up to $1 billion. The debt securities will be guaranteed by Six Continents PLC, unless otherwise indicated in a prospectus supplement.

Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for the Parent (InterContinental Hotels Group PLC), the Guarantor Subsidiary (Six Continents PLC) and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries for the results of operations and cash flows for the 15 months ended December 31, 2003, 12 months ended December 31, 2003, three months ended December 31, 2002, years ended September 30, 2002, 2001 and balance sheets as of December 31, 2003, September 30, 2002 and September 30, 2001. The condensed consolidating financial information in respect of the three months ended December 31, 2002 and 12 months ended December 31, 2003 is unaudited. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for by the Parent or the Guarantor Subsidiary on the equity method of accounting. Earnings of subsidiaries are accounted for in the Parent’s or Guarantor Subsidiary’s Investments in subsidiaries account. The elimination entries eliminate investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions.

As the differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP are the same for the Parent, the Guarantor Subsidiary and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, the differences are not included in the following condensed consolidated financial information.

The significant differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP, which predominantly relate to the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, are described in Note 33.

F-97


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
15 months ended December 31, 2003

 
   
 Parent
 
 Guarantor Subsidiary
 
 Non-guarantor subsidiaries
 
 Eliminations
 
 Consolidated
 
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Turnover
            3,483         3,483  
Costs and overheads, less other income
    (1 )   1     (3,051 )       (3,051 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Operating (loss)/profit
    (1 )   1     432         432  
Non-operating exceptional items
        (108 )   (105 )       (213 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before interest
    (1 )   (107 )   327         219  
Net interest payable and similar charges
    (5 )   (31 )   (11 )       (47 )
Premium on early settlement of debt
        (136 )           (136 )
Net interest from/(to) other Group companies
    4     (81 )   77          
Equity in profit before taxation of subsidiaries
    38     393         (431 )    
   

 

 

 

 

 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation
    36     38     393     (431 )   36  
Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities
    17     17     (41 )   24     17  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after taxation
    53     55     352     (407 )   53  
Minority equity interests
    (34 )   (34 )   (34 )   68     (34 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Earnings available for shareholders
    19     21     318     (339 )   19  
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-98


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Statement of Total Recognized Gains and Losses and
Reconciliation of Movement in Shareholders’ Funds
 
       
    15 months ended December 31, 2003

 
   
 Parent
 
 Guarantor
Subsidiary
 
 Non-
guarantor
subsidiaries
 
 Eliminations
 
 Consolidated
 
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Earnings available for shareholders
    19     21     318     (339 )   19  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Reversal of previous revaluation gains due to impairment
    (22 )   (22 )   (22 )   44     (22 )
Exchange differences
                               
     Goodwill eliminated
    (139 )   (139 )   (139 )   278     (139 )
     Other assets and liabilities
    79     79     80     (159 )   79  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Other recognized gains and losses
    (82 )   (82 )   (81 )   163     (82 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total recognized gains and losses for the period
    (63 )   (61 )   237     (176 )   (63 )
Dividends
    244     (456 )       56     (156 )
Issue of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC ordinary shares
    18                 18  
Net assets of MAB eliminated on separation
        (2,777 )   (2,777 )   2,777     (2,777 )
MAB goodwill eliminated on separation
        50     50     (50 )   50  
Minority interest on transfer of pension prepayment
    (7 )   (7 )   (7 )   14     (7 )
Movement in shares in ESOP trusts
    15     6         (6 )   15  
Movement in goodwill – exchange differences
    139     139     139     (278 )   139  
Recognized on Separation
    2,208     22     (1,224   (1,006 )    
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net movement in shareholders’ funds
    2,554     (3,084 )   (3,582 )   1,331     (2,781 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Shareholders’ funds at beginning of period
    —       5,335      8,654      (8,654 )     5,335  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Shareholders’ funds at end of period
    2,554       2,251      5,072     (7,323 )    2,554  
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-99


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Balance Sheets  
       
    December 31, 2003

 
   
 Parent
 
 Guarantor
Subsidiary
 
 Non-
guarantor
subsidiaries
 
 Eliminations
 
 Consolidated
 
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Intangible assets
            158         158  
Tangible assets
        7     3,944         3,951  
Investments
            172         172  
Investments in subsidiaries
    2,251     5,072         (7,323 )    
   

 

 

 

 

 
Fixed assets
    2,251     5,079     4,274     (7,323 )   4,281  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Stocks
            44         44  
Debtors
        105     418         523  
Amounts due from other Group companies
    795     1,061     2,960     (4,816 )    
Investments
        358     19         377  
Cash at bank and in hand
    3     4     48         55  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Current assets
    798     1,528     3,489     (4,816 )   999  
                                 
Creditors – amounts falling due within one year:
                               
Amounts due to other Group companies
        (2,343 )       2,343      
Overdrafts
        (37 )   32         (5 )
Other borrowings
            (8 )       (8 )
Other creditors
    (75 )   (35 )   (962 )       (1,072 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net current assets/(liabilities)
    723     (887 )   2,551     (2,473  )   (86 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total assets less current liabilities
    2,974     4,192     6,825     (9,796 )   4,195  
                                 
Creditors – amounts falling due after one year:
                               
Borrowings
    (420 )   (507 )   (61 )       (988 )
Other creditors
            (97 )       (97 )
Amounts due to other Group companies
        (1,412 )   (1,061 )   2,473      
Provisions for liabilities and charges:
                               
Deferred taxation
            (314 )       (314 )
Other provisions
        (22 )   (57 )       (79 )
Minority interests
            (163 )       (163 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net assets
    2,554     2,251     5,072     (7,323 )   2,554  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Share capital
    739     243     1,809     (2,052 )   739  
Profit and loss and other reserves
    1,815     2,008     3,263     (5,271 )   1,815  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Shareholders’ funds     2,554     2,251     5,072     (7,323 )   2,554  
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-100


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
                                 
    15 months ended December 31, 2003

 
      Parent     Guarantor Subsidiary     Non-guarantor subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
                                 
Operating activities
    2     15     778         795  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Interest paid
    (1 )   (365 )   225         (141 )
Costs associated with new facilities
        (13 )   (7 )       (20 )
Premium on early settlement of debt
        (136 )           (136 )
Dividends paid to minority shareholders
            (22 )       (22 )
Interest received
    4     257     (150 )       111  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
    3     (257 )   46         (208 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
UK corporation tax received/(paid)
        87     (62 )       25  
Overseas corporate tax paid
            (21 )       (21 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Taxation
        87     (83 )       4  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Paid:
                               
Intangible fixed assets
            (10 )       (10 )
Tangible fixed assets
        (3 )   (472 )       (475 )
Fixed asset investments
            (37 )       (37 )
Received:
                               
Tangible fixed assets
        4     261         265  
Fixed asset investments
    7         2         9  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Capital expenditure and financial investment
    7     1     (256 )       (248 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Acquisitions
                     
Separation costs
        (39 )   (27 )       (66 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Acquisitions and disposals
        (39 )   (27 )       (66 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
                                 
Equity dividends
    (30 )   (269 )           (299 )
                                 
   

 

 

 

 

 
                                 
Net cash flow
    (18 )   (462 )   458         (22 )
Management of liquid resources and financing
    21     528     (472 )       77  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Movement in cash and overdrafts
    3     66     (14 )       55  
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-101


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Profit and Loss Account  
                                 
    Three months ended December 31, 2002 (unaudited)

 
      Parent     Guarantor Subsidiary     Non-guarantor subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Turnover
            871         871  
Costs and overheads, less other income
        (1 )   (758 )       (759 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Operating (loss)/profit
        (1 )   113         112  
Non-operating exceptional items
        (3 )           (3 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before interest
        (4 )   113         109  
Net interest payable and similar charges
        (7 )   (5 )       (12 )
Net interest (to)/from other Group companies
        (13 )   13          
Equity in profit before taxation of subsidiaries
    97     121         (218 )    
   

 

 

 

 

 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation
    97     97     121     (218 )   97  
Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities
    (29 )   (29 )   (29 )   58     (29 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after taxation
    68     68     92     (160 )   68  
Minority equity interests
    (4 )   (4 )   (4 )   8     (4 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Earnings available for shareholders
    64     64     88     (152 )   64  
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-102


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Statement of Total Recognized Gains and Losses  
                                 
    Three months ended December 31, 2002 (unaudited)

 
      Parent     Guarantor Subsidiary     Non-guarantor subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Earnings available for shareholders
    64     64     88     (152 )   64  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Exchange differences
                               
Goodwill eliminated
    (30 )   (30 )   (30 )   60     (30 )
Other assets and liabilities
    39     39     39     (78 )   39  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Other recognized gains and losses
    9     9     9     (18 )   9  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total recognized gains and losses for the period
    73     73     97     (170 )   73  
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-103


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
                                 
    Three months ended December 31, 2002 (unaudited)

 
      Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Non-
guarantor
subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Operating activities
        18     146         164  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Interest paid
        (86 )   47         (39 )
Interest received
        70     (35 )       35  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
        (16 )   12         (4 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
UK corporation paid
            (14 )       (14 )
Overseas corporate tax paid
            (14 )       (14 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Taxation
            (28 )       (28 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Paid:
                               
     Tangible fixed assets
            (127 )       (127 )
     Fixed asset investments
            (1 )       (1 )
Received:
                               
     Tangible fixed assets
            6         6  
     Fixed asset investments
        1     1         2  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Capital expenditure and financial investment
        1     (121 )       (120 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Separation costs
            (7 )       (7 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Acquisitions and disposals
            (7 )       (7 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net cash flow
        3     2         5  
Management of liquid resources and financing
        39     19         58  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Movement in cash and overdrafts
        42     21         63  
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-104


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Profit and Loss Account  
                                 
    12 months ended December 31, 2003 (unaudited)

 
      Parent     Guarantor Subsidiary     Non-guarantor subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
                                 
Turnover
            2,612         2,612  
Costs and overheads, less other income
    (1 )   2     (2,293 )       (2,292 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Operating (loss)/profit
    (1 )   2     319         320  
Non-operating exceptional items
        (105 )   (105 )       (210 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before interest
    (1 )   (103 )   214         110  
Net interest payable and similar charges
    (5 )   (24 )   (6 )       (35 )
Premium on early settlement of debt
        (136 )           (136 )
Net interest from/(to) other Group companies
    4     (68 )   64          
Equity in profit before taxation of subsidiaries
    (59 )   272         (213 )    
   

 

 

 

 

 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before taxation
    (61 )   (59 )   272     (213 )   (61 )
Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities
    46     46     (12 )   (34 )   46  
   

 

 

 

 

 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities after taxation
    (15 )   (13 )   260     (247 )   (15 )
Minority equity interests
    (30 )   (30 )   (30 )   60     (30 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Earnings available for shareholders
    (45 )   (43 )   230     (187 )   (45 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-105


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Statement of Total Recognised Gains and Losses  
       
     
12 months ended December 31, 2003 (unaudited)

  
    Parent   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
guarantor subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Earnings available for shareholders
  (45 ) (43 ) 230   (187 ) (45 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Reversal of previous revaluation gains due to impairment
  (22 ) (22 ) (22 ) 44   (22 )
Exchange differences
                     
     Goodwill eliminated
  (109 ) (109 ) (109 ) 218   (109 )
     Other assets and liabilities
  40   40   41   (81 ) 40  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Other recognized gains and losses
  (91 ) (91 ) (90 ) 181   (91 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total recognized gains and losses for the period
  (136 ) (134 ) 140   (6 ) (136 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-106


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
       
    
12 months ended December 31, 2003 (unaudited)

  
    Parent   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
guarantor subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Operating activities
  2   (3 ) 632     631  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
  (1 ) (279 ) 178     (102 )
Costs associated with new facilities
    (13 ) (7 )   (20 )
Premium on early settlement of debt
    (136 )     (136 )
Dividends paid to minority shareholders
      (22 )   (22 )
Interest received
  4   187   (115 )   76  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
  3   (241 ) 34     (204 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
UK corporation tax received/(paid)
    87   (48 )   39  
Overseas corporate tax paid
      (7 )   (7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Taxation
    87   (55 )   32  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Paid:
                     
Intangible fixed assets
      (10 )   (10 )
Tangible fixed assets
    (3 ) (345 )   (348 )
Fixed asset investments
      (36 )   (36 )
Received:
                     
Tangible fixed assets
    4   255     259  
Fixed asset investments
  7   (1 ) 1     7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditure and financial investment
  7     (135 )   (128 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions
           
Separation costs
    (39 ) (20 )   (59 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions and disposals
    (39 ) (20 )   (59 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Equity dividends
  (30 ) (269 )     (299 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash flow
  (18 ) (465)   456     (27 )
Management of liquid resources and financing
  21   489   (491 )   19  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Movement in cash and overdrafts
  3   24   (35 )   (8 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-107


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Profit and Loss Account  
       
      Year ended September 30, 2002 (unaudited)

  
    Parent   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
guarantor
subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Turnover
      3,615     3,615  
Costs and overheads, less other income
    2   (3,076 )   (3,074 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit
    2   539     541  
Non-operating exceptional items
    (3 ) 56     53  
   
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before interest
    (1 ) 595     594  
Net interest payable and similar charges
    (33 ) (27 )   (60 )
Net interest (to)/from other Group companies
    (49 ) 49      
Equity in profit before taxation of subsidiaries
    617     (617 )  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation
    534   617   (617 ) 534  
Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities
    (52 ) (77 ) 77   (52 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after taxation
    482   540   (540 ) 482  
Minority equity interests
    (25 ) (25 ) 25   (25 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings available for shareholders
    457   515   (515 ) 457  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-108


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Statement of Total Recognized Gains and Losses and
Reconciliation of Movement in Shareholders’ Funds
 
       
      Year ended September 30, 2002

  
    Parent   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
guarantor subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Earnings available for shareholders
    457   515   (515 ) 457  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Reversal of previous revaluation gains due to impairment
    (36 ) (36 ) 36   (36 )
Exchange differences
                     
Goodwill eliminated
    (98 ) (98 ) 98   (98 )
Other assets and liabilities
    62   62   (62 ) 62  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Other recognized gains and losses
    (72 ) (72 ) 72   (72 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total recognized gains and losses for the period
    385   443   (443 ) 385  
Dividends
    (305 )     (305 )
Issue of Six Continents PLC ordinary shares
    3       3  
Movement in shares in ESOP trusts
    1       1  
Movement in goodwill – exchange differences
    98   98   (98 ) 98  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net movement in shareholders’ funds
    182   541   (541 ) 182  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ funds at beginning of period
  —    5,153    8,113    (8,113 5,153   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ funds at end of period
  —    5,335    8,654    (8,654 )   5,335   
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-109


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Balance Sheets  
       
      September 30, 2002

  
    Parent   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
guarantor subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    (£ million)  
Intangible assets
      173     173  
Tangible assets
    10   7,631     7,641  
Investments
      218     218  
Investments in subsidiaries
    8,654     (8,654 )  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed assets
    8,664   8,022   (8,654 ) 8,032  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Stocks
      91     91  
Debtors
    212   417     629  
Amounts due from other group companies
    620   2,794   (3,414 )  
Investments
    157   61     218  
Cash at bank and in hand
    4   80     84  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
    993   3,443   (3,414 ) 1,022  
Creditors – amounts falling due within one year:
                     
     Amounts due to other Group companies
    (1,464 )   1,464    
Overdrafts
    (67 ) 1     (66 )
Other borrowings
    (579 ) (203 )   (782 )
Other creditors
    (282 ) (1,143 )   (1,425 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net current (liabilities)/assets
    (1,399 ) 2,098   (1,950 ) (1,251 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets less current liabilities
    7,265   10,120   (10,604 ) 6,781  
Creditors – amounts falling due
after one year:
                     
Borrowings
    (572 ) (59 )   (631 )
Other creditors
      (100 )   (100 )
     Amounts due to other Group companies
    (1,330 ) (620 ) 1,950    
Provisions for liabilities and charges:
                     
Deferred taxation
    (21 ) (474 )   (495 )
Other provisions
    (7 ) (64 )   (71 )
Minority interests
      (149 )   (149 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets
    5,335   8,654   (8,654 ) 5,335  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Share capital
    243   1,922   (1,431 ) 734  
Profit and loss and other reserves
    5,092   6,732   (7,223 ) 4,601  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ funds     5,335   8,654   (8,654 ) 5,335  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-110


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
    Year ended September 30, 2002

 
      Parent     Guarantor Subsidiary     Non-guarantor subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Operating activities
        (72 )   792         720  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Interest paid
        (379 )   193         (186 )
Dividends paid to minority shareholders
            (13 )       (13 )
Interest received
        291     (167 )       124  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
        (88 )   13         (75 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
UK corporation tax received/(paid)
        60     (156 )       (96 )
Overseas corporate tax paid
            (27 )       (27 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Taxation
        60     (183 )       (123 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Paid:
                               
     Tangible fixed assets
        (1 )   (647 )       (648 )
     Fixed asset investments
            (14 )       (14 )
Received:
                               
     Tangible fixed assets
        1     133         134  
     Fixed asset investments
        2     13         15  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Capital expenditure and financial investment
        2     (515 )       (513 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Acquisitions
            (24 )       (24 )
Disposals
            9         9  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Acquisitions and disposals
            (15 )       (15 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Equity dividends
        (299 )           (299 )
                                 
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net cash flow
        (397 )   92         (305 )
Management of liquid resources and financing
        433     (138 )       295  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Movement in cash and overdrafts
        36     (46 )       (10 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-111


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Profit and Loss Account  
       
    Year ended September 30, 2001

 
      Parent     Guarantor Subsidiary     Non-guarantor subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Turnover
            4,033         4,033  
Costs and overheads, less other income
        (3 )   (3,281 )       (3,284 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Operating (loss)/profit
        (3 )   752         749  
Non-operating exceptional items
        12     (12 )        
   

 

 

 

 

 
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
        9     740         749  
Net interest payable and similar charges
        (34 )   (25 )       (59 )
Net interest (to)/from other Group companies
        (17 )   17          
Equity in profit before taxation of subsidiaries
        732         (732 )    
   

 

 

 

 

 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation
        690     732     (732 )   690  
Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities
        (223 )   (239 )   239     (223 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after taxation
        467     493     (493 )   467  
Minority equity interests
        (24 )   (24 )   24     (24 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Earnings available for shareholders
        443     469     (469 )   443  
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-112


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Statement of Total Recognized Gains and Losses and
Reconciliation of Movement in Shareholders’ Funds
 
       
    Year ended September 30, 2001

 
      Parent     Guarantor Subsidiary     Non-guarantor subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Earnings available for shareholders
        443     469     (469 )   443  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Exchange differences
                               
     Goodwill eliminated
        9     9     (9 )   9  
     Other assets and liabilities
        (2 )   (2 )   2     (2 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Other recognized gains and losses
        7     7     (7 )   7  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Total recognized gains and losses for the period
        450     476     (476 )   450  
Dividends
        (293 )           (293 )
Issue of Six Continents PLC ordinary shares
        9             9  
Repurchase of ordinary shares
        (103 )           (103 )
Movement in goodwill – exchange differences
        (9 )   (9 )   9     (9 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net movement in shareholders’ funds
        54     467     (467 )   54  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Shareholders’ funds at beginning of period
    —      5,099     7,646     (7,646   5,099  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Shareholders’ funds at end of period
    —      5,153     8,113     (8,113   5,153  
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-113


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 34 — Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Information (continued)

    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
       
    12 months ended September 30, 2001

 
      Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiary
    Non-
guarantor
subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
Operating activities
        (40 )   1,024         984  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Interest paid
        (447 )   218         (229 )
Dividends paid to minority shareholders
            (5 )       (5 )
Interest received
        391     (231 )       160  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
        (56 )   (18 )       (74 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
UK corporation tax paid
        (22 )   (80 )       (102 )
Overseas corporate tax paid
            (47 )       (47 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Taxation
        (22 )   (127 )       (149 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Paid:
                               
Tangible fixed assets
        (1 )   (938 )       (939 )
Fixed asset investments
            (37 )       (37 )
Received:
                               
Tangible fixed assets
        (1 )   102         101  
Fixed asset investments
        1     6         7  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Capital expenditure and financial investment
        (1 )   (867 )       (868 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Acquisitions
            (752 )       (752 )
Disposals
            623         623  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Acquisitions and disposals
            (129 )       (129 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Equity dividends
        (290 )           (290 )
   

 

 

 

 

 
Net cash flow
        (409 )   (117 )       (526 )
Management of liquid resources and financing
        375     118         493  
   

 

 

 

 

 
Movement in cash and overdrafts
        (34 )   1         (33 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

F-114


Back to Contents

This page has been intentionally left blank.

F-115


Back to Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

SCHEDULE II

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description
    Balance at
beginning
of period
    Additions
charged to
costs and
expenses
    Exchange
differences
    Deductions     Balance at
end of
period
 
                                 
   

 

 

 

 

 
    (£ million)  
15 months ended December 31, 2003
                               
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    55     9     (6 )   (13 )   45  
Three months ended December 31, 2003 (unaudited)
                               
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    55     2     (2 )   (5 )   50  
12 months ended December 31, 2003 (unaudited)
                               
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    50     7     (4 )   (8 )   45  
Year ended September 30, 2002
                               
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    41     24     1     (9 )   55  
Year ended September 30, 2001
                               
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    32     16         (7 )   41  
                                 
   
   

S-1

 


Back to Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
(Registrant)

By: /s/ Richard Solomons

Name: Richard Solomons
Title: Finance Director

Date: April 8, 2004

S-2

 


Back to Contents

     

This page has been intentionally left blank.

 

 


Back to Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number Exhibit Description
   
Exhibit 1
Memorandum and Articles of Association of IHG (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to InterContinental Hotels Group’s Registration Statement on S-8 (File No. 1-10409) filed with the SEC on April 23, 2003)
   
Exhibit 2(b)(i)
Instruments defining the Rights of Holders of Long-Term Debt: The total amount of long-term debt securities of the Group authorized under any individual instrument, other than the “Amended and Restated Trust Deed” dated September 21, 2000 relating to the Company’s €2,000 million Debt Issuance Program originally constituted on October 9, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to Six Continents PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-10409), dated December 20, 2001), and the “Trust Deed” dated September 24, 2003 relating to the Company’s €1,000 million Debt Issuance Program and filed as Exhibit 2(b)(i) hereto does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Group on a consolidated basis. The Company agrees to furnish copies of any or all such instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request
   
Exhibit 4(a)(i)
Agreement dated June 14, 2000 between the Company and others and Interbrew SA and others relating to the disposal of Bass Brewers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Six Continents PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-10409), dated December 21, 2000)
   
Exhibit 4(a)(ii)
   
Exhibit 4(a)(iii)
   
Exhibit 4(a)(iv)
Mitchells & Butlers Group Transfer Share Purchase Agreement, dated April 15, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(ii) of Mitchells & Butlers plc’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F (file No. 001-31653), dated March 28, 2003)
   
Exhibit 4(a)(v)
Separation Agreement dated April 15, 2003 between IHG and the Six Continents Group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(i) of Mitchells & Butlers plc’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F (file No. 001-31653), dated March 28, 2003)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(i)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(ii)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(iii)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(iv)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(v)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(vi)
Sir Ian Prosser’s service contract dated October 1, 1988 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of Six Continents PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-10409), dated December 20, 2001)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(vii)
Agreement, dated February 12, 2003, between Thomas R Oliver and Six Continents Hotels Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (c)(iv) of Six Continents PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-10409) dated February 17, 2003)
   
Exhibit 4(c)(viii)
Consultancy Agreement, dated February 12, 2003, between Thomas R Oliver and Six Continents Hotels Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (c)(v) of Six Continents PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No.1-10409) dated February 17, 2003)
   
Exhibit 7
   
Exhibit 8
   
Exhibit 12.1
   
Exhibit 12.2
   
Exhibit 13.1
   
Exhibit 13.2
   
Exhibit 14(a)
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (included on page F-1)